If
KALENJIN
NOUNS
AND THjIR
CLASSIFICATION
WITH
NOTES ON PHONOLOGY
AND
A NOUN LIST APPENDIX
fey
Taaitta Toweett,
B . A . , Hons. B . A .
(S.A.)
A thesis in fulfilment for the decree of
University o* NAIROBI Libracy
Master ol Arts
'iiiiJiii^iiiiiiliilllli'lilill
llllUllllll
0548937 2
in
UNIVERSITY OF NAIROBI
INST. OF AFRICAN STUDIES
LIBRARY.
The University of Nairobi
Date handed i n :
1975
II
DECLARATIONS
This thesis is my original work and has not
been presented for a depree in any other University.
TAAITTA
TOWEETT
UNIVERSIP' OF NAIROBI
INST. OF AFRICAN STUDIES
LIBRARY.
This thesis has been submitted for examination
with my approval as University Supervisor.
X
c
W H L I O , W.
/
Ill
3J
; f-;! £\'N
,|?CZC MSDC32 ADDI-,6 LVE?CO T12+1
I KEN I CO G8LV 0 Ik
'A PENYGROES 11; 31 1 33c
.VI
I
*
j T O 7EETT BOX 1,595%
xa
"1 MAI RCE1
^SUBMIT MASTERS THESIS WITH MY APPROVAL PROVIDED .'DHL IG
$ AGREES
v
TUCKER
IV
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
DECLARATIONS
II
ABBREVIATIONS
VIII
ACKNOWLEDGE*® NTS
»XI
KALENJIN SPEAKERS:
a. History
PREFATORY NOTE
XIV
XVI
NDTFP. ON PHONOT.nC,Y:
A. Vowel System
i
Opposition within vowel quality
i
Opposition within vowel quantity
ii
All round quality opposition
iv
Vowel distribution
vi
Vowel Category Shift
vii
Vowel Category Harmony
ix
Vowel Category Resistance
x
Uninfluenced Category Difference
xii
B. Consonant System
xviii
Fricatives
xxii
Affricate
xxiv
Rolled
xx vi
Consonantal Clusters
xxvii
C. Orthography
xxx
V
Page
CHAPTER
1
NATURE OF NOUNS:
Ncun Divisions
1
Abstract Ptouns
2
Doer-nouns
3
Thing-done Nouns
3
Recipient Nouns
U
Proper Nouns
U
Nbun-fcrminp Prefixes
5
Noun-forming Affixes
7
Noun Formation
9
Two Singulars and Two Plurals
9
Plural Formation
2
Sex Nouns
12
Common Nouns
12
SINGULAR NOUN CLASSES:
-et
esn
lU
suffix
15
-at
19
-it
21
-ta
23
-ut
26
Zero
3
11
suffixes
28
PLURAL NOUN SUFFIXES:
-isya/-isyek suffixes CI. 1.1
30
-osya/-osyek
"
CI. l . I I
31*
-usya/-usyek
"
C I . 1. I l l
39
-oi/-ok
"
C I . 2.1
Ul
-onoi/-onok
"
CI. 2 . I I
U5
VI
Page
CHAPTER
PLURAL NOUN SUFFIXES (continued):
-wa/-wek
suffixes C I . 3 . 1
it
CI. 3 . I I
-owa/-owek
-atinwa/-atinwek
-uswa/-uswek
"
ti
-an/-anik
ii
•I
-en/-enik
it
-in/-inik
U8
52
CI. 3 . I l l
52
CI. 3.IV
53
CI. U.I
5U
CI. U . I I
55
CI. U . I I I
57
-on/-onik
II
CI. U.IV
58
-un/-unik
II
CI. U.v
60
-ai/-aik
suffixes CI. 5
61
, NOUN SUFFIXES (continued):
-et/-etik
suffixes CI. 6 . 1
II
-ot/-otik
ti
-ut/-utik
6k
CI. 6 . I I
65
CI. 6 . I l l
66
-u/-uk
II
CI. 7 . 1
70
-un/-uk
II
CI. 7 . I I
71
-vak/-wakik
suffixes CI. 8
72
-e/AVE/-ek
suffixes CI. 9 . 1
ti
CI. 9 . I I
it
CI. 9 . I l l
7U
suffixes C I . 1 0 . I
ti
CI.10.II
77
TCE/-ek
ACE/-ek
-i/TVE/-ik
TCE/-ik
ACE:-in/-ik
TCE/-i/-ga
CI.10.Ill
suffixes CI, l l ( i r r . )
75
77
78
80
82
8U
Compound Nouns
Plural Noun Classes (Summary)
86
NOUN DERIVATION:
/kee-/infinitives group of verbs
88
/kii-/infinitives
89
"
"
Verbal Nouns
90
Adjectivel Nouns
96
VII
Page
CHAPTER
PROPER NOUN SEMANTICS:
(a)
Hunan Names
113
Ilk
1. Time Names
Ilk
2. Event Names
115
3. Medicament Names
116
U. Birth-place Names
117
5. Order of Birth Names
117
6. Resuscitated Names
118
7. Borrowed Famous Names
119
8.
120
Nick-names
9. Pet Names
120
10. Propitious Names
122
11. Calamitous Fames
122
12. Surnames
122
(b)
Place Names
125
(c)
Plurals of Proper Names
127
NOUN CASES:
Sentential Noun Order
128
Nominative Suffixes
129
Locative Case
129
Tonal Classification (note)
130
esn Dissyllabic Tonal Behaviour
• _
ii
ii
isn
130
132
lpn
13U
ej>n
135
isn Monosyllabic
137
esn
138
ipn
139
eP"
139
Polysyllabics
1^0
A NOUN LIST APPENDIX
151
228
BIBLIOGRAPHY*
VIII
ABBREVIATIONS
A
Abs.
Absolute (case).
ACE/A. C.E.
Atheiratic Consonantal Ending/s.
Adj.
adjective.
A.L.S.V.
African Language Studies V.
a.n.
adjectivised noun(noun formed from an a d j . )
a . p . /ap
adjectival phrase.
a. p . e. / ape
adjectival phrase of expertness.
AVE/A.V.E.
Athematic Vowel Ending/s.
C
C.
Consonant
Cf.
Compare (Latin = confer).
CI.
Class.
cpn.
Compound noun.
D
d.a.n.
demonstrative adjectivised noun.
D.C.
District Commissioner.
E
E.A.L.B.
East African Literature Bureau.
e.g.
for instance (Latin = exempli gratia).
Eng.
English
epn.
exclusive ulural noun/s.
E.S.K.N.
English-Svahili-Kalenjin
esn.
exclusive singular noun/s.
F
Fig.
En.
:
Figure.
Footnote/s.
Nouns.
IX
H
h.
:
high (tone).
h .
:
high-falling ( t o n e ) .
I
i.e.
:
that is (id e s t ) ,
imp.
:
imperative
(verb),
inf.
:
infinitive
(verb).
ipn.
:
inclusive plural noun/s.
irr.
:
irregular.
isn-
:
inclusive singular noun/s.
L
1.
:
low (tone).
N
n.(N)
:
noun/s.
Nl-
:
Noun l i s t .
No/s.
:
Number/s.
Norn.
:
Nominative ( c a s e ) .
N.O.P.
:
Notes On Phonology.
P
p./pp.
:
page/s.
para/s.
:
paragraph/s.
pers.
:
person,
pl./plu.
:
plural,
p.o.
:
plural only,
pref.
:
prefix,
prep.
:
preparation.
X
s
sg./sing.
:
singular,
s.o.
:
singular only,
suff.
:
suffix,
stg.
:
something.
Sw.
:
Swahili.
T
TCE.
:
Thematic Consonantal Fnding/s.
TVE.
:
Thematic Vowel Ending/s.
V
v.
:
Verb/Vowel.
v.i.
:
Verb intransitive.
Vimi.
:
Verb imperative,
Vimt.
:
Verb imperative, transitive.
Vn.
:
Verbal noun.
V.t.
:
Verb transitive.
intransitive.
XI
ACKWDWLEDOEMEKTS
In 19^9 Professor 1 A . N . Tucker, MJ\., P h . D . ,
D . L i t . , found me at Makerere University and I introduced
him to Kipsigiis vowel sounds and he introduced me to
linguistics.
Without his discovery of me I would not
have taken interest in the field of languape studies.
Since
2
then I have been in constant touch with him up to now .
I first studied Swahili seriously with the University
of South Africa for the Bachelor of Arts (general) degree and
passed i t , as one of my two major subjects, with distinction.
1 am one thousand times indebted to the University of
South Africa for giving me postal tuitions for B . A . ,
Honours B.A. and M .A. (Part I) examinations in Philosophy.
The ban on South African foods and currency exchange
controls hindered me from completing Part II (dissertation)
of the M.A. degree in Philosophy.
Dr. J . C . Sharman, D . L i t . et P h i l . ( S A . ) at the
request of the University of Nairobi guided me in the systematic study of linguistics.
There is a great deal of
material I covered with him that is not included in this
work.
I am grateful to him for his contribution.
Associate Professor Abdulaziz, M . B . A . , M.A. POST.
ACAD. DIP. LINO. (London) merits tremendous credit for
encouraging me to feel at home with my studies and research.
The material in this work is almost entirely my own
collection, that i s , the knowledge of Kipsigiis which I got
from childhood days.
^He became Emeritus Professor of East African Languages
in 1971, University of London.
2
Between March 15th and April 20th, 1975 he spent over one
month in Kenya on a linguistic mission at the University
of Nairobi and we sr>ent a great deal of that time together
on this dissertation.
XII
A few words here and there and place-names (Chapter 7 ) ,
in particular, I checked with various older neople on pn
ad hoc basis.
I thank them too for the role they played
in connection with this work.
The analytical details and the presentation of this
work were made possible through the guidance of the internal
supervisor, Professor Mohlip, W . , D.Phil et H a b i l . , of the
University of Cologne, Germany (seconded to Nairobi
University between October, 1973 and October, 1975).
him this work would not have been possible.
Without
My gratitude
to him is deep-rooted.
Professor Tucker in his capacity as my external
supervisor pointed out certain pitfalls from time to time.
His devoted assistance gave me immense enlightenment.
thank him very much.
I
He also made me get in touch with Dr.
Chet Creider, Assistant Professor at the University of
Western Ontario, Canada.
Dr. Creider, P h . D . , spent some time in Kericho
District doing research on Kipsigiis.
His knowledge of
Kipsigiis is good and a great deal of his findings which
preceded mine concur with roost of my own findinrs.
This
concurrence of findings gave me more faith in my own work.
I am grateful to him too.
Mr. Charles araap Ng'eleecheei worked on Kaaleenychiin at the London School of Oriental and African Studies
under Professor Tucker.
Dictionary(mimeopraphed).
of Kipsipiis vocabulary.
He produced a Kalenjin-Kalenjin
His work contains
up
to 9^%
XIII
From time to time I referred to Ng'eleecheei's Dictionary
in order to pet clearer meanings of some Kipsigiis words which
I then translated into English equivalents for use in this
work.
Ng'eleecheei's Dictionary is a very imnortant work and
it must be published when a more readable orthography has
been attained.
I thank Chsrles for his work.
Years ago when I was a Community Development Officer,
Dr. A. Manners and Dr. Robert LeVine urged me to be an
academician.
I now realise they reaslised what I did not see
at that time.
Thev too inspired or bewitched me.
Many
thanks go to them.
Mr. Ishmael Kipkoorir araap Kooskee (who died on
2 6 . 1 . 7 5 ) typed some of the original manuscripts for me.
I thank him and say:
'God rest his s o u l ' .
Mrs. Kirui (Hannah) an assistant Minister's personal
secretary in my office and Miss Lucille Cheepng'eeno d/o
araap Kesi both of Kipsigiis patiently learned to transcribe
my manuscripts from the tonological and the IPA orthography
into the form used in this work and did all the typing
as well.
To them goes all my praise.
The multi-purpose orthography (vowel quality and
quantity and tonal representation) 1 adopted in this work is
meant for both the linguist and the non-linguist.
The non-
linguists are many in Kalenjin areas and it is hoped that
this work will incite and stimulate them to take interest
in this language.
I thank
M
r.
S. Lanr'at, B.A.
(University of Nairobi),
of Jomo Kenyatta foundation for realising and agreeing with me
that the spelling used in this work concurs with how the
Kipsigiis people speak.
I am obliged to thank all the members of mv family for
leaving me alone any time I happened to be writing.
1
See N.O.P. para. XXXVIII, p.xxxi (Scientific Spelling).
XIV
Finally, I run aware of the fact that there are
certain omissions, dcfects and insufficiencies in this work.
The English equivalents of some Kaaleenychiin words are not
very accurate.
This being the first linguistic attempt
at Kaaleenychiin by a Kaaleenychiin sneaker incompleteness
and defective achievement could not be avoided.
dissertation is a by-product of my P h . D . thesis.
This
Several
other linguistic data have been emitted in this work because
they are in the main work, i . e . , A STUDY 0F KALENJIN LINGUISTICS.
My inconsistencies and weaknesses can only be
corrected by interested researchers through a critical
scrutiny of the raw materials contained in this dissertation.
KALENJIN 1 SPEAKERS
a.
History
The story goes that Kalenjin 1 people who arc known
as Mnyoot, by older K i p s i g i i s , migrated into their
2
. . . .
present areas from North . The Kipsigiis were more or
less the pioneer group in the southward movement.
This
pioneering guard passed through Mt. Flgon, Kerio Valley
and some parts of Baringo District.
elders, in 1952,
According to some
' a s the younger people moved southwards
the more senile men (with their old/ycung wives) stayed
behind'.
The Keiyo (Elgcyo) people are a sub-tribe of
Mnyoot who remained behind in the Kerio Valley.
story applies to the Sebei and Pakot people.
The same
These two
(Sebei and Pakot) were left behind prior to the time of
the Keiyo.
The Tugen are of a much later date.
"'"Kalenjin (Kaaleenychiin) "I say (it/them) to you" wae
used in political public meetings from about 1950-1963
with the intention of identifying those who understood
one common language.
Whoever responds to "I say?
(kaale-ii?)" was regarded to be a Kalenjin (Kaaleeny-chiin).
2
It is difficult to know where exactly is the location
o f 'North'.
yv
The Nandi pnd the Kipsigiis separation was the last subdivision of the great Mnyoot family.
The tale has it that
two brothers (or their clans) pgreed that one of them should
look for pasture in the West (P»ndi) and the other in the
South
(Kirsipiis).
The Kipsigiis regard the Terik (wrongly called
Ify-ang'ori) as 'our people' (piikyaak) but they do not
account for their separation.
There is another report (oral) -that some' 6ther
people called Siiriikwa were found in some parts of what
is now Kericho District and that at the advent of the
Kipsigiis the Siiriikwa migrated southwards.
There is a
clan in Kipsigiis which claims to be of the Siiriikwa tieople.
It is said that the Siiriikwa peonle left an old woman behind
because she was too old to migrate and they left her a cow
for milking purposes.
It is possible that a Kipsigiis who
adopted her together with her cow vas later on referred to as
'belonging t o ' or 'of* Siiriikwp old mother.
It is also reported orally that an advanced guard
1
of a group of Kipsigiis was cut of " by the Maasai and this
group disappeared into what we know to-day to be Tanganvika
(the mainland of T a n z a n i a ) 1 .
b.
Language^
The Mnyoot (Kalenjin) people ( i n numerical
strength) who pre:
1.
Kipsigiis
2.
Nandi + Terik
3.
Keiyo + Merkweta
Tugen
5.
Sebei (includes Sabaot) and
6.
Pakot,
understand one another when they intend to be understood.
In
slow speech reciprocal understanding and communication are
possible.
Put when the intention is not to be understood then
these Mnyoot clans ^ay not understand one another.
1
See Kipkorir, B . E . , Ph.D. and Velbourn, F . B . : The Marakwet
of Kenya F . A . L . B . 1 9 7 3 , rp. U-6 and 69-83.
2
A comnarp.tive studv of 131 words from J . H . Greenberg's
Languages of Africa (Fastern Sudanic) 3rd Edition, 1 9 7 0 ,
p. 9 5 , for each of these six Kalenjin is given in A Study
of Kalenjin Linguistics (in prep. 1975) by Taaitta Toweett.
XVI
P R E F A T O R Y
N O T E
This work is intended to answer a query* that is long
outstanding.
All Kaaleenychiin nouns, whether sinrular or plural,
have two forms called "Primary' and "Secondary" by Tucker and
Bryan, but isn/ipn
(inclusive sinrular noun/inclusive plural
noun) and esn/epn (exclusive singular noun/exclusive plural noun)
in the nresont work.
e . g . laokwa (isn),laakweet (esn) child
laagooi ( i p n ) , laagook (epn) children.
Professor A . N . Tucker
and Miss M.A. Bryan worked very hard and for a lonp tine on Noun
Classification in Kalenjin
:
Nandi-Kipsigiis and realised
six sinfnilar Classes and five plural Classes based on Secondary
Suffixes and rightly noted that "the plural of any given noun is
2
rarely in the same Class as its singular" .
This work shows that
the singular Classes are different from the plural Classes, and
because the singular suffixes are different from the plural
suffixes it is not possible to find a singular with its plural
in the same Class.
The main suffixed singular Classes are 5,
plus a class of loan-words (mainly English and Swahili) which
may not require s u f f i x e s .
The plural Classes are 11 in
accordance with patterns of their suffixes.
Some of these
11 Classes have sections.
This dissertation therefore is intended to show how
nouns group themselves into the Eleven Plural Classes.
Every
known Kipsigiis plural noun belongs to one, and sometimes two,
of these Eleven Large Boxes.
There are certain structural,
phonological and tonolorical causes which make a nominal root
base take on this and not that plural-forming suffix.
In this
study I have indentified plural nouns having identical suffix
formatives and given their behavioural characteristics.
Out
of the characteristics of behaviour it beceme clear to me that
the root base of a noun is the determiner of both the singular
and the plural alliance with other nouns.
"'"The query has been this:
'Are Kalenjin Nouns classifiable?*
2
.
..
Noun Classification in Kalenjin : Nandi-Kipslgils.
Reprint from A . L . S . V . , 196U, p. 2 1 2 .
XVII
The root bases are noticed when the formative suffixes are
taken awpy from their root words.
Since the intention was to
classify the plural nouns I did not concern myself with the
characteristics of the roct bases.
What concerned me
was to have a piece of mept, that i s , a piece of meat which
has bones and some flesh.
This became my unit of study.
CHAPTER 1 of this work, which deals with the nature
of nouns, reveals that Kaaleenvchiin is not p render
language.
There are no divisions such as masculine,
feminine and neuter.
What are there are male and female
names, common sex-nouns and miscellaneous other nouns.
The nominal divisions or their pronominal prefixes or
suffixes hardly have agreement with the verbal, adjectival
Or other constructions to indicate the presence of sex in
a sentence, phrase or word.
'Hardly' is used here very
cnutiously because where emphasis is required either the
male 'kip' or female 'cheep' particle prefix may be prefixed
to an adjective or a verb.
It is in such usage where one
may say Kaaleenychiin has a sex concordial nrefix agreement.
But then there are two mrin (kin and cheep) sex prefixes.
The most important linguistic findinp is that of
two sinrulars and two plurals (functional doublets).
Every
name (except proner names) in Kipsiciis has two sinrulars
and two plurals.
There are two notional categories surrounding
each noun in Kipsigiis.
this chapter.
This is adequately dealt with in
Each of the functional doublets (two singular
and two plural nouns) may function in a definite or in an
indefinite form.
This is to say that it is not correct to
conclude that the suffixed nouns with final / t / or / k / are
in the definite form.
XVIII
The notional categories or the functional singular
or plural doublets are of significant importance in this
paper because unless what they mem is understood the
entire study may not be comrrehended.
The isn, esn, ipn
end epn re-appear almost everywhere in this study.
The
whole study is based on the fundamental rrasD of the four
( i s n , esn, ipn, epn) forms of every Kiosigiis noun (except
in the case of proper nouns) in this chapter.
In this chapter it is pointed out that some isn
are differentiated from the ipn words by means of tcn"l
changes and/or both tonal changes and vowel quality or
quantity.
CHAPTEP 2 deals with singular noun classes.
The thematic
and the athematic endings of the isn words resulting in the
thematic and the athematic consonantal and vocalic divisions
of nouns help us ret to the root bases of nouns.
What this
this chapter reveals is that the singulars are made up of the
isn and the esn divisions and that the isn division
classes, i . e . nouns with 1. Thematic
1
has four
Consonantal Endinp
(TCE); 2. Thematic Vowel Ending (TVE); 3. Athematic
Consonantal
Ending (ACE); and, 4. Athematic Vowel Ending (AVE).
The esn
have five suffix endings, viz. -et, -at, -it, -ta and -ut.
These are the five esn Classes.
There are a few loan-words
that take no suffixes and which may be grouped on their own
although some of them may be 'Kipsigiisised' and attract
one of the five esn suffixes.
The TCE/TVE isn take on any of the five esn
suffixes to form the esn without internal or external
changes in either the roct base (which is the isn) or the
esn suffix.
The AVE isn are more complicated in their
transformation from the isn into the esn in that some fusion
takes place between the isn final vowel and the initial
vowel of the esn s u f f i x .
1&2
flee p. lU (para. l l ) .
XIX
Here the isn final -a + another vowel give /—eet/ esn
ending.
The AVE (TCE/TVE) isn are found in the /-et/
singular Class only.
The other Classes are ACE (-at),
TCE/TVE ( - i t ) , TCE/TVE (-ta) and ACE/TCE/TVE (-ut).
No fusion takes place where an isn TVE takes on an esn
suffix.
In the case of an isn ACE the isn suffix is
displaced by the esn suffix.
In certain situations / y /
is put before the esn /-et/ and replaces an / i / which has
lost its svllabicity and this / y / occurs mainly after / r / ,
/s/,
/ k / , / t / and / l / .
'sigiryeet'
(donkey)
/ y / i s there instead o f / i / , e . g .
instead of ' s i g i r i e e t ' .
It is in t h i s chapter where it is shown that the
isn and esn take on various plural suffixes to form either
the ipn or the epn.
This is to say that it cannot be said
that the esn ending in /-et/ take on a particular plural
suffix.
CHAPTERS 3 - 5 deal with the main theme of this
dissertation which is the classification of plural nouns.
I have listed the nouns which take the ipn/epn suffixes
that resemble each other and given their characteristics,
such as:
1. tense or lax stem vowel; 2. the syllabic distribu-
tion of the i s n ; 3. the isn endings whether they are TCE,
TVE, ACE or AVF; h. the esn ending; 5. the ipn/epn endings;
6. the tonal patterns of the four ( i s n , esn, ipn and epn)
forms; 7. the demonstrative adjective (singular) suffixes
and 8. the demonstrative adjective (plural) suffixes.
These
characteristics enable us to affirm whether plural nouns
listed together belong to the same Class or not.
The order in which this classification is based are
the first 300 Kalenjin words in the English-Swahi1i-Kalenjin
Nouns.
See the Appendix.
the second in Class 2, etc.
in the i^n.
The majority are in Class 1,
Classes 9 and 10 are deficient
F . S . K . N , contains about 3 , 0 0 0 KipeigiiB nouns.
XX
CHAPTER 6 deals with the Noun Derivation.
There
are many nouns which are formed from verbs and/^r adjectives.
Such nouns fall under both the singular (isn and esn) and
the 11 plural (ipn and epn) Classes.
The main point to
bear in mind in this chapter is that there are very many
(more than 8 0 ) ncuns formable from one verb or from one
adjective.
CHAPTER 7 deels with the Proper Noun Semantics 1 .
In this chapter I tried to show the sources of some
Kipsigiis Proper Nouns.
Together with human names I pointed
out the meanings of n few place-names.
not pluralisable.
Proper names are
If thev must be pluralised then they
all go to Class 1 . 1 (-isya/-isyek).
CHAPTER 8 deals with cases (accusative/absolute
a.nd nominative) and it is noted that ca.ses are determined
by tonal changes in a word.
There are other nouns which
have nominative suffix formatives in addition to the tonal
changes.
It is pointed out that generally a Kipsipiis
uses an absolute (accusative) case in sinple word utterances.
The Enplish-Swahili-Kalenjin
Nouns(vocabulary
appendix) confirm that all known non-technical nouns have
been classified according to the forepoing rubrics.
Finally I must say that the Notes On Phonology
(next page) are of great importance in this work and that
without some knowledge of what happens to vcwels and
consonants when they precede and/or succeed one another
then it is difficult to fellow or understand some of
the points raised in this dissertation.
"''According to Mario Pei (Invitation to Linruisties,
George Allen & Unwin L t d . , 19^5» P . 9 ) semantics is
1
the study of word meanings *.
i
NOTES
ON
PHONOLOGY
A. VOWEL SYSTEM
I.
Kipsigiis (like
Maasai) has ten 1 vowel phonemes
falling into two categories according to tongue-root position
and resultant voice quality.
Lax with advanced tongue root, expanded pharynx and
resultant hollow or breathy voice quality (called "Close"
o
also "hollow" by Tucker and Bryan) .
«
I
Tense
with retracted tongue root , contracted pharynx
and resultant hard or squeezed voice quality (called "Open"
also "hard" by Tucker and Bryan).
Kipsigiis Vowel Charts
Vowels may be SHORT
Lax Tense Lax Tense
or
LONG
Lax Tense Lax Tense
Fig. 1
Fig. 2
Opposition Within Vowel Quality
II.
The vowels are opposed to each other in their lax
and tense categories.
Examples:
^Unlike the Kikuyu seven vowel phonemes.
See Amstrong,
L . E . The Phonetic and Tonal Structure of Kikuyu, 1 9 ^ 0 , O . U . P . ,
pp. 1-9.
ey used open/close in all their studies of African
Languages.
^Nilo-Saharan Vowel Harmony from the Vantage Point of
Kalenjin (See Bibliography) yy. 1-**. Parr, L . I . A Course
in Lugbara, E . A . L . B . , 19^5, po. 5 " 7 .
'
lj
Stewart, J . M . Tongue Root Position in Akan Vowel Harmony:
Phonetica 16: 185-20U, 1967.
11
Lax
/i/
SHORT
kee-il lh
Tense
/i/
:
to break
to select
/u/
lus h
/e/
they get lost
easily.
2
kee-ger
/u/
:
/e/
tot, adj.
h
/a/
:
kee-ger
lh to shut.
/of
:
quick to rot
kee-tar^
11
lus h
get lost.
11 to follow a
route
/o/
kee_-il lh
tot
h
/a/
:
to pour out
rot.
kee-tar
lh
to finish.
LONG
/ii/
kee-biit
lh
/uu/
/oo/
/aa/
to prosper/grow,
kee-guut
lh to blow.
/ee/
:
kee-yeet
lh
to mature
/oo/
:
stir(inside
stg.)
kee-laal^
11
:
to clean food
from container
kee-ng'oor
lh
kee-biit
lh
/uu/
kee-yeet
lh
:
to sprinkle
kee-guut
lh
/ee/
/ii/
kee-ng'oor
lh
/aa/
:
to take out of
a hole
to refuse stg.
to prophesy,
kee-laal
lh
to cough.
Opposition Within Vowel Quantity
III.
The short and the long vowels of each quality are
opposed to each other.
Examples:
^Fone markers (l = low, h • high, hf = high-falling) are put
after or underneath the word/s they represent.
Towards the speaker (in this direction).
^See Savage, G . A . R : The Essentials of Lwo(Acoli), E . A . L . B .
1956, p . 2 .
Ill
Lax
Short
/i/
Long
:
•
1
V,
mis
/u/
:
/ii/
: miis
h
character.
be eliminated
/uu/
: chuut, adj.
chut, vinrt^.
h
/e/
:
/o/
:
:
/ee/
h
/oo/
hunt(stealthly).
: toor, adj.
un-cob
h
/aa/
sak, ipn.
h
experts at
discouraging.
: teep, vimt.
stay-
t o r , vimt.
h
/a/
h
enter
tep, vimt.
h
h
:
experts at spearing.
saak, adj.
h
leaves
experts at seducing.
Tense
Short
/i/
Long
:
c h i l , vimi.
h
/u/
:
/e/
:
/£/
:
:
vimi.
/uu/
h
/ee/
despise
love
:
get up.
ichoot, vimt.
lh
/aa/
deny.
: ng'eet
h
/oo/
press on.
: tuuch, vimt.
get tired
chnm, vimt.
h
h
cattle
ichot, vimt.
lh
/a/
ipn.
ng'et,
h
: chiil
suffer
tuch,
h
/ii/
dissolve,
: chaam, vimt.
h
murmur.
In this section when a verb is not in the infinitive
(kee, k i i ) it is given in the imperative mood.
"Vimt. = verb imperative, transitive and vimi. = verb
imperative, intransitive.
IV
All Round Quality Opposition
IV.
A l l vowels are opposed to one another.
The following
are examples of such minimal pairs as the lexicon affords:
Tense 1
/\J
4
/u/
4
/ a / as in p i l , vimi. pul, vimt. p a l , vinrt.
h
/e/
t
/o/
^
matter
h enlarge
h
dig.
/ a / as in n g ' e t , vimi. n g ' o t , n. n g ' a t , vimt,
h get tired
h spear
h advise.
Lax
/i/
f
/a/
as in mis, vimi. mas, adj.
h be eliminated
/a/
1
/e/
^
h
expert at dew wetting,
/ u / as in tap, vimi. tep, vimi. tup, vimi.
h change
colour
/a/
^
/o/
as in sak, n.
h
stay
h
bury,
sok, n.
h leaves
h
medicinal herb.
Diphthongs
2
V.
Kipsigiis (like Maasai)
matic phonemes.
two at a time.
has diphthongs or biphone-
These are vowel clusters. There are only
These diphthongs (see para. VI below) have
oppositional pairs.
Examples of quality, quantity and
tone oppositional pairs are:
Lax
VI.
Mixed short and long
eei, 1, n.
:
f
kooi, h , n . :
hand
mooi, h, n.
calves
:
liver
Tense
e e i , h, n. b u l l .
f
koi, h , n.
stone.
f
mooi, h , n.
calf.
Diphthongs are a result of two phonemes coming
together and functioning as one phoneme.
o, a/ or / u ,
When any of / u , e,
o, a/ precedes / i / or / i / and both
^Only short vowel examples are given here to save space.
Long vowel opposition is similar.
2
.'
See Tucker and Mpaayei: A Maasai Grammar with Vocabulary
Longmans, Green and C o . , London, 1955; p. xiv.
V
are sounded as one the sound produced is bi-phonematic.
See the following Diphthongal Chart:
u
i
-
-
ie
io
ia
u
ui
-
ue
uo
ua
e
ei
-
-
-
-
0
oi
-
-
-
-
a
ai
au
-
-
-
Fig. 3
Diphthongal^ Chart
A majority of the diphthongs are a combination of
2
the other vowels with l\J or / i /
in the final position.
The other combinations such as / a u , i o , i a , ue, uo, ua/ are
rare.
Examples:
muui
eei
h
1
hand,
bullock,
eei h
kooi
hide.
h
liver.
A diphthong or a bi-phonematic phoneme, in this study, is
a combination of two different vowel phonemes to produce
a different two-in-one phoneme bearing only one tone or
tone-mark.
Cf. P e i , Mario A. Dictionary of Linguistics,
Peter Owen Limited, London, (New British Commonwealth
Edition) i960.
p
C f . Morris H . F . and Kirwan, B . E . R . A Runyankore Grammar,
E . A . L . B . (Revised Edition) 1972, p . x v i i i .
VI
koi h
stone.
nai h ,
v.
know.
legetai hh^
lpn
belts (women),
tau h
i deophone
sound of breaking
drv stick.
Most / i ' s / in / i e , i o , i a / have lost their syllabicity
if preceded by a consonant (except y, c, m, n and n g ' ) ,
e.g.
sie is now sye
tie "
"
tye
tia "
"
tya
y i a / y i e / y i o preceded by / i / make
/ y / sound as if it is / y y / .
This is common in Kipsigiis especially with isn ending in /yaan/.
/yiaan/ is phonetically more pertinent.
VII.
Other bi-phonematic combinations such as / i a , ua,
ea, oa/ etc. have caused much trouble to orthographists.
The present work prefers:
kee-twa
to
lh
kee-tua
to s t i r ,
lh
tween
to
tueen
f
h
black, p i .
to
miach
good, t>1 .
hf
mnyach
h
h
tyaany
wf
2
to
tiaany £
animal.
etc.
Vowel Distribution
VIII.
.. h
Any of the vowels (including dipthongs) short or
lonp, may occur in all positions ( i n i t i a l , medial and
final) in a word.
"^See Class 5 ipn for more examples of final dipbhongs.
2
•
•
An / i / that has lost its syllabicity is replaced, in
speech, by / y / followed by a vowel.
vii
Vowel Category Shift
IX.
The two vowel categories given in the above charts
(Fig. 1 and 2) are not fixed entities.
tense vowels change to lax.
Very often the
Some of such changes take
place because of vowel influence before or after the vowel/s
in question.
For example, when the 2nd person noun agent
suffixes
-iin
-in
sg.
,
pi.
and
are suffixed to the 2nd pers. imperative verb stem with
tense vowel/s the vowels in the verb stem change from tense
to lax.
When the -iin or -in is suffixed to a tense-
vowelled monosyllabic verb stem having a short vowel
the short vowel is made long and is also made l a x .
Examples
cham
kas
kiis
mwet
Examples
(monosyllabic):
h
:
h
:
h
:
h
:
love
hear
cut throat
wash
chaam-iin lh**
f
chaam-in lh
sg.
lover.
pi.
lovers.
kaas-iin lh*"
sg.
hearer.
kaas-in lh^
pi.
hearers.
sg.
cutter..
pi.
cutters.
sg.
washer.
pi.
washers.
kiis-iin lh
. . .
f
kiis-in lh
f
mweet-iin lh
f
mweet-in lh
f
(polysyllabic):
chamcham lh
tartar lh
taste
break/grind
chamcham-iin llh
f
chamcham-in llh
tasters,
tartar-iin llh
'grinder'.
tartar-in
mas-aa-mas
lhh
clean roughly
llh 1
taster,
'grinders.
mas-aa-mas-iin l l l h
f
mas-aa-mas-in l l l h
etc.
There is no lengthening of preceding vowels in polysyllabic verb stems.
See Tucker and Bryan, o p . c i t . , p. 197.
Vlll
The suffix -un (to the speaker) too causes category shifts.
Examples:
maas h : hit
maas-un
lh
hit ( i t ) towards the
speaker.
tem-uun
lh
hit ( i t ) towards the
speaker.
\
tern h
: dig
swaaeh h : cut grass
swaag-ur. lh
cut grass towards the
speaker.
keel h
: fry
keel-un
fry towards the speaker.
am h
: eat
am-uun lh
eat
chamcham lh : taste
mas-qa-ras
lhh : clean
(by
etc.
chamcham-uun
dGw)
lhh taste towards the
speaker.
mas-aa-mas-uun lhhh:
clean
towards the speaker.
The final /-e/ or /—i/ of the imperfect verbal aspect is
always lax and it makes any tense vnwel/s preceding it lax.
Examples:
kas h : hear
kas-e hi
He always/habitually hears,
tem h : dig
tem-e hi
"
"
"
dips.
il
ile hi
"
"
"
selects.
h : select
f
keenter lh : abash keenter-i h 11 "
i^-yan lh :
accede
i-yan-i hll
mnyan h : be i l l
mnyan-i hi
i^-gat lh : greet
i-gat-i hll
"
"
abashes,
"
"
accedes,
"
"
ill
greets.
The indirect object or Drepositional suffix /-chin/ makes
tense-vowelled verb stems lax.
Examples:
Verb ( i m p . )
Verb (imp.)
mwaa h
say
mwaa-chin lh
say ( i t ) to him.
am h
eat
am-chiin lh
eat on his behalf,
cham h
agree
cham-chiin lh
allow him.
i-garaaran-chi in
beautify it fr>r him.
i-garaaran
llhh
f
beautify
Where the preceding vowel is short the -u in -un suffix
is lengthened and where it is long the -u in -un suffix
is made short.
Monosyllables and polysyllables take /-un/
or /-uun/ in the same manner.
IX
Vowel Category Harmony
When the affixes change the category of the vowel
stem it is a category shift process.
But when the vowel
stem changes the category of the affixes the process is
one of Category Harmony.
Tense vnwel stems of certain
non-verbal words may not change.
1
isn
esn
Examples:
epn
mai-ywaan
mai-ywaat
mai-ywa
mai-yweek
hh
hh
hh
hhf
kwaar-yaan
kwaar-yaat
kwaar-iisya
kwaar-iisyek
lh
lh
111
llh
kuut-yet
kuut
kuut-ik
h h
h
hh
puraas
f
puraas-ta
puraas-wa
puraas-wek
hh
hlh
111
hlh
peeny
peen-ta
pany
pany-eek
h
lh
1
lh
koon-ta
koong'-in
alcohol
ankle
kuut-ya
f
ant
h l
anthrojc
meat
koong'
f
h
aperture
karn-a
f
f
hi
lh
karn-eet
kar-in
f
koong*-iik
lhf
kar-iik
hh
hh
ng'ot-it
ng'ot-wa
ng'ot-week
aan-wa
aan-weet
aan-ooi
aan-ook
11
lh
lh
lh
hi
armlet
ng'ot
h
hh
spear
band
maas-uut/ya
f
h ll
hit spot
maas-uutyet maas-uut
f
h lh
hh
ng'^lyep
ng'elyep-ta ng'elyeep lh
hh
hlh
tongue
maa3-uutik
hhh
ng'elyeeb-waagik
ng'elyeb-waak
llhh
llhf
or-yaan
or-yaat
or/^
oreek
lh
lh
11
lh
ash
^For i s n , esn, ipn and epn see Abbreviations and
para. 9 . I I .
X
XI.
The above noun-forming isn/esn suffixes are mixed
tense- and lax-vowelled at various areas.
These suffixes
are changeable in that sometires they are lax with laxvovelled sten and tense with tense-vowelled ones.
Peeny
(meat, isn) and peenta (meat, esn) unlike the others
are lax-vovelled in the isn/esn and tense-vowelled in
the ipn/epn. The more common b e h a ^ u r is to be tensevowelled in the isn/esn and lax in the ipn/epn.
The
behaviour of the suffixes in the above noun exemplifies
the Vowel Category Harmony.
XII.
At para. 2 1 . I . i the suffixes -ooi/-ook make
tense-vowelled stems lax.
The -wa/-vek ipn/epn suffixes
make tense-vowelled stems lax.
See para. 23.,I.i«
At
para. 2 6 . V . i -uut (isn) suffix makes the stems laxvowelled in all fcrms.
at para.
-waak/-waagik ipn/epn suffixes
28.1.i.make tense-vowelled stems lax.
All
the 13 tense-vowelled isn/esn at Class 3.1. are made
lax-vowelled ( i n the ipn/epn) by -wa/-vek.
This seems
to suggest th«f'-wa/-wek plural suffixes are inherently
lax-vowelled.
When the lax-vowelled affixes are changed
by the tense-vowelled stems it is a Vowel Category
Shift process.
Vowel Category Resistance
XIII.
The demonstrative adjectival suffixes are
changeable (lax with lax stems and tense with tense
stems) in their vowel category.
Examples:
XI
This/these
That/those
That/those over there
laakwaa-ni
laakwaa-naan
laakwaa-niin
111
llh
llh
laagoo-chu1
laagoo-chaan
laagoo-chuun
lhl
lhh
lhh
ng'ot-i^
ng'ot-aan
ng'ot-iin
11
lh
lh
child
children
spear
ng'otwee-chu
hh^l
ng'otwee-chaan
f
spears
ng'otwee-chuun
hh f h
hh h
While the demonstrative adjectival suffixes change in
accordance with the kind of Vowel Category preceding them
some genitive suffixes resist the Vowel Category Harmony
as well as the Vowel Category Shift influence.
plural
singular
XIV.
Examples:
1aakweenyuun
laagok-chuuk
111
lhl
my child
my children
1aakweenyaaa
laagok-chaak
111
lhl
our child
our children
laakweeng'uung'
laagok-kuuk
111
lhl
your child
your children
liakweeng' waanp'
laAgok-kwaak
111
lhl
your child
your children
1aakweenyiin
laagok-chiik
111
lhl
his child
his children
1aakwe enywaan
laagok-chwaak
111
lhl
their child
their children
From the above it is realised that
-nyuun
has a tense vowel.
This is always
so even after a lax-vowelled noun, e . g .
ng'ookta
:
dog.
^The plural form of laakwa which is laagooi is lax-vowelled.
2
/ i / is silent before / n y / or / n g * / .
xii
The genitive form is ng'ookt-a-nyuun.
The / a / is
influenced by /-nyuun/.
The tense-vowelled genitive suffixes are:
-nyuun
-nyiin
-chiik
-nywaan
.
,
-chwaak
and
The lax ones are:
-nyaan
-chuuk
-chaak
-ng'uung'
-kuuk
-ng'waang
-kwaak
The prefixes /kaap/,
an<
^
/tap/ and /kop/ resist assi-
milation whereas / k i p / and /cheep/ are assimilatable.
top of p . x v i .
See
The above (para. XIV) tense or lax genitive
suffixes remain tense or lax, whatever the case i s , all the
time whenever they eppear.
This behaviour results in having
words which have two sets of vowel categories within a word.
Uninfluenced Category Difference
XV.
There are certain words which change their vowel
categories without any apparent cause or without any
influence of the affixes.
Examples:
Nouns
isn
esn
ipn
epn
tariit
tariit-yet
tariit
tariit-ik
lh
llh
lh
bird
llh
* 1 0 . II. represent Plural Noun Class 1 0 . 1 1 .
10.11*
xiii
togoch
togeet
togooch
togoochiik 1 0 . 1 1
hh
hh
lh
llh
ng'^lyep
ng'(slyepta
ng'elyeep
ng'elyeebwaagik
hh
hlh
lh
llhh
face
tongue
ng'elyeebwaak
llhf
Adjectives
singular
plural
kaigai
hh
:
kaigai
preferable
paibai
f
hh
hi
:
..
paibai
happy
hi
tariit and tariit have the same tonemes as well as the
same chronemes1.
The only difference between these two
words is in the (tense and lax) phonemes.
Syllables
XVI.
Kipsigiis words may be monosyllabic or polysyllabic.
Monosyllabic words may be of the types : CVC, CV, VC, V
(C = Consonant; V = Vowel).
Examples:
2
Monosyllabic
maa
isn
stomach
Class No.
3. I l l
hf
_
no
ipn
sheep/goats
met
h
isn
head
3. II
eei
isn
hand
U.V
11
h
1
See Tucker end Pryan, o p . c i t . , para. 121.
o
In this study Class Number (CI. No.) refers to Plural
Noun Classes only and not to singular noun (1* isn and
5 esn) classes.
XIV
eei
isn
bull
10.Ill
isn
nose
U.V
lpn
people
11
epn
people
11
vrui/ui
isn
somewhere/anywhere
chii
isn
person
11
tany
isn
cow
11
isn
woman
10.11
h
ser
1
piich
h
piik
h
h
f
kwaany
Dissyllabic
Dissyllabic words are of the type cvcvc/vcv or if affixes
are implicated cvc-vc, vc-vc, cvc-cv, cvc-cvc.
10.Ill
kar-na^ hi
isn
amulet
kwaa-ryaan lh 1
f
maa-oot h h
f
isn
ankle
ipn
apostles
esn
trap
2.II
esn
fent •
10.11
epn
ants
10.11
mes-teet hh
kuu-tyet hh
kuu-tik
Examples:
1.1
10.11
wui/ui has no esn, ipn/enn.
3
"The hyphens syllabicate the words in this para. XVI.
Elsewhere they show word (not syllabic) divisions into
affixes and stems.
Syllabication need not coincide
with the morphological extensions of words.
XV
saa-muuny
10.11
ipn
ants (brown)
isn
axe
2.II
isn
river
l.II
lhf
ai-yva
hi
ai-na
Polysyllabic
belt
it
(woman's)
ii
le-ge-tya hhl
isn
le-ge-tyeet hhh
esn
le-ge-tai hhh^
ipn
belts
in-ta-sim-mnya
isn
amulet
5
II
2.1
lhll
in -1a-si-mnyeet
2.1
esn
lhlh
kaa-laak-uu-tya
isn
6.Ill
clothes
hhfll
kaa-laak-uu-tyet
esn
hhflh
belts
le-ge-ta-iik
Few unprefixed or unsuffixed nouns have more than five
syllables.
Polysyllabic words rely on affixes for their
size.
Prefixed and suffixed Nouns
Some nouns take one prefix only.
chee-maasa-iin-tet
kip-ljfang'-at 1
111
lhhlh
Examples:
:
a Maasai lady,
:
name (evening).
Due to the problem of gemination syllabication is
confronted with a need to double consonants between
vowels.
See Consonantal Gemination at para. XXXVII.U
below.
Geminants are not shown in this study.
xvi
Kop-laanp'-gook
hhh
:
name (lawn).
:
name ( f i r e ) .
:
the place of the black-smith.
esn
:
vegetable not.
esn
:
beetle.
f
Tap-tul-maat
f
lh l
Kaap-kii-taa-ng'iin-tet
f
h lllh
cheeb-ung'-guut
lhhf
kip-taa-ru-ruut
lh f hh
kaa-bwaa-te-ree-ret, TO. esn betrothal,
llhhh
kaa-saai-se-ree-tet, vn. esn goodbye,
llhhh
Other (some) nouns which have prefixes take additional
(double prefixed) prefixes.
Examples:
(kaap-kip-taaiyiaat)
:
The leader's home.
:
The home of a Maasai lady,
f
f
h lh h
kop-chee-maasei-iin-tet
hlhhlh
etc.
XVII.
Verbal Syllables
Verb basic stems are usually monosyllabic and
dissyllabic.
There are two classes of verbs giving
rise to different noun -patterns.
These are the /kee-/
and /kii-/ infinitive verb Classes 1 and 2 respectively.
Verbs which contain the direct and indirect objects
with one or two beneficiaries have several syllables.
Examples:
kee-mwa
mwaa
lh
h
mwaa-chin
lh
:
to say ( i t ) •
:
(you) say ( i t ) ,
:
say ( i t ) to him.
XVI1
mwaa-chin-ee-chin
say ( i t ) to him for him.
lhh f h
mwaa-chin-ee-chin-ee-waan
say ( i t ) to him for him
for me.
lhhhhh f
mwaa-chin-ee-chin-ee-uun
he says ( i t ) to him for
him on your behalf.
lhhhhh
mwaa-chin-ee-chin-aa-tee-uun
he says ( i t ) to him/them
for him/them for you as
he moves in that direction.
lhhhhhh
kii-ga-mwaa-chin-ee-chin-aatee-uun
at that time he said ( i t )
to him/them for him/them
on your behalf as he moved
(about) in that direction.
f
hhlhhhhh l
The above words have short and long syllables.
Also the
number of syllables varies between one and nine depending
on the affixes incorporated in the derivation.
Tone
XVIII.
Vowels only have tones in Kipsigiis.
four main tones in Kipsigiis.
There are
The shortening or lengthening
of each of these tones nay give an impression of another
different tone.
The Kipsigiis tones (over a) are:
a
*
a
A
a
Low Tone;
Hirh Tone;
High-falling Tone;
Low-rising Tone (rare).
Word Examples:
Low Tone
High Tone
sik
%
excreta
puun
enemies
puk
%
broth
moor
crusts
nes
charcoal
pool
clouds
pany
meat
pook
honeycombs
xviii
High-falling Tone
aai
:
fairies
A
mooi
calves
Low-rising Tone
/
v
pai-ywaat
/ v
mai-ywaat
A
millet
paj
Only words ending in /-ywaat/
take the low-rising tone.
It
may be replaced by the High Tone.
bones
kaa
Dissyllabic Tonal Combinations
The Low/ ( 1 ) High (h) and High-falling ( h f ) tones
combine a„s shown in the chart below:
1
11
lh
lhf
h
hi
hh
hhf
hfl
hfh
(hV)
Tone Chart
f f
is not a very common combination.
f
r
•
In this study 1, h, h and 1 are emnloyed instead
of tone marks.
They are put under or in front of
the word/s they represent.
B. CONSONANT
XIX.
SYSTEM
There are 13 consonantal phonemes in Kaaleenychiin
(Kipsigiis).
These are:
the plosives
the fricatives
/p.
t , k/
;
2
/s, y, w / ;
^See Gimson, A . C . , An Introduction to the Pronunciation of
English, Edward Arnold (second Edition), 1973. pr«
150 - 170.
2
Ibid.,
pp. 185 - 187; 212 - 219-
XIX
the affricate
the nasals
/m, n , ny, n g ' /
the lateral
/l/3;
;
,r,\
the rolled
The following consonantal chart shows approximately
where each of these consonants is produced in the mouth.
K i p s i g i i s Consonantal Chart
BILABIAL. ALVEOLAE PALATAL VELAR
Plosive
t
p
/b/
/d/
s
Fricative
Affricate
y
1
'
w
c
Nasal
m
n
Lateral
1
Boiled
r
/ny/
/ng'/
•3
Fig. 5
/ b / , / d / , / g / and f t / are allophones.
XX.
The following words show that these consonants are
opposed to one another.
pas h
they are expert at accumulating stgs.
kas h
ii
(i
ii
ii
sas h
ii
»i
II
n
n
ii
n
it
was h
listening.
despising.
scattering.
^See Gimson, o p . c i t . , pp. 171 - 1 7 6 .
2
I b i d . , pp. 193 - 200.
3
I b i d . , pp. 200 - 2 0 5 .
14
Ibid.. p .
208.
^Cf. Kikuyu consonant phonemes.
See Armstrong o p . c i t . ,
p. 31.
See also Tucker and Mpaayei o p . c i t . , pp. xv - xvii,
XX
chas h : they are exnert at inclining stg.
:
II
:
II
nyas h :
H
ng'as h:
N
las h
:
N
:
II
mas h
nas h
ras h
"
"
bedewing.
"
"
cutting across.
"
finding suddently.
"
"
over-stretching.
"
"
exaggerating.
"
breaking, e . g .
fences.
saach h, virnt.
seduce (woman),
taach h, vimt.
receive.
yaach h, virnt.
demand payment (of a debt).
XXI.
Each (exceot / w / ) of these consonants has no
complications in initial and final positions.
/w/ in final positions,
There is no
/ p , t, k/ in intervocalic
medial^ positions become slightly voiced and apnroach
the slight devoiced sounds of / b , d, g / .
Each of the
13 consonants, in environment, behaves as follows:
1.
XXII.
/P/
/ p / which is a bilabial plosive is almost as in
English but without much aspiration initially or finally
and without much muscular tension.
Initial
1
Examples:
pi_l h, vimi.
matter,
pil h
they matter,
p i i t h, vimi.
grow.
pi it h
they prow well.
Medial refers to 'within a word as well as between
separate words'.
XXI
Final;
Medial:
kep h vimt.
:
notch.
keP h
:
experts at notching.
nap h vimt.
:
sew,
nQ
:
experts at sewing.
P h
fJM intervocalic / p / becomes voiced and its
realisation is between the sound of / b /
and / v / .
In this study / b / is used to represent
this voicedfallophorie o f ^ / p / * e.g-.
kep h v. becomes kebeet lh isn.
: notching,
nap h v.
: sewing.
2.
XXIII.
"
nabeet lh isn.
N
The alveolar plosive / t / i n i t i a l l y has slight
aspiration and is faintly geminated or slurred f i n a l l y .
Examples:
Initial:
Final:
Medial:
t i l h vimt.
cut.
til h
expert
teep h vimt,
ask
teep h
experts at asking,
kuut h vimt.
blow on to.
tet h vimt.
arrange,
seet vimi.
go stealthily.
rat h vimt.
tie.
'cutters'
An intervocalic / t / sounds geminated i . e . as
if they are two-in-one.
Apart from gemi»ation
the intervocalic / t / does not vary.
nantal Clusters, below.
/t/
See Coosq-
Examples of medial
are:
f
kuuteet lh
I
(kuutteet
f
lh ) isn
:
blowing.
teteet lh
isn
:
arranging,
teeta lh
esn
:
cow.
In this study geminated consonants,except in the author's
names, are not doubled.
xxii
3.
XXIV.
/k/
The velar plosive / k / is as in English e . g .
'kettle*.
There is mere aspiration when / k / is articulated together
with a lax vowel after it e . g . ka, ke, k i , ko, ku.
or /kia/ sounds /kya/ or /kya/ i . e .
/ i / before a tense
or a lax / a , e, o/ loses its syllabicity.
weakly geminated with slight aspiration.
Initial:
Final:
Medial:
Final / k / is
Examples:
kas h
vinrt
hear/listen,
kes h
vimt
harvest.
kis h
virnt
poke.
luk h
vimi
dry up (milk),
luk h
isn
battle.
kariik hh _e£Q
/kia/
arms.
An intervocalic /k/ is articulated as if it
were a velar fricative / g a n d is faintly
geminated.
lugeet h h f (lukeet h h f )
:
battling,
lugeet lh (from luch h)
:
fisting.
h.
XXV.
'say',
Examples:
/s/
The alveolar fricative / s / is as in English e . g .
'sesame', etc.
Initial:
Final:
Medial:
Examples:
sus h vimt
:
bite.
su
:
lift.
sees h vimt
:
clean.
sogos lh vimi
:
urinate.
h vimt
An intervocalic / s / may be geminated, e . g .
saseet lh
:
despising.
In this study / g / is used to represent an intervocalic
/k/.
Traditional convention uses / g / in its orthography
in place of intervocalic / k / .
xxiii
5.
XXVI.
/y/
The palatal fricative /y/ is as in English e . g .
'yield*.
Examples:
Initial:
yum h
vimi.
:
yogen lh vimi.
Final:
shelter (from rain).
be mobile.
/y/ clashes with / i / .
The difference is that
/ y / is a glide when the esn suffix is
introduced, e . g .
isn
f
saamiiy hh
f
t i r i i y hh
Medial:
bush
esn
..
f
saamiiyta h lh.
vale
tiriiyta hlh.
An intervocalic /y/ is the same as the initial
/y/,
e.g.
kee-yaai lh
: to do.
kee-yum lh
: to shelter (from rain),
f
or
yai-aa-yai lhh ^
(yai-yaa-yai lhh )
: do repeatedly,
/y/i/
XXVI.
/ y / before / i / is rare,
/ i / before / y / is common.
Examples:
i-yum lh
vimt.
:
collect, nut together,
i-yuum lh
vimt.
:
shelter it from rain.
i.-yem lh
vimi.
:
loiter,
i-yaam lh
vimt.
:
dry ( i t ) ,
etc.
/if after a consonant ( / t , s, k, 1, r, m/) which is
immediately followed by / e , o, a/ loses its syllabicity
(see para. VI above) and sounds as if it were a / y / .
/y/ before certain isn ending in /-aan/ and esn ending in
/-aat/ sounds as if it has / i / between / y / and /-aan/ or
/-aat/.
another
This applies mostly where / y / is preceded by
/i/.
XXIV
In this study /y/ is used (consonant + y + any of
e, o, a)
instead of an / i / that has lost its syllabicity.
Examples:
peetuusyek llh
fl
twaalyaat h h
epn
days.
esn
bell.
ureeryeet llh
esn
play.
akyaat hh
esn
Niorobo.
esn
tape-worm
meetyaat h h
etc.
6.
/»/
XXVII. The velar fricative /w/ is as in Fnglish 'way*,
'wallet'
etc.
/ w / before /u/ or before / u i / sometimes
sounds as if it were / u / .
Initial:
wvt h
vimt.
wuui h
vimi.
• J
wuui h
adj.
Examples:
joke.
( i t i s ) hard.
Final:
There is no final / w / .
Medial:
Apart from some slight gemination an intervocalic /w/ has the same value as the initial
/ w / , e . g . keewaach : to shout.
7.
/c/
X X V I I I . The palatal affricate / c / is close to the English
' c h a p t e r ' , 'church' or 'cheek'.
Initial:
Final
Medial:
Examples:
chir h
vimi.
smile,
cheer h
vimt.
encourage.
ch^ch h
vimt.
choke.
taach h
vimt.
receive/welcome.
An intervocalic / c / is geminated, e . g .
keechain lh
:
to love,
keechir lh
:
to smile.
A verbal final / c / before a noun-forming vowel is either
unaltered or is articulated like a fricative velar / g / ,
e . g . sich h, v. (get) becomes sigeet lh (getting) in
the noun form.
XXV
8.
XXIX.
/m/
The bilabial nasal /m/ is as in English 'many' or
' mamrral'.
Initial:
Final:
Medial:
Fxamples:
mi_t h
vinrt.
chew,
maal h vimt.
label.
ng'em h vimt.
spoi 1.
am h
eat.
vimt.
An intervocalic /m/ is geminated, e . g .
ameet lh
9.
XXX.
or
:
eating.
/n/
The alveolar nasal / n / is as in English ' n i n e ' ,
'ten'.
Initial:
Final:
Examples:
nun h
vimi.
rot.
nam h
vimt.
catch.
pan h
vimt.
bewitch,
naan h adj.
Medial:
that
(one).
An intervocalic / n / is geminated, e . g .
paneet lh
10.
XXXI.
'none'
!/*/
:
bewitching.
or /ny/
The palatal nasal /Jl/ny/ is as in French 'baigner'
or in Swahili
'nyanya*
/ny/ is palatalised.
Initial:
Final:
/ y / after /n/ i . e .
Examples:
nyit h
vimt.
:
annoy.
nyei h
vimt.
:
chew.
vimt.
:
skin.
greeny h
anyiny hh
Medial:
(tomato),
f
a d j . s g . : palatable.
An intervocalic /ny/ is germinated, e . g .
f
anyiny hh
sg. : palatable,
anyinyinta llhh
esn:
sweetness/palatability.
xx vi
11.
XXXII.
/ 0/ng'/
The velar nasal / O / n g ' / is as in English
or in Swahili 'ng'ombe' (cow).
Initial:
Final:
Examples:
ng'is h
rimt
scrat
able.
ng'oot h
vimt
fence, v.
A
loong' h
isn
f
sang'sang' hh adj.
Medial:
shield,
happy.
An intervocalic / O / n g ' / is geminated, e . g .
kaang'ung'uet l l h )
kaang'ung'wet
12.
XXXIII.
Initial:
Final:
:
complaining,
llh)
/I/
lit h
vimt
sharpen.
let h
vimt
behind.
laal h
vimi
cough.
vimt/vimi
leel h
Medial:
'late'
Examples:
mistake,
vimi
laal h
cough.
An intervocalic / ! / is geminated, e . g .
leeleet lh
13.
XXXIV.
esn
The alveolar lateral / ! / is as in Enplish
or ' l i g h t ' .
'singing'
mistaking.
esn
/r/
The alveolar rolled / r / sounds as if they are two-
in-one and is approximate to / r / in English 'rat' or 'red'
Examples:
Initial:
Final:
Medial:
rat h
vimt
:
tie
ram h
vimt
:
ladle.
ner h
vimi
be fat.
chur h
vimt
unsheathe.
An intervocalic / r / is not geminated, e . g .
nerateet hlh
:
fatness.
xxvii
Consonantal
XXXV.
Clusters
The following Consonantal Clusters Chart illustrates what
a Kipsigiis articulates when two consonants come together.
P
t
k
p
b
1
o 0
t
o
t
k
o
s
s
1
w
ng'
1
r
mng'
o
br
-1
-r
gng'
kl)
gl)
kr)
gr)
o
0
o
o
2?y
2
2ng'
2
vl
2
Zr
2
cm
2
cn cny
2 2
cng'
2
cl
2
cr
2
O
m
o
o
o
0
o
nyc
nm
2
n
nyny ng'ng' nl
2
o
ny
0
o
nyny M'
c
m
ps f/by bw
2
0
(p)m mn mny
o
-s /ty/ tw
2
0
nm
2
nn -ny -ng'
o
g
o
/ky/ kw
2
o
gm
gn gny
0
o
o
£
/sy/ sw
2
0
o
o
2
zt
2 2
Xs 1
2
yw
2
2C
2
2?n . 2P
2
2
cb
2
o
eg
2
o
cc
cw
2
£
m mb
o
mg
o
mny
mw
2
n
nt ng 1 -s /ny/ nw
2
y
#
y
n
ny
w
c
mb
ny mb
nt ng g o
ig' n g ' b o
1
l b
r
rb
ng g o
nyny nyw
2
o
k
ng'c 0
ng'w nyc
2
ng'ng' n^l
2
nr
2
nyr
2
ng'l n£'r
2
2
0
lg
o
/ l y / lw
2
o
o
o
o
0
1
o
o
rg
o
fry/
rw
2
o
0
o
o
0
o
r
FigTS
1,
2
o ' represents consonants which do not affect each other.
A hyphen (-) before a consonant represents a missing (silent)
partner.
2 under a consonant shows that the consonant is faint.
^A hyphen (-) under a consonant shows that the consonant is
pronounced as if it were one long consonant and not two
although they are two in writing.
XXVI11
The above chart demonstrates what happens when two
consonants come together.
One of four processes takes
"P~c.ce:
1.
2.
Both consonants are unaffected e . g .
/pt/ in Kiptaanuui lh h
:
/ t p / in pitpit lh
:
(boy's name)
The first consonant is affected but not the
second, e . g .
/nc/ kwen + chiin becomes kwenychiin lh
Bend it for him.
3.
The second is affected but not the first, e . g .
A p / keel + paan becomes keelbaan h h
Mobile person.
U.
Both consonants arc affected, e . g .
/pp/ kip + peet becomes Kibeet 11 (boy's names).
Pronunciation Deviations^
/ p / in / p s / in Kipsiele lhl is unaffected but affected
in Cheesiele lhl (not cheensiele).
The
possible explanation for the change is
the long /ee/ preceding / p / .
Other
examples are:
f
Kipsiitkee
lhh
Kipsiimbir
lhh
Kipsotoon
lhl
f
Cheesiitkee lhh
f
Kipsuung'gulgee lhhh
Cheesiimbir lhh
f
Cheesotoon lhl
Cheesuung'gulgee
lhhh f
/p/ in /py/ is affected in such a way that the / p /
sounds as if it is a consonant between / f / and
/b/.
f
Examples:
In this study the articulairory variation are not ftiven
in all cases.
In most cases where a consonant k i l l s
another the dead one is also given.
XXIX
Kipyeegoon
(boy's name).
f
Kipyeetkee lhh
Kipya 11
(gi r l ' s name).
Cheepya 11
Kipyegeneek l l h h f
f
Kipyaapsooi llh
/ p / in / p m /
1
(clan's name),
(boy's name).
is silent but the lips must be ready
for the silent /p/ before /m/ is reached.
Examples:
Kipmutaai lhh
Cheepmutaai lhh
Kipmagasta 1111
f
Kipmaguut llh
Cheepmagasta 1111
f
Cheepmaguut llh
/ t / in /tm/ and / t n / becomes /nm/ and / n n / .
Cheepkuutma lhh
Examples:
is rendered (cheepkuunma lhh)
pipe to blow fire.
fCipk^tno
lhh
Cheepketno lhh
(Kipkenno) lhh sheep driver (Cheenkenno lhh
/ t / in / t n y / and / t n g ' / disappears.
(keteetnyaan) hll
Exajnples:
our Nandi bear,
keteenyaan hll
(keteetng'waang') h l l
your Nandi bear,
keteeng'waang'.
p
/t/
in / n t / and / I t / sounds slightly voiced.
Examples:
f
f
kwaan h
ian
kwaanta h h esn
: father.
kyal h v. inf. to buy
XXXVI.
kyalta 11 v . i n f .
: to sell.
The combinatory effects of the above consonantal
clusters are not restricted to single words.
Morpho-
phonological influences of consonants show the same
characteristics.
1
I n this study the silent / p / is retained whenever it
is necessary.
2
Kipsigiis / n t / is very close to the sound of / n d / and
many people write / n d / .
XXX
Examples:
single vords:
piik
. f
n
aap
,
1
morphophonological:
Mambwa
,,
hi
piig-aa
:
- Mambva (in swift
f
h l
C.
people from/
of Mambva.
8peeCh)
hi
'
ORTHOGRAPHY
XXXVII. The orthography used in this study follows closely
what has been described under these NOTES ON PHONOLOGY,
thus:
1.
Tense vowels are underlined, e . p . a, aa,
o,
2.
ji,
u.
Long vowels are doubled and where there are
a double vowel and another single or double
vowel of the same phone diaeresis (' *) is
put on one of them to separate the vowel
phone s,
3.
e . g . kaagaaaamach.
Consonants are adopted following their
description under Nos. 1 - 13 at paras.
XXII - XXXIV.
U.
Gemination (doubling) of consonants is ignored.
5.
The consonantal clusters as they appear on
the chart are retained except that:
a.
in some places the silent (killed)
consonants are retained for the sake
of semantics;
b.
the conventional traditional spelling has
been improved upon.
/b/
1
is used here rather than:
II
II
it
II
N
II
/ng'/"
ii
II '
N
II
/ch/
ti
IL'L
it
II
/g/
/ny/
is used
"
"
; .
..
.
I/&I
. . II
(fif
/c/
xxxi
/ t y , ky, sy, ly, and ry/ i . e .
/y/
instead of an / i / which has lost its
syllabicity;
/ t w , kw, sw, yw, cw, mv, nw, w, rw/
i.e.
/w/ is used for a /u/ which has lost
its syllabicity.
Scientific Spelling
XXXVIII.
It is important to note that the spelling
adopted in this study is scientific in that:
1)
the tense and the lax vowels (quality),
2)
the short and the long vowels (quantity),
3)
the consonantal phones,
b)
the tones and
5)
the morphophonological effects of single
words are all taken into account.
Although there is some deviation, in some places,
from the traditional (conventional) spelling, one thing,
for certain, is that there is little spelling confusion
between any two Kipsigiis words.
This spelling is as
close as possible to the way the Kipsigiis people
articulate their words.
KALENJIN NOUNS AND THEIR CLASSIFICATION
CHAPTER 1
NATURE OF ffbtJNS
NOUN DIVISIONS
1.
In broad terms Kaaleenychiin (Kipsigiis) nouns may
be divided into two main groups.
2.
Non-verbq.1 nouns.
These are 1. Verbal and
Verbal nouns are derived from verbs.
Examples:
Verb imperative (2nd pers)
Derived Noun
tem
tem-eet lh
h dig
•
f
•
temiisyen llh h be digging
digging,
temiis-yeet state of digging,
llh
kuur
h
kuur-eet lh
call
i-reerenten llh h
jL-gat lh
abase
greet
f
i-laasun lh h adulate
etc.
2.
f
calling.
kaa-reerentaa-et llhhh abasing.
f
kaa-gat-eet llh
greeting,
kaa-laasun-et llhh adulating.
See Cap. 6 .
The derived nouns above emanate from two types of
infinitives.
There are verbs with kee/kee infinitive markers.
This group of verbs are called class 1 verbs by Tucker and
Bryan 1 .
Examples:
kee-teem
lh
to dig.
kee-il
lh
to select,
kee-guur
lh
to c a l l .
kee-iit
lh
to look through a h o l e .
The class 2 verbs have k i i / k i i infinitive markers.
kii-pat
lh
kii-yaasya llh
to greet,
to abjure.
See Tucker and Bryan, o p . c i t . , p.195-
Examples:
2
k i i -iit
lh
f
:
to count,
:
to wash.
f
kii-uun
lh
Class 2 verbs take kaa/kaa prefix in some of the derived
nouns.
The non-verbal nouns sre miscellaneous.
Examples:
Noun List 1
f
c h i i / c h i i t a h /lh
f
person.
t any/teet a
a head of cattle,
h /lh
rabbit.
kipleekwa/kipleekwcet
lhl
lhh
cheenaa,si/cheemaasiit :
f
f
lh 1
lh h
f
f
gient.
tapjpEa/te^mneet
chin.
h 1/h h
See plural Noun Classes
Cans.
3.
3-5.
Wnny other no-ms (including people s names) are
compounded fro"" verbrl and non-verbal worr's.
Examples:
f
cross-roads.
sach-oorapn
lh 1
obedience,
kas-iit
11
fountain-head.
koonta-met
hhh
one whose bull is
kip-nyaal-eei
llh
suitable.
f
kiptem-bai
lhh
:
millet cultivator,
etc. See paras. 32 and Ul.
Abstract Nouns
U.
Abstract novns (denoting a quality or characteristic
in general) may be formed from verbs as well as from nonverbal nouns.
Verb
, ••
I
kurwaach lh
Examples:
^
1
to counsel
keesaamsa 111 to be begging
Abstract Noun
, ••
,
* * u J i J chieftainship,
kurvaaknateet hh lh
saamseet llh state of begging.
3
chiita lh
person
chiitaantiit
• personality.
hh f h
laakwa 11
child
laakvaantiit : childhood,
f
hh h
Eooita
Calf
raooitaanateet: ' calf-hoodJ
f f
hh lh
f
hh
nruren hi
nan
chcepta
.1
t
gi: -l
raurenateet hhlh : manhood,
cheeptaantiit : girlhood.
lh
hh f h
Abstract nouns are in the singular number only.
When they
are pluralised then they lose their abstractness.
Doer -nouns
Jt.
These nouns are forred from verbs.
Verb (imp.)
Examples:
Doer-noun
chain
h
low
chaam-iin lh
mwaa
h
say
mwaa-iin
kal
h
lover,
f
lh
provoke
kaa2-iln
keenter lh
abash
keenter--'in llh shame giver,
i-uur, lh
wash
kar.-uun-.in lib washer,
i-rwaa.ch lh counsel
Class 2 verbs (see para.
lh
'sayer.*
f
'provoker'.
kii-rwaag-iin
chief.
above) have prefix end suffix
inflections in the derivation of the doer-nouns.
are kaa/kii prefix and the -iin s u f f i x .
These
Class 1 verbs have
the -iin suffix only.
Thing-done nouns
This rroup of nouns are also verbal.
II.
Verb (imp.)
mwaa
h
say
or
1,
girl'
Fxamples:
Thir.g-done Noun
f
mwaa-uut h 1
f
mwaau-t-ya h 11
thing"said
in Kipsigiis refers only to uninitiated female,
elsewhere i t r a e a n s 'daughter o f .
2
Doer-nouns are apent nouns i . e . the doer of an action.
h
kal
h
provoke
kal-uut/yp
provocative
hll
stetement
keenter
lh
abash
keenter-uut/va
hhll
i-uun
lh
wash
k P a-uun - uut /y a
hh f ll
f
kii-rwaag-uut/ya
hh 11
i- rwpach lh
counsel
etc. see para. 35. I l l
Pecipient Nouns
5.
Certain verbal nouns refer to direct beneficiaries
or recipients of an action.
Verb (irrp.)
Examples•
Recipient Nouns
cham
h
love
cham-pn
hi
:
the loved one.
kas
h
hear
kas-an
hi
:
the known one.
pai
h
rear
pnji-an
hi
:
the reared one.
ner
h
be fat
ner-an
hi
t
jl-neer
lh
fatten
kaa-neer•p hh
mee
h
die
mee-an
hfl
:
par
h
kill
par-an
lh
r
i-guu
lh
feed
kaa-guuy--ap-iaan:
.. f f
hh lh
the fat one.
the fattened one
the dead one.
the killed one.
the fed one.
Proper rouns
6.
Proner nouns arc of two kinds.
There are those thPt
embrace several individuals within the same name, e . r .
ICeiyo, Kipsigiis, Nandi. Sebei, Tu/ren.
In each of these
name 3 arc- the nar.es of individuals, e . g . Kipchpage Arrap
Keino, Dfn Kipkeinc araap Cheepkwaany, etc.
In this study
a proper name refers to the individual person or place.
See Cap. J. Examples:_
JCibeet (Kip-peet)
11
of the da^ (rale).
:
of the eveninr.
11
Kiplang'at (Kip-lanp'at)
Ill
t
111
5
Cheebeet
(Cheep-peet)
11
of the dav (female),
11
Cheelanr' at (Cheep-1 ang'at)
111
of the evening (female),
111
Tp but any (tap-put-tany)
f
f
lhh
lhh
cattle
'looter'
Fome names such as:
Maina
11
name of age-set,
Toweet
lh
last born child,
(perhaps Maasai name)
TorongVei hhh
do not take noun-forminp prefixes (kip and cheep).
Noun forming Prefixes
7.
From the above nouns (see para. 6) it is seen that
/ k i p / «md /cheep/ are prefixed to
'peet'
(day) find 'lang'at'
(evening) to form prouer nouns.
This means that nouns may
be formed bv means of prefixes.
Particle prefixes that
form nouns are:
M
a l e Names
Female Nanes
kip + keeroaai
fc
night
cheep + keemaai
hh
1
kipkeemeai
cheepkeemaai, of the night,
lhh
lh*
araap + father's name
cheeba + father's name;
lh
hh
2
araap-Mama
hh
kwaamba^
11
'father o f '
f
Kwaamba-Kiokeemaai
f
h h
cheeba-Maina
lh
obot
11
'mother o f ' ;
hh
h h
2
hh
lhh
obot-Cheepkeemaai;
hh
Pee consonantal combination chart, N.O.P. para. XXXV.
erjtap is a shorter form of veeraap (son o f ) .
6
kaap 'the home of'
kop 'the home o f ' ;
hf
h
Kaap-yang' gp
f
h ll
kip 3
'
Kop-cheemagurgee.
"
'of'
llhhf
h
(praise p r e f i x )
Tap
'of'
(praise p r e f i x ) ;
1
Tap-sabei.
lhhf
Neba
'wife o f ' ;
lh
nebaaraap-Maina
lhh
11
neba araap-Mnina
lh
I_.
hh
11
Kip/cheep ray be prefixed to verbs.
done the derived word has an emphasis.
kip
Wien this is
Examples:
cheep
.
f
the loved(one)
checp-ki char: lhh
(the loveable one)
f
f
kip-kiibwaat lhh the rememcheep-kiibwaat lhh
bered(one)
(the rememhereble one)
kip-kichsm lhh
kip-kiigat
...
inn
f
the greeted(one)
(the greetable
\
one)
kip-kigeer the seen (one)
,,.f
(the see-able one)
lhh
cheep-kiigat
lhh
cheep-kigeer
lhh
r
Any verb (transitive) behaves like the above examples.
Adjectives too take the kip/cheep prefixes.
Examples:
•^/Kip/, in addition to giving a diminutive male sense,
has a sense of praise when applied to older men.
7
/kip/
/cheep/
kip-lcel 11 the white(on<:)
cheep-leel/cheelesl 3 ; 11
kip-minf in the small(cnc)
cheep-rainr'in/cheminr'in:
lhl
lhl
kip-baibai the happy (one)
lhl
c heep -b*»ibpi/ c heebaibai ;
lhl
lhl
kip-ya 11 the bad(one)
lhl
cheep-ya 11
etc.
If a boy's nape is Kiptaanuui his mother, when she intends
to make her son feel h°ppy, mirht s a y
koonp'goi Kiptaanuui Kinming' in Kipkicham;
lhf
lhfh
lhl
lhh
Thank you Kirtf»r«nuui the small the loved one
or koonp'goi Cheeptaanuui Cheeminr'in Cheepk.icham.
lhf
lh f h
lhl
lhh
It is in sentential constructions like these ones where a
concordial agreement is encountered.
This is a deceptive
concordial agreement because each word (the name, the size
find the loved one) may stand on its own with prefixes
(kip/cheep) in isolation i . e . without the others.
Apart
frrn this kind of sentence construction Kipsipiis has no
concordial agreement.
Only pronominal prefixes reappear
in most verbs in a sentence.
Examples-
a-weenti hhh aa-geere lhh nk h ^a-nutu lhl laakweet :
I-go
I-see
and
I-brinr
the child-:
i-veenti hhh ii-peers lhh ak h ii-r-utu lhl laakweet:
you-go
you-see
end
you-bring
the c h i l d :
(statement).
Noun-frnring Affixes
II.
There are two kinds of noun-forming affixes.
These
are 1. functional and 2. number a f f i x e s .
Examples of functions! affixes are:
1
/ c h e e p / before / l / and / p / ,
its /p/ articulation.
/m/,
/s/,
/ n / and / r / loses
Prefixes
kip
(male)
cheep
kip-lang'at 111
kaap
(female)
che&Lang'at 111
(male)
kop
f
kaap-kiirwaagnntet h 111
(female)
f
kop-lang1 rook hhh
See para. 7, above
kaa/kaa
kaa-bwaato llh :
thinking, kaa-uuno llh :
washing.
See Class 2 verbs, para. 2.
Suffixes
The functional and the number suffixes coincide 1 .
separate them is not realistic.
To
The examples of the
functional (for convenience) suffixes in the foregoing
paragraphs are:
Abstract:
-ntiit
..
f
e . g . laakwaantlit, hh h see para. U.
f
-natet
e . g . murenateet, hhlh
see para. U.
Doer-nouns:
-iin*
e . g . mwaaiin lh^" see para. U.JC.
Thing-done Nouns:
-uut/ya
e . g . mwaaut/ya
see para. 5.
Recipient Nouns:
-an/iaan
e . g . chaman
see para. 6.
These suffixes: -ntiit, -natet, -iin, -uut/ya and -an/iaan
are mixed primary and secondary.
Primary suffix
laakwaa-nti
2
murennat
mwaa-iin lh
mwaa-uut/ya
-nti
-nat
f
When separated they are:
Secondary suffix
f
laakwaa-ntiit hh h -ntiit
f
muren-ateet hhlh
-nateet
-iin
mwaa-iintet lhh
f
-iintet
-uut/ya
mwaa-uutyet h lh
-uutvet
hfll
1
/-iin/ functionally is a doer-noun suffix
but at the same
time it is singular (number) in conception,
o
.
There are 2 n ' s but pronunciation makes them one long.
See the Consonantal Clusters Chart, Fig. 6.
cham-an hi
-an
cham-aneet hlh
-aneet
The secondary suffixes (where there is a primary one)
are usually made up of two formatives (primary + secondary)
e.g.
-nti + -it
= -ntiit
-nat + -eet
= -nateet
- i i n + -et
= -intet*
etc.
See paras. 11-16, below.
Noun Formation
8.
It is seen from the above (para. 7 . I I ) that nouns may
be formed in two ways, i . e . by me«ns of prefixes and by
means of suffixes.
Class 2 verbs give rise to nouns that
have a simultaneous double derivation (by prefixes and
suffixes).
These are noun characteristics of K i p s i g i i s .
The singular and plural suffix phenomenon is adequately
dealt with under Caps.
3 - 5 , below.
Two Singulars and Two Plurals
9.
Kaaleenychiin (Kipsigiis) has two singulars as well
as two plurals in most nouns except the proper names.
Examples:
Noun List 2
Plurals
Singulars
1
2
3
k
tem-o
tem-eet
tem-oosya
tem-oosyek
lh
lh
111
llh
chii
. f
h
person
chiita
piich
r>iik
lh
h
h
tany
. f
teeta
tich/tuch
tuuga
lh
hh
lh
choor-iin-tet
choor-in
f
lh
choor-iik
h
digging
cow
choor-iin
lhf
thief
lhh
lhf
*Under certain circumstances there is a / t / glide between
/ n / and /-et/ i . e . from primary to secondary noun.
in
taamn-eet
taamna
f
taamn-ooi
f
h l chin
taamn-ook
f
h h
hfh
h h
etc.
J.
The above two singular and two plural forms represent
two notional categories in the singular as well as in the
plural forms.
The nouns under column 1 refer to 'each, every
or any' within the same grouo cr class or snecies.
Chii,
for examole, refers to each or every or any 'human'.
singles out (by exclusion) 'human'
such as animals, insects etc.
Chiita
from other species
Examples;
chii h
includes
all
humans
^reciprocal
exclusion
Fig.
chiita lh
seri-exclu^
des chii h"
and excludes other
species
7
contrastive
isolation
Fig.
tany h
includes
all
cattle
8
teeta lh
semi-exclu^
des tany h
and excludes other
species
Note:
acheeng'e tany hhh h
f
t
acheng'e teeta hhh lh
II.
. . I f
Taking chii
h
:
I am looking for any head
of cattle.
:
I am looking for a head of
cattle (not for a donkey cr
a cat e t c * ) .
f
2
and tany h , c h i i t a lh, and teeta lh
^The chii h grout) of these functional doublets are better
referred to as inclusives (includes every member of the
proup) singular nouns ( i . s . n . ) .
The plural are inclusive
plural nouns (lTp.n. ).
2
The chiita lh group of the functional doublets are referred
to as exclusive singular nouns ( e . s . n . ) and exclusive
plural nouns ( e . p . n . ) .
11
as exainples in sentences the following occur:
f
amache chii
hhh h
: I want a person (any).
f
amache tany
hhh h
: T want any head of cattle.
amache chiita hhh lh
: I want a human beinr (in
the mind not a cow or
any other t h i n s ) •
amache teeta
hhh lh
:
. . .
chii ni
f
h
chiita ni
*
tariy ni
teeta ni
h
I want a head of cattle
(not sheep, goat or ass).
.
: this is a person.
lh
f
h
h
: this is P human being.
h
: this is a head of cattle
(any).
lh
h
: this is a head of cattle
(not any other animal).
PLURAL FORMATION
10.
By and larpe the plural formation of Kipsipiis nouns
(ipn/epn) is by means of formative suffixes.
1 0 . I V , belcw.
See para.
The proper nouns (names) are pluralised by
means of juxtaposed plural words which precede the nouns
they modify.
Proper nomes plural examples are:
ooryoop (sons c.f)Maina
hh
:
ooryoop^Maina;
11
tiiboop hh (daughters of)Maina
ne'eetoop lh (boys of)
M
tiiboop-Maina;
aina 11 : ng'eetoop-^aina;
cheba ( o f , wives) araap Maina
: cheba araap-^aina.
£nart from the above genitive plural forms of proper
nouns there is hardly any nluralisption of proper nouns.
Pluralised abstract nouns lose their abstractness and become
common nouns.
I_.
The ipn/ern plural formation is seen in the following
l i s t of nouns:
1
See /pm/ in the consonantal Clusters Chart., Fig. 6. under N . O . P .
Sex Nouns
isn
esn
ir>n
epn
mureneet hlh
muren hh f
murenik hh
1.
muren hi
2.
kwaany
. f
h
woman
kwaanta
kwaany in
kwaanyi ik
lh
hhf
hhf
eei
eeita
eein
eeyiik 1
lh
lhf
lhh
iywaak
iywaaget
iywaak
iywaagik
11
llh
lh
lhh
kiruk
kirgit
kiiruuk
kiiruugik
hh
hh
lh
llh
kwesta
kwees
kweesik
h h
h
lh
ng'eeteet
ng'eetin
3.
h
h.
5.
6.
bull/ox
cow
bull
kwe
h
7.
he-goat
ng'eeta
11
8.
'boy'
rooryaan
lh
f
heifer
II.
9.
10.
lhf
lh
lh
rooryaat
roorwa
roorwek
lh
lh
lh
piich
piik/piiga'
lh
h
h
tany
teeta
tuch
tuuga
lh
h
lh
mooita
mooi
f
cattle
irooi
f
calf
aarwa
h l
'bud'
ng'ook
h
1U.
ng'eetiik
chiita
f
13.
f
chii
. f
h
person
h
12.
f
Common Nouns
h
11.
man
f
dog
hfh
mooieek
hh
h /h
hfh
aarweet
aare
aareek
f
f
h h
h l
hfh
ng'ookta
ng'oogin
ng'oogiik
f
f
lhf
hh
lh
laakwa
laakweet
laagooi
laagok
11
lh
lh
lh
child
^The phonetic values of /y/ and / i / are dealt with under
Notes On Phonology.
See N . O . P . para. XXVI.
2
Tapluule Leesebeet Toweett (Merkweta) and Kamava-ana.
Toweett (Sebei) said piiga is heard in Merkweta and
Sebei.
13
III.
From the above nouns (para. 1 0 . a n d 11^) the
following points are realised:
i.
At Nos. 1 and U the isn and the inn
differ only in tones and at No. 5 in both
tones and vowel quantity.
ii.
At No. 11 the isn and the ipn difference
is in the vowel category (tense and l a x ) .
i i i . At Nos. 2,
3 and 13 the isn/inn difference
is in the /-in/ suffix.
iv. At No. 6 the isn/ion difference is in the /-s/
suffix to the inn and in vowel quantity and quality.
v. At No. 7 the isn/ipn difference is in the removal
of / a / of the isn and the suffixing thereto of
/-in/ with changes in the vowel quality and
in tones.
v i . At No. 8 the isn/ipn difference is in the removal
of /-yan/ of the isn and the suffixing thereto of
/-wa/ and changes in vowel quality and tenes.
v i i . At No. 12 the isn/inn difference is in the removal
of /-wa/ of the isn and the introduction of
/-e/ in the ipn.
v i i i . At No. l U / o o i / displace /-wa/ of the i_sn with
vowel quality and tonal changes.
ix. At Nos. 9 and 10 the isn and the ipn are
hardly related.
10. TV. From the above i^ - ix it is seen that the ipn are
effected by means o f :
a.
tonemes i . e . tonal changes;
b.
changes in vowel quality;
c.
certain suffixes:
/-in/ and / - s / ;
lU
d.
the reroval of isr. suffixes and the
introduction of ipn suffixes.
e.
the introduction of different and
unrelated nouns.
V.
Soire of the prefixed and the unprefixed nouns form
their plurals (ipn/epn) as follows:
isn
esn
ipn
epn
kipleekwa
kipleekweet
kipleegooi
kipleepook
11 rabbit
lhh
lhh
lhh
taamna
f
h 1 chin
tueunneet
f
h h
taainnooi
•p
h'h
taomnook
f
h h
moos a
f
h 1 baboon
mooseet
moosoosva
mcosoosyek
hfh
hfll
hflh
saa
saaeet
saaeen
saaeenik
1 buffalo
lh
11
llh
1 0 . V I . From the behaviour of nouns at para. 10. V i . e . the
patterns shown (see / a / in ipn and / o k / ,
/osyek/ and /-enik/
in the epn)it is possible to classify Kaaleenvchiin nouns
in one form or another.
Since most plural nouns are formed
from singular nouns it is relevant to have a look at singular
noun classes first.
CHAFTEP 2
SINGULAR NOUN CLASSES
11.
There are two ways of classifying Kaaleenvchiin
singular nouns.
They may be classified in accordance with
the isn endings or with the esn suffixes.
Tucker and Bryan
called the i sn and the esn 'primary' and 'secondary' respectively.
1.
The isn endinrs are four, vix.
Nouns ending in consonants without suffixes
i.e.
thematic consonantal endings ( T . C . E . ) .
See examples nt nara. I I . I I .
15
2.
Nouns ending in vowels without any suffixes i . e .
thematic vowel endings ( T . V . E . ) .
See examples
at para. 11. IV_.
3.
Nouns ending in consonants after taking on
suffixes i . e . athematic consonantal endings
(A.C.E.).
It.
See examples at para. 1 2 .
Nouns which take on suffixes which end in
vowels i . e .
athematic vowel endings
(A.V.E.).
See examples at para. 1 1 . I I I .
Kaaleenychiin nouns ( i . s . n . ) may be grouped under these four
endings almost without exception.
Since these four isn
groups keep on appearing with the esn, ipn and epn it is
fitting to deal with them ( i s n , esn, ipn and epn)
s i mill t ane ous ly.
][,
The esn suffixes are 5.
This means that every isn
takes one of these 5 suffixes to form an esn.
The 5 esn
suffixes are:
5.
II.
-ut/-ut, -uut/-uut"^
Some of the isn which are TCE and which take /-et/
-eet/ or /-et/-eet/ in the esn behave as follows:
TCE isn /-et/ (esn)
Noun List 3
epn
isn
pen h*"
dagger
penet hh
f
penoosya hll penoosyek hlh
muk h lid/cork
mugeet hh
mugoosya hll mugoosyek hlh
ng'ulyeel
ng'ulyeelet
ng'ulyeelooi ng'ulyeelook
11
llh
llh
llh
soonaatinwa
soonaatinweek
gland
sooneet
soon
f
f
h
barren(female) hh
1
2
l f 2 f 3 and 5 are VT (Vowel + T ) .
U is TV <T + Vowel).
16
eem
h
f
eemeet
land
sot
hh
eemaatinwa
f
h lll
eemaatinweek
f
f
h llh
sotoon
sotoonik
f
soteet
f
1 calabash
lh
hh
ter
tereet
tereen
hlh
f
1 pot
lh
hh
iywaak
iywaaget
iywaa.k
tereenik
hlh
f
iywaarik
11 cow
llh
lh /3h
lhh
saamuuny
saamuunyet
saamuunv
saaruunyik
f
hi ent
hlh
lh
maiing'
f
lh dug-out
maiing' ret
maiing'gaan maiing'geanik
hh
hhfl
hh f lh
iilat2
iileet2
iilootik
subenaiik
lhh
hh lightning
h h
iiloot
f
h'h
suben
subeneet
subenai
f
hi log
hlh
keechiir*1
keechiiryet
f
h l
sheep
taaburbuur
hhh
f
3
llh
hhhh f
f
keechiir^
f
keechiirek
h lh
hh
hhh
taaburbuur-
taaburbuur
taaburbuurik
h f lhh
Y£t
h hi butterflv
h hlh
f
f
h lh
a_a.iin
aaiintet
aai/aaiin
h
f
devil
nyasuut vn.
hi accident
III.
f
f
f
f
h lh
h /hh
nyasuutyet"
nvasuut
hlh
hh
f
aaiik
hh f
nyasuutik
hhh
Seme isn which are AVE take / - e t / .
•AVE isn : /-et/ (esn)
Noun List U
isn
esn
IP"
kipchaab-a
kipchaabeet
f
lh h
kipchaabooi kipchaabook
f
f
lh h
lh h
l h * l arrow
2
et?n
above esn word takes a / g / glide before /-et/.
•
This noun is irregular in its isn/esn transformation.
^The above esn words take a / y / glide before /-et/.
k
The isn and
inn of these words have tonal distinctions.
17
choor-w-a
choorweet
11 friend
ng'oot-w-a
lh
ng'ootweet
11 fence
lh
kes-w-a
kesweet
chooroonoei
hflhf
chooroonook
h f lh
ng'ootconooi
f
f
h lh
ng'ootoonook
kesoonoci
kesoonook
f
h f lh
11 nest
lh
mest-o)
mest-a)
mesteet
hh trap
hhf
hlhf
hlh
a-iy-wa
aiyweet
aoonooi
aocnook
hi axe
hh
uur-w-a
uurweet
hlh
mestoonooi
hlh
f
aare
aareek
aar-w--a
aarweet
h * l cub
f
h h
h l
kapin-a
kaaineet
kaainai
h h
iit-a
iiteet
h^l sweetener
/ h
mogoomb-a
mogoombeet
hhl hoe
f
hh
f
iitaiik
hhh f
mogoombai
f
tilaal-w-a
f
hh 1 fern
tilaalweet
piiriir-w-a
f
hh 1 broom
piiriirweet
hh h
hhh
sugun-w-a
sugunweet
sugunoon
hhl copper
puung'uung'-w-a
f
hh 1 mole
kween-t-a
f
hh h
f
hhh
puung'uung'weet
hh f h
1
lh firewood
kweenteet
lhf
tilaaloon
hhh
f
piiriiroon
f
hhhf
puung'uunp' oon
hhhf
kween
hf
kaainaiik
hhh f
f
hhh
hflh
hfh
iitai
hh
hhh
hlh
uuroonook
lh
h 1 name
mestoonook
uuroono^i
f
f
h lh
11 shade
f
hlh
mopoombaiik
hhhh f
tilaaloonik
hhhh
piiriiroonik
hhhh
sugunoonik
hhhh
puung'uung'oonik
hhhh
kweenik
lh
V n / before / d / makes / d / devoiced and / n / before / t /
makes / t / voiced i . e . an alveolar between / t / and / d / .
18
kas-£ vn
lh
kaseet
listening.
sigir-y-a
111
lh
sigiryeet
donkey
11.IV.
kasoosya
111
llh
sigirooi
llh
kasoosyek
sigirook
llh
llh
There are some isn which are TVE and which take
/-et/
(esn).
TVE isn : /-et/ ( e s n ) .
Noun List 5
isn
esn
maa
f
maaeet
h
hh
stomach
saa
1
h lll
lh
11
liver
V.
f
saaeen
kooiet/kooyet
kooi
f
h b
et>n
maaaatinwa
saaeet
buffalo
h
f
ipn
maa&atinwek
f
f
h llh
saa-eenik
llh
kooiywaak
f f
h h
kooiywaagik
h f hh
From the above (para. 1 1 . 1 1 . - 1 1 . I V . ) it is
observed that:
i.
All esn words ending in /-et/ (eet, e t , eet)
have three types of isn i . e . TCE, AVE and TVE.
ii.
The TCE and TVE t«ike /-et/ or /-eet/ suffix
without changes in the isn.
At para. 1 1 . I V .
kooiet has a faint / i / between / o / and / e / .
in.
In the case of the AVE isn the AVE are / a /
or / a / or / o / or / o / .
In a l l cases above the
esn is /-eet/ in place of the original isn
vocalic ending.
IV.
In the case of some TCE there are various gliding
aids (glides) before the esn suffix /-et/.
ie Nandi has kooita for the esn.
19
v.
The /-et/ esn group of nouns take various and
different suffixes in the ipn/eon forms.
VI
—'
. 1
i.
Every isn
ending in / a / , / a / , / o / or /o/ takes
/-et/ in the esn.
/e/ of /-et/ is a fusion
resultant.
ii,
Every esn ending in /-et/ must be a TCF, AVE
or TVE in its isn form.
in.
The isn/esn endings do not hint what the plural
suffixes or forms are likelv to be.
12.
The following nouns are ACE in the isn.
ACE
isn : /-at/ (esn).
Noun List 6
esn
isn
1
k anlyaanp aan
f
f
h lh
fly
3
karatl-aan
llh blood
kaaly^ang' aat
hfll
karatiart
llh
keecheei-v-iaan keecheeiyjaat
lhh star
kweet-y-aan
f
h h buttocks
llh
kweetyaat
f
H h h
it>n
"2
SJ£H
kaalyaang'/in
kaalvaang'ik
hhf/hhhf
karati
111
keecheei
lh
kweetwa
hh
Not every noun ending in /a/ or /a/ is an isn.
lfc where /ta/ or / t e / is Tn esn ending.
hhh
karatiik
llh
keecheeik
llh
kweetwek
hh
See para,
"The ipn has two alternatives.
^The / t i / in 'karatiaan' sounds like / t y / phonetically
and is often written / t y / . p e e f n . , next page.
20
koor.unootv-aan
hhlh
f
gift
puut-y-aan
lh
koonunoot-yaat
hhlh
ouutyaat
hair
lh
pus-y-aan Fw.
pusyaat
hh
flour
paaoor-y-p.an
f
hh h witness
h h
salt
doctor
mermer-y-aan
hhh
yeast
saleiyw-aan
hhh
paint
pai-yw-aan
hh
millet
paant-y-aan
lh
maize
or-y-aan
lh
ash
raaooryaat
colds
pusyo
chuumbiik
hh
lhhlh
mermeru
mermeruuk
hhl
saleiywa
hhh
hhh
pai
h
hh
hlh
T*
f
paante
11
lh
lh
hfh
lhhl
hhh
oryaat
f
cbeepkerichiin cheepkerichiinik
lhhh
rjaantyaat
paaooriinik
chuumbin
h h
paiywaat
pusveek
hh f lh
f
saleiywaat
puuteek
lh l
f
hh h
mermeryant
hhhh f
hhf
.. 1
paaoorun
f
koonunootaiik
lh
hh
t i n p'ooi-y- i e.an ting'ooivieat
hlhf
puute
hh
cheepkeri ch-aan cheepkerichaat
lhhh
hhhh
f
11
chuumbi-aan Sw. chuumbiaat
f
koonunootai
hhh
saleiyweek
hhh f
peek
bf
paanteek
lb
oreek
or
1
tinr'ooi)
tinp'ooa)
hll
lh
ting'ooek
hlh
'paaooriin' has «n / i / immediately after / r / .
This shows
that the /y/ in 'paaooryaat' is actually an / i / .
In this
study we use / r y / and not / r i / in the isn/esn when it is
followed by / a / , / e / or / o / .
21
oosoot-y-aan
f f
h lh married
woman
oosootyaat
f
h lh
oosoot
f
h h
oosootik
f
h lh
TVP isn ma ( f i r e ) is naet 1 (esn) and mastinwa
I.
( i p n ) end mastinweek (enn).
II.
From the »bove (para. 12) it is observed that:
i.
All isn ending in ACE /-an/ take /-at/ in the
esn.
It also follows that all esn ending
in /-at/ take /-an/ for isn.
TVE isn ma
is exceptional.
ii.
The change froF isn to esn consists in the
replacement of either /-an/ by /-at./ or o-f"
/-n/ by /-t/.
13.
Some isn words tPke /-it/ to form the esn.
Ex armies:
TCE
isn :
/-it/ (esn)
Noun List 7
isn
esn
ipn
epn
kiprenr'eny
kipreng'enyit kipreng'e- kipreng'enyinyiisya
svek
l h h ' locust
>$lhhh
lhhll
lain
lainiit
lainiisya
Fng.
hh^ line
or
h** interior
kaat
h ' neck
hhh
f
oriii
hh
f
lhhlh
lainiisyek
hhll
oriisva
hhlh
oriisyek
hll
hlh
kaatit
kaatwa
kaatwek
lh
hh
^This word seems to have a unique behaviour.
Class 3 . I l l at para. 2 3 . I l l
hh
See Plural
22
np'ot
h
spear
met
h
hh
met it
metowa
hh
hlh
iitin
iitiik
f
lhf
hh
lh
chaatit
chaatin
, f
lh
chaatiik
f
lh"
weerin
weeriik
ear
ehaat
metoweek
hll
iitit
iit
. f
h
ng'otweek
hh f
lh
head
h
ng'otwa
ng'otit
hind leg
lh
veer
, f
h
son
weeriit
kuut
kuutiit
kuutusv»
hhf
hfll
hf
f
hh
h h
mouth
TVF
I.
isn :
hfh
f
kuutusweek
hflh
/-it/ (esn)
Koun List 8
isn
esn
liisti(iyiaan)
hfl
list Enp.
liistiit
hfh
i n g ' gaasit
inp
(iviaan)
lhfl
ladder Sv.
tuupchaanti
f
hh 1
kinship
intiiri
111
javelin
karaisi
111 hat
keeiyiaanti
f
hh 1
greed
cheemaasi
lhfl
giant
lhh
tuupchaantiit
hh f h
intiiriit
llh
karaisiit
llh
keciyiaantiit
hh f h
cheemaasiit
lhfh
lpn
liistiisyp
hfll
jing' gaasii_sya
lhfll
tuupchaantiisya
hhfll
intiiriisy*
1111
karaisiisya
1111
keeiyiaantiisya
hhfll
cheemaasiisya
lhll
epn
liistiisyek
hflh
ing'gaasiisyek
lhflh
tuupchaantiisyek
hh f lh
intiiriisyek
11 lh
karaisiisyek
lllh
keeiyi aanti i syek
hh f lh
cheemaasiisyek
lhflh
23
vali-(iyian)
(valiisai
(waliisya
waliit
f
hlh
hhf
barb/end
(valiisaiik
(valiisyek
hhhf/hll
hhhh f /hlh
From the above (paras. 13 and 1 3 . I j it i s
II.
observed that:
i.
Certain TCF isn take /-it/ in the esn
cf.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
vi.
para.
1 1 . 1 1 , /-et/.
TVE isn in /—i/ take /-it/ in the esn.
Hence / - i i t / .
esn with / - i t / have either TCE or TVE i s n .
ipn/epn for the TCE isn are various and differing,
ipn/epn for TVE isn (with f i n a l -i) is
/-iisyaZ-iisyek/^.
lU.
Some isn words take /-ta/ to form the esn.
Examples:
TCE
i sn : /-ta/ (esn)
Noun List 9
isn
esn
h
lh
hh
mookto
mookva.
mookwek
hfh
hfl
hfh
sirorta
sirorwa
throat
siror
f
hh
eunuch
koroot
lb
disease
roobwek
roobwa
' rain
mook
epn
roopta
root)
f
lpn
lhl
korooita'
llh
hll
korootwa
hll
hh
sirorweek
hlhf
korootwek
hlh
*See 1 . 1 in the English-Swahili-Kalen.jin N o u n s ( F . s . K . F . ) .
o
There is an /-if glide before / t a / .
2U
kooriis
j*
hh wind/cold
kooriista
muguulel
f
hhh heart
muguulelta
siin
siinta
h
f
capillary
kuyaang'
hh*" bow
sirim
lh^ chain
yoosin
lh
f
h lh
f
hh lh
f
h h
kuyaanta'
mataang'
mataanta 1
h** beast
koong'
f
h eye/hole
ng'ook
h*" dog
taban
hh*" edre
lh
f
h h
llh
karaasta
llh
tyaanta^
hh
koonta"1"
hh
ng'ookta
hh
hfh
kuyaang'wa
kuyaang'wek
hlh
sirimweek
lhhf
yoosinwa
voosinweek
111
llhf
kwaanyin
f
lh'
kwaanyiik
kwaaniisya
kwaaniisyek
f
h ll
mataang'ai
hhh
f
karaasai
hhh
f
tyaang'in
lh
f
hhf
hflh
mataang'aiik
hhhh f
karaasaiik
hhhh f
tyaanp'iik
lhf
koonyan
tlf
hh eyes
koonyeek
koong'in
f "
lh' holes
koong'iik
ng' oopin
np'oogi ik
lh
f
tabanta
tabaan
hlh
lh
V n g ' / becomes / n / before / t / .
2
/ n y / becomes / n / before / t / .
muguuleelweek
f
f
hh lh
hfl
lhh
llh
hflh
siinwek
lhh
yoosinta
kooriiswek
siinwa
sirimwa
kwaanta
tyaany
hh f ll
sirimta
kwaan
/i
h
father
lh rib
mu^mulelwa
hll
kwaanta^
karaas
hfll
hlh
kwaany
.f
h woman
lh cheek
kooriiswa
hfh
lhf
lhf
tabaanik
llh
25
keel
hf
foot/1ep
keelyen
hb
hhf
subeenta
subeen
hh*"
keelta
subeenwek
hlh
hll
np'elyepta np'elyeebwaak
(np'elyeep)
np'£lyep
TVE ion
np'elyeebwaapik
llhf/lh
11
11
I.
hfh
subeenwa
hlh
younp poat
keelyeek
:
llhh
/-ta/ (esn).
Noun List 10
isn
sooi
hf
dale
esn
ipn
sooita
sooiywa
lh
epn
sooiywek
hh
hh
tiriikwek
tiriikwa
tirii(y)
f
hh
vale
tiriiyta
kipkuulei
kipkuuleita kipkuuleiyva
111
bladder
stone
oil/fat
II.
lh
mwaaita
mwaai
hf
lllh
koita
koi
hf
hlh
lh
hlh
hll
kipkuuleiyweek
lllhf
1111
koiin/koiywa
koiik/koiyweek
hh f /hh
hh
mwaan
mwaanik
h
/ hh f
lh
From the above (Noun Lists 9 and 10) it is observed
that:
i.
Whereas under Noun Lists 3 and 7 TCE isn
take /-et/ and /-it/ respectively in the
esn, the TCE isn above take /-ta/ in the esn.
Whereas TVE isn under Noun Lists 5 and ft take
/-et/ and / - i t / respectively
to form the esn,
under Noun List 10 the isn take /-ta/ to form the esn.
Structurally it is 'keelien' / l i e / but phonetically it
is 'keelyen'.
This phonetic behaviour is the stune as
in the case of / t y / , / r y / , /sy/ and / k y / .
26
11.
To get the esn the /-ta/ suffix is put at
the end of the i s n . In some cases some glides
are needed before the esn /-ta/ s u f f i x .
111.
Not everv esn with /-ta/ suffix rives
/-va/-vek/ ipn/epn suffixes.
Some isn take /-ut/ to form the esn.
15.
ACE isn
:
Examples:
/-ut/ («sn).
Noun List 11
isn
esn
itoo<r-u-iy-laan
lllh
itoorut
llh
bed
lpn
itooruusva
1111
epn
itooguusyek
lllh
muruung'gu-iy-iaan muruung Vuut muruunr'uusya muruung'guusyek
hhflhf
cob
kveen-u-iy-iaan
llh
santugu-iy-iaan
lhlh
Sv.
box
let-u-iy-iaan
f
hlh
behind
peet-u-iy-iaan
llhf
day
aisuru-iy-iaan
hhlh
cess, Sw.
pn-u-iy-iaan
f
llh
byre
runr'gu-iy-iaan
llhf
kweenuut
lh
centre
f
hh^h
f
santuruut
lhh
letuut
lhf
peetuut
lh
aisuruut
hhh
piiuut
lhf
runr'guut
lh
hhfll
kveenuusya
111
sarntuguusya
hh f lh
kweenuusyek
llh
saantuguusyek
lhll
lhlh
letuusya
letuusyek
hll
peetuusya
111
aisuruusya
hlh
peetuusyek
llh
aisuruusyek
hhll
hhlh
piiuusya
piiuusyek
111
runr'guusya
111
llh
rung'guusyek
llh
27
suum-u-iy-iaan
f
llh
suumuut
lhf
nock
1
sintaanu/iy-iaan" "
f
f
1 lh
Sv. needle
I.
keemausya
hlh
night
sintaanuusya
lhfh
TCE
llh
keemausyek
hllh
hill
sintaanuut
Few isn are TCE.
suumuusvek
111
keemaut
keema-u-iy-iaan
hllh f
suumuusya
sintaanuusyek
lhfll
lhflh
Examples:
isn
:
/-ut/ (esn).
Noun List 12
esn
esn
ser
1
seruut
seruun
lh
hhf
nose
II.
epn
ipn
seruunek
hlh
Few isn are TVE (not having the isn / u / )
Examples:
TVE
isn
:
/-ut/ ( e s n ) .
Noun List 13
isn
esn
eei
1
euut
hand
III.
lh
ipn
euun
epn
euunek
hhf
hlh
From the above (see Noun Lists 1 1 , 12 and 13)
it is observed that:
i.
isn words having / u / in final position or with
/ u / before /-iyian/ take /-ut/ in the esn.
ser (nose) and eei (hand) take /-ut/ in the
esn although they have no / u / in the isn.
ii.
isn having /-iyian/ get rid of the /-iyian/
suffix before the esn /-ut/ is brought in.
"'"In the above list (Noun List 11) isn words having three
and in some cases two syllables before /-iyian/ may
function without /-iyian/ i . e . thev become TVE isn.
28
iii.
TVE isn end ICE isn having / u/ or
/-uivian/ respectively end the ipn/epn
in /-usya/-usyek/.
16.
At para. ll._I. the esn suffixes:
/-it/,
/-ta/ and /-ut/ are listed.
/-et/, /-at/,
These 5 esn
suffixes have been dealt with above.
(See tiara. 11.11 -
para.
15.Ill)
I_.
There are other nouns (mainly loan-words) which do
not take any of the five esn suffixes.
Examples:
Noun List ll*
isn
1
esn
2
aanwaani-iy-i aan
f
f
l h l h Sw.
address
paamba-iy-iaan
f
h lh
f
Sw.
cotton
possible esn
3
aanwaani aanwaani aat
f
lh l
paamba
f
h l
f
lh h
naambaiyap.t
f
h lh
cheebarus-iy-iaan cheebarus cheebarusit
f
lhh
lhhh
lhhlh
cypress
taansi-iy-iaan
f
h lh
f
dance
kuupra-iy-i aan
hlh**
grandfather
cheela-iy-iaan
f
h lh
f
jail
chin-iy-iaan
hlhf
prin
taansi
f
h l
kuuga
taansiit
f
h h
kuugaiyaat
hi
hlh
cheela
cheelait
f
hflh
chin
chinit
h l"
hf
paakvH-iy-i aan
paakwa
f
lh
lhh
grandfather
hh
paakwaiyaat
lhh
ipn/epn
U
5
-isya/-isyek
lhfll
lhflh
-in/-inik
hflll hfllh
-isya/-i8yek
lhhll lhhlh
-J.syjt/-isyek
hfll
hflh
-isya/-isyek
hill
hllh
hflll hfllh
-isya/-isyek
hll
hlh
-isya/-isyek
lhll
lhlh
29
pabulo-iy-iaan
hllh
f
loaf
cheepkeergeeiy-iaan
lhh f h
II.
looking
glass
pabulo
pabuloiyaat
hll
hllh
h l l l l hlllh
cheepkeer- cheepkeergee
geeit
lhhf
-isva/-isvek
-isyp/-isyek
l h h f l l lhh f lh
lhhh
Apart from chin (gin) and cheebarus (cypress) the
above words (Noun List lh) end in vowels when /-iyian/
is not taken into account.
Probably they are in process
of being 'kaaleenychiinised'.
from cheep-saipres or
III.
Cheebarus could have come
'cheep-aruus'.
2
The esn (see column 2 above) seem to be in popular
use as they are and they may never get to column 3
(possible or postulated esn).
17.
From the above Noun Lists (3-11*) isn and esn
are accompanied by corresponding ipn and epn forms.
These ipn/epn suffix forms are many and different.
They are:
1.
-isya/-isyek at Noun Lists ( N . L . ) 7, 8, lU.
-osya/~osyek at N.L. 3.
-usya/-usyek at F.L. 11.
2.
-oi/-ok at N . L . 3, U.
-onoi/-onok at N.L. U.
3.
-wa/-wek at N . L . 7, 9, 10.
-owa/-owek at F.L. 7.
" V i / or / i y / in /-iyian/ seem to be glides.
o
'aruus' is an adjective meaning something which is of
mixed white and green appearance. The appearance of
a cypress tree (with that of its branches and leaves)
is an example of t h i s type of colour.
30
-atinva/-atinvek at N . L . 5-usva/-usvek at N . L . 7.
U.
r
-an/-anik at N . L . 3.
-en/-enik at N . L . 3,
-in/-inik at N . L .
5.
6.
-on/-onik at N . L . h.
(-un/-unik
,w T
t
,
. a t N . L . 12, 13\-un/-unek
5.
-ai/-aik at N . L . 3, U, 6.
6.
-ot/-otik at N . L . 3.
-ut/-utik at N . L . 3.
7.
-u/-uk at N . L . 6.
8.
-wak/-wagik at N . L . 5.
9.
-e/-ek at N . L . 6.
TCE/-ek at N . L . 6.
ACE/-ek at N . L . 6.
10.
-i/-ik at N . L .
TCE/-ik at N . L . 3,
ACE~in/-ik at N . L . 6, 7- 9-
CHAPTER 3
PLURAL
g
NOUN
SUFFIXES
Kaaleenychiin plural nouns may be grouped
(classified) under the above (see nrrp 1 7 ) inn/epn
suffixes.
The main groups (classes) are 10.
Some of
these ten classes have sub-classes or sections.
1 has three sections i . e .
Class
I /-isya/-isyek/; II /-osya/
-osyek/ and I I I /-usya/-usvek/.
I.
Class 1 . 1 (-isva/-isvek) nouns behave as follows
31
Noun List 15
isn
esn suffixes ipn suffixes epn suffixes
TCE
kipreng'eny
f2
lhh
locust
-it
argak
hh
thick bush
or
h"
kipsiich
-isyek
lhhlh 2
-iit
-iisya
-iisyek
hhh f
hhll
-iit
-iisya
-it
f
lh h
eagle
l
lhhll 2
lhhh
2
hhf
interior
lh^
-nsya
hll
hhlh
-iisyek
hlh
-iisya
-iisyek
lhfll
lhflh
TVE
intiiri 111 javelin -it^ llh
-isva 1111
-isyek lllh
tuupchaanti
f
hh 1 fraternity
-isya
-isyek
hh h
kireeri lhl
-it lhh
-isya l h l l
-isyek lhlh
cheemsasi
-it
-isya
-isyek
lh*l
lhfh
grave
giant
-it
f
f
hh ll
lhfll
hh f lh
lhflh
ACE
laini-iyiaan^
f
hhlh
line Eng.
-it
-isya
-iisyek
hhhf
hhll
hhlh
liitai-iyiaan
-it
-isya
-iisyek
hflhf
hflh
hflll
hfllh
litre Eng.
"T'onal patterns for i s n , esn, ipn, epn are different.
See, for example, para. 13; N.L. 7, kipreng'eny.
^All tones for each complete word (isn, esn, ipn and epn)
are given.
In this study tones are in the objective
case unless otherwise stated.
^Final / k / becomes a soft and lenis / g / intervocally.
^The isn final / i / and / i / of / - i t / , /-isya/, /-isyek/
become one long / i / .
Even where there is no final / i /
-iisya/-iisyek have long / i / .
V - i i y i a n / do not occur at the esn, ipn or egn.
/y/iy/
or / i i y / seem to be glides. See footnote on p . 3 6 .
32
chaagi-iyiaan
f
f
h lh
Eng. jug
-it
-isya
hh
hfU
-it
-isya
-isyek
hfh
hfll
hflh
cheemi-iyiaan
f
f
h lh
jam Eng.
-it
-isya
peente&ra-iyiaan
-it
lhflhf
lhflh
kooti-iyiaan
f
f
h lh
coat Eng.
flag Sv.
hh
hfll
"isya
lhflll
-iisyek
hflh
-iisyek
hflh
-iisyek
lhfllh
paasi-iyiaan
X*
h lh
flat iron Sv.
-it
-isya
hh
hfll
paasyai-iyiaan
f
f
h lh
envelope Sv.
"it
~isya
-iisyek
hflll
hfllh
pereeisi-iviaan
f
f
lh lh
trench
-it
f
lh h
-isya
f
lh 11
-isyek
f
lh lh
p\iunt uugi-i y i aan
f
f
l h ' l h Sv. gun
-it
-isya
-isyek
lhfh
lhfll
lhflh
kipsoomani-aan1
-i_-aat
-isya
-iisyek
lhhh
lhhll
lhhlh
-isya
-iisyek
lhhh
reader Sv.
hflh
ogi 1 i i-v i o an /ogi 1 y> an-y-aat
f
hlh
hllh advocate Sv.
hill
-iisyek
hflh
hllh
kabun ai-iyiaan
f
hllh
governor Eng.
-iy-aat
-Isya
-iisyek
hllh
hllll
hlllh
cheneer-yaan
f
hlh
general Eng.
-y-aat
-iisya
hlh
hill
pabuloi-iyiaan
pabulo
hllhf
loaf Eng.
chee 1 ai_-iy i aan
hflhf
jail
hll
cheela
hfl "
^isnZ-nn/ is replaced by esn /-at/.
-iisya
hllll
-iisya
f
h lll
-iisvek
hllh
-iisyek
hlllh
-iisyek
x*
h llh
33
Irregular
akua/akuaat
ekwa/akvaat
•p
hi
hh herd
-eet
-nsya
hh
hhfll
hh f lh
kipsuunte-iyiaan
f
lhlh
November
kipsuunte
-iisya
-i i syek
lhlll
lhllh
18.II.
lhl
-iisyek*
Class 1 . 1 Plural Noun Characteristics:
i.
Tense- or lax-vovelled isn remain tenseor lax-vovelled in the esn, inn or epn forms,
ii.
The isn syllabic distribution varies between
1 and U.
iii.
Th*> isn endings areTCE
TVE
ACE
-
zero ending;
/-if ending;
/-i(v)-an/ endinr.
3
iv.
The esn suffixe? are /-it/ and /-at/
(professionrl names of loan-words)- with
a few words with zero suffixes ( e . g .
kipsuunte).
Gome irregular isn words form
the esn by means of internal flexion.
/ a + i / give / e / when they fuse.
p
A l l the esn words with 1 . 1 against them in the FnglishFwahili-Kalenjin Nouns belonr to Class 1 . 1 .
^The professional name / o g i l y a a t / h l h has two isn
tonal sounds.
These are / o g i l y a a n / h l h ^ and
f
/ogiliiyiaan/hllh .
The
l a t e r is more ' K i p s i g i i s i s e d ' than the former.
In t h i s study both these forms are u s e d .
v.
vi.
The ipn/epn suffixes are /-isya/-isYek/.
The tonal pattern (not considering medial tones)
is:
f
f
isn r 1 or fh or h to h " .
esn : 1 / h / h to h.
ipn : h l / h / h f to 1.
f
epn : l / h / h
to h .
v i i . ( a ) The TCE isn take /-inaan/ (that) suffix in its
demonstrative adjectivised noun ( d . a . n . )
form e . g .
interior).
'oriinaan'
(interior that or that
Also /-ini/ ( t h i s ) .
The initial
/ i / in i-naan/i-ni is the esn / i / of / - i t / .
(b) The TVE isn take /-naan/ suffix for its
demonstrative Pdjectivised noun.
Also /-ni/
(this).
(c) The ACE isn /-iiyian/ 1 take /-naan/ (that)
and not /i-naan/ for its demonstrative ad.iectivised
noun.
Also /-ni/ (this).
2
(d) The ACE isn /-yen/
take /-ta-naan/ for its
demonstrative adjectivised noun.
Also /-ta-ni/
(this).
viii.
The plural d . a . n . takes /-chuun/-chaan/ (those)
or /chu/ (these)suffixes after the epn final
/k/ is removed.
19.
Class l . I I (-osya/-osyek) nouns behave as follows:
*ACE isn
is also
got rid
2
/iyian/
between
having / i i / or / i / before /-yen/ retain / i / which
in the esn, in the base when /yan/ or /iyian/ is
of in the demonstrative form.
or /yen/ calls for a glide or an intrusive /-ta/
the isn and /-naan/ demonstrative adjective.
Noun List 16
isn
esn suffixes ipn suffixes eon suffixes
TCE
pen
-et
dagger
muk
h
rH
X!
2
h
-oosya
-eet
lid/cover
keben
f
hh
cave
hh
f
-eet
hhh
f
irim
f
hh
citadel
hhh
men
-eet
h
f
clay
-eet
hh
f
f
1
-oosyek
h !!
fclh
-oosva
-oosvck
hll
hlh
-oosva
-oosyek
hhll
hhlh
-oosya
-oosyek
hhll
hhlh
-oosya
-oosyek
hll
hlh
song'ony
-eet
-oosya
-oosyek
11
llh
1111
lllh
-eet
-oosya
-oosyek
hll
hlh
cockscomb
luk
h
battle
hh
f
_ing' ganas
-eet
-oosva
-oosyek
111
lllh
11111
llllh
-eet
-oosva
-oosyek
hhll
hhlh
-oosya
-oosyek
hhll
hhlh
-eet
-oosya
-oosyek
lb
111
llh
-eet
-oosya
-oosyek
lh
111
llh
-eet
-oosya
-oosyek
lh
111
llh
city
murer
f
'
hh
fjancee
tap^l
f
hh'
dewlap
hhh
f
-eet
hhh
f
AVE
kas-o
lh
hearing
pal-o
lh
vn.
digging
am-o
lh
vn.
vn.
eating
^Initial tones seem to be generally the same in esn,
ipn and enn forms. Fee nara.
36
kuur-o vn.
lh
calling n.
t em-o
lh
vn.
cultivating
semberiisy-o vn.
,
llh f 1 weeding
-eet
i
.
lhf
-oosva
-oosyek
111
llh
-eet
-oosya
-oosyek
lh
111
llh
-eet
-oosya
f
f
-oosyek
llh h
l l h 11
llhflh
-eet
-odsya
f
lh 11
-oosyek
lhflh
kaniis-a Rw.
f
lh 1 church
lh h
mil-a
-eet
-oosya
-oosyek
hi
hh
hll
hlh
-eet
-oosya
-oosyek
lhh
lhll
lhlh
cheepkuul-a
-eet
-oosy
-oosyek
11
burden
pulan-a
lhl
Enp.
flannel
f
;
hat
.
1
lyyi-a
llh
1111
lllh
-eet
-oosya
-oosyek
hi
hh
hll
hlh
kereerch-a
-eet
-oosya
-oosyek
hhl
hhh
hhH
hhlh
cheeptuug-a
-eet
—oosva
-oosyek
111
llh
1111
lllh
intuurer-a
-eet
-oosya
-oosyek
llhl
llhh
llh 11
llhlh
kerv-a
-eet
-oosya
-oosyek
hi
hh
hll
hlh
eety-a
-eet
-oosya
-oosyek
hh
hhf
hfll
hflh
rog£-i
-eet
-oosya
-oosyek
hh^
hhh f
hhll
hhlh
chaag-a
f
h 1 granary
-eet
f
h'h
-oosya
f
h 11
-oosyek
h lh
oosn-a
-eet
-oosya
-oosyek
lh
lhf
111
llh
smoke
gap
dove
flute
hovel
bridpe
rope
forest
*There is a strong / y / glide between / i / pnd / i a / .
/ y i / followed by a vowel has a strong / y / glide.
The strong / y / glide is preceded by / i / or another / y / .
37
sirit-ya
hhl
-y-eet
group
hhh
f
-y-oosya
-y-oosyek
hhll
hhlh
solol-a
-eet
-oosya
-oosyek
111
llh
1111
lllh
-eet
-oosya
-oosyek
llh
1111
lllh
-eet
-oosya
-oosyek
111
llh
crowd
ACE
mogot-o-iyiaan1
lllh
f
ladder
chiig-o-iyiaan 1
,
llh f
kitchen
lh
f
kwee-iyi-aan
-yiaat/-eet
-oosya
-oosyek
lh
lh/lhf
111
llh
aaly-eet
aaly-o-sya
aaly-oosyek
shoe/sandal
aaly-aat
hh
f
price
f
h h
h ll
hflh
suury-eet
suury-oosya
suury-oosyek
suury-aat
f
hh
hatred
h h
h ll
h f lh
lag-aat
lag-eet
lag-oosya
lag-oosyek
hh
hh
hll
hlh
kor-at-eet
kor-at-oosya kor-at-oosyek
hlh
hill
meet(hunting)
kor-at
hi
f
vn.
blindness
f
hllh
For kor-at see para. 3 6 . 1 1 1 , N . L . 1*7
19.1,.
i.
Class l . I I Plural Koun characteristicsTense- or lax- vowelled isn remain tenseor lax- vowelled in the esn, ipn and epn forms,
ii.
The isn syllabic distribution of each word varies
between 1 and U.
iii.
The isn endings are:
TCE;
AVE;
ACE.
V - o i y i a n / disappear in the esn, ipn and epn.
38
iv.
v.
The esn suffix is / - e t / 1 .
The ipn/epn suffixes are /-oosya/ and
/-oosyek/.
vi.
The tonal pattern i s :
isn : h f / h / l to h f or h or l 2 .
f
f
esn : 1 to h / h or h to h/h .
f
ipn : 1 or h or h to 1 .
f
epn : 1 or h or h
to h.
v i i . ( a ) The TCE isn take /-a-naan/ (that) suffix in
the demonstrative adjectivised noun form and
/-a-ni/ for ' t h i s ' .
(b) The ACE isn (with /-at/ suffix) also take
/-a-nan/ (that) and /-a-ni/ (this) for the
demonstrative adjectivised noun after the
•a
isn /-at/
has vanished, c f . kor-aani and
kor-at-aani.
( c ) The ACE isn words having /-oiyan/ take
/-a-nan/ (that) and /-a-ni/ (this) in the
demonstrative adjectivised noun ( d . a . n . ) .
( d ) kweeiyiaan takes /-ta-nan/ in the d . a . n . form,
thus: kweeiyiaantanaan.
See para.
18.II.vii.(d).
( e ) The AVE isn having final / a / or / o / take
/-nan/ (that) and /-ni/ (this) in the d . a . n .
form.
1
kweeiyiaan has two esn variants i . e . kweeiyiaat and
kweeeet.
2
Dissyllabic isn verbal nouns are lh.
•3
(-at) is an ACE isn suffix and must not be confused
with the esn / a t / s u f f i x .
See para. 1 2 , N . L . 6.
^Because of vowel harmonisetion kaso ( v n . hearing)
is either 'kasoonaan' or 'kasaanaan' and 'kuuro' (vn.
calling) is either 'kuuroonaan' or 'kuuraanaan'.
39
The AVE isn rogoi takes /-anan/ 1 (that)
(f)
and /-ani/ ( t h i s ) in the d . a . n .
form, viz.
rogoiaanaan : that rope,
rogoiaani
viii.
: this rope,
The plural d . a . n tekes /-chuun/ (those) and
/-chu/ (these) suffixed to the epn less the
final / k / .
20.
See para. 1 8 . I I . v i i i .
Cless l . I I I (-usva/-usyek) nouns behave as follows:
Noun List 1?
isn
esn
ipn
epn
-usya
-usyek
TVE or ACE
maar-u-iyiaan
f
f
h lh
cutlass/hanger
-uut
ruung * g-u-iyiaan
-ut
-usya
-usyek
llhf
lh
111
llh
-ut
-usya
-usyek
club Sw.
hh
f
hh
f
hflh
nyuumb-u-iyiaan
f
f
h lh
mule Sw.
h h
h ll
hflh
aisur-u-iyiaan
-ut
-usya
-usyek
hhh
hhll
hhlh
-ut
-usya
-usyek
lhh
lhll
lhlh
-usya
-usyek
lhhll
lhhlh
-usya
-usyek
lh hh
f
lh hll
lh f hlh
-ut
-usya
-usyek
111
llh
-usya
-usyek
1111
lllh
hhlh
f
tax Sw.
saantug-u-iyi aan
lhlh
f
box Sw.
f
f
-ut
cheemugug-u-iy i aan
f
lhhlh
hyena
lhhh
kiptaarur-u-iyiaan
-ut
f
lh hlh
f
beetle
kween-u-iyiaan TCE
f
llh
centre
keter-u-iyiaan TCE
f
lllh
eaves
f
lh
f
-ut
llh
f
f
This is a TVE isn behaviour. The / a / before /-nan in TCE
isn words seems to be an intrusive or a glide vowel.
The long /-u/ of /-uut/-uusyek/ (medial) includes
the /-u/ of the isn.
1*0
kipram-u-iyiaan TCF
-ut
-usva
-usyek
lhlh
lhhf
lhll
lhlh
peet-u-iyiaan TCE
-ut
-usya
-usyek
llh^
lh
111
llh
lanp'at-u-iyi aan TCE
-ut
-usya
-usyek
lllhf
llh
1111
lllh
dipper
day
nightfall
koontamet-u-iyiaan
-ut
TCE
f
f
hhllh
fountain head hhlh
-usya
-usyek
hhlll
hhllh
ang'van-u-iyiaan TCE
-ut
-usya
-usyek
four
hlh
hill
hllh
keema-u-iyiaan TVE"
-ut
-usya
-usyek
hhll
hhlh
hhlh
hllh
f
f
night
hhh
f
ng' waan-t-u-iyiaan
TCE
-ut
-usva
-usyek
hflhf
f f
hh1
hfll
hflh
-ut
-usya
-usyek
hlhhf
hlhll
hlhlh
koima-u-iviaan
f
lllh
harem
-ut
-usya
-usyek
lhhf
lhll
lhlh
muruung' g-u-iyiaan
f
f
hh lh
cob
-ut
-usya
-usya
hh f h
hhfll
hh f lh
ken-u-iyiaan TCE
-ut
-usya
-usyek
hll
hlh
floor
kaaskaleng'u-iyiaan
TCE
f
hhhlh
evening
hlh
f
mill
hh
f
cheemataat-u-iyiaan
-ut
-usya
-usyek
llhflhf
llhfh
llh ^11
llhflh
sintaan-u-iyiaan
-ut
-usya
-usyek
lhflhf
lhfh
lhfll
lhflh
Monday Sv.
needle Sv.
sasraal-u-iviaan TCE
f
f
hh lh
nine
-ut
-usya
-usyek
hh f h
hhfll
hh f lh
suuip-u-iy i aan TCE
-ut
-usya
-usyek
llh
lhf
111
llh
pii-u-iyiaan
-ut
-usya
-usyek
llhf"
hf
nook
lh
Ul
•
•
1
suugur-u-iyiaan
-ut
l h l h f owl
2 0 . C l a s s l . I I I Plural
i.
-usva
lhh
lhll
Noun Characteristics:
-usyek
lhlh
Tense- or lpx-vowelled isn remain tense- or
lax-vowelled in the esn, ipn or epn forms.
ii.
The ACE (including, /-iyan/) isn syllabic
distribution of each word varies between 2 and 5.
iii.
The isn endings are:
ACE
(-iyan);
TVE
(~u);
2
TCE
iv.
v.
vi.
(plus -u-iyan).
The esn suffix is /-ut/.
The ipn/epn suffixes are /-usya/-usyek/.
The tonal pattern i s :
isn
(mainly) 1 to h f / h ;
esn
1 to h / h f ;
ipn
1 to 1 ;
1 to h.
vii.
The d . a . n .
for this section ( l . I I I ) takes:
/-unaan/ e . g . maaru-u-naan : that cutlass,
/-uni/
viii.
e . g . maaru-u-ni
: this cutlass,
The plural d . a . n . takes /-chuun/ (those) and
/-chu/ (these) which are suffixed the epn
less the final / k / e . g . maaruusye-chuun.
21.
Class 2 . 1 (-oi/-ok) nouns behave as follows:
Almost all of the above isn words may function without the
/-iyian /ACE suffix.
The present ( 1 9 7 M Kipsigiis generation
tends to prefer /-iyian/ isn form.
2
Some isn words get r i d of either /-u/ or /-iyian/
and s t i l l remain meaningful in the isn form.
Noun List 18
esn
ipn
epn
kipti^k
-eet
-ooi
«-ook
11
llh
llh
Hh
-ooi
-o$k
hhhh
hhhh
isn
TCE
basket(small)
-eet
keteeng'ger
f
hhh
rent basket
hhhh
keeooch
-et
-ooi
-ook
11
llh
llh
llh
ng'ulyeel
-et
-ooi
-ook
11
llh
llh
llh
ng' aariruuch
-et
-ooi
-ook
11
llh
llh
llh
ng'eeher
-eet
-ooi
-ook
lh
llhf
llh
llh
oormariich
-eet
-ooi
-ook
hhl
hhlh
hhlh
hhlh
kiboonychor
-eet
-ooi
-ook
lhl
lhlh
lhlh
lhlh
tagan
-eet
-ooi
-ook
hi
hlh
hlh
hlh
magat-a
-eet
-ooi
-ook
hhl
hhh
hhh
hhh
seng'kwet-y-a
-y-eet
-ooi
-ook
hll
hlh
hlh
hlh
sigir-y-a
-y-eet
-ooi
-ook
111
llh
llh
llh
-i-et
-ooi
-ook
-y-eet
-ooi
-ook
blood bowl
gland
cartilage
chair/seat
rate(cattle's)
goitre
venereal disease
f
AVE
hide (small)
meteorite
donkey
tapsiin-i-a
111
(leather)string
mulaamul -y-a
f
hh 11 round thing
hhflh
hh lh
hh f h
ny^iriit-y-a
-y-et
-ooi
-ook
111
llh
llh
llh
chameleon
f
U3
cheepnr1 atiil-y-a
-v-et
-ooi
-ook
lhll
lhlh
lhlh
lhlh
-y-et
-ooi
-ook
llh
llh
-eet
-ooi
-ook
lllhf
lllh
lllh
cheerer-a
-eet
-ooi
-ook
lhl
lhh
lhh
lhh
-eet
-ooi
-ook
lhfh
lh f h
lh f h
taamna
-eet
-ooi
-ook
hfl
h
h
h
kinyaat-a
-eet
-ooi
-ook
lhfl
beaded belt
1
nyaanypp-wa
lhfh
lh f h
lh f h
-w-eet
-ooi
-ook
111
llh
llh
llh
laak-wa
-w-eet
-ooi
-ook
11
lh
lh
lh
ing'gami-ia
-eet
-ooi
-ook
llhfl
llhfh
llh f h
llh f h
kibuung1gu-ua
-eet
-ooi
-ook
llh 1
llhfh
llh f h
llh f h
-eet
-ooi
-ook
lhh
lhh
lhh
-eet
-ooi
-ook
lhh
lhh
lhh
-ooi
-ook
lh
lh
lh
-eet
-ooi
-ook
llhh
llhh
llhh
clitoris
naapeet-y-a
111
distaff(blood 's) llh
cheemunaant-a
f
llh 1
auction Sw.
baby
imbiir-a
lh f l
Rw.
football
chin
quagmire
child
Sw.
key/button
kunu-y-a
lhl
Eng. sack
si_gar-a
lhl
Sw. cigarette.
siiy-yi_a
11
finger nail
kipsunu-a
llhl
comb Sw.
- y - j -eet
*isn /w/ may disappear together with final / a / in
the it>n and epn forms.
uu
kereerch-a
-eet
-ooi
-ook
hhl
hhb
hhh
hhh
tinp'oony'-a
-eet
-ooi
-ook
hhl
hhh
hhh
hhh
diadem _ v -eet
-y.-ooi
—y-ook
sitimra
-eet
-ooi
-ook
lhl
lhh
lhh
lhh
kipchuchup-a
-eet
-ooi
-ook
llhl
llhh
llhh
llhh
-eet
-ooi
-ook
vn. crevice
crocodile
naar-y-a
n
Sw. electricity
vn.
filter Sw.
moorn-a
f
h 1
finper
hfh
h b
hfh
roeenp'-wa
-w-eet
-ooi
-ook
11
lh
lh
lh
-eet
-ooi
-ook
llhh
llhh
llhh
-eet
f
lh
-ooi
-ook
lh
lh
maanp' p-a
-eet
-ooi
-ook
lh
lhf
lh
lh
-w-et
-ooi
-ook
firefly
intooan-a
llhl
Sw.
fish-hook
taapt-a
lh
flower
pum/latex
root-w-a
f
hfh
h h
hfh
cheenkeswa-i
-eet
-ooi
-ook
.111
lllh
lllh
lllh
-eet
-ooi
-ook
f
hfl
knife
knife( small)
f
kinvaas-a
f
lh 1 knickerbockers
lh h
lh h
lh f h
cheeplaanp'p-a
-eet
-ooi
-ook
lhl
lhh
lhh
lhh
mco (TVF)
-eet
-^Doi
-ook
1
lh
lh
lh
taab-o
-eet
-ooi
-ook
11
lh
lh
lh
oan-va
-w-eet
-ooi
-ook
11
lh
lh
lh
leopard
lesion
earthen bowl
leather band
f
U5
21.I.
Class 2 . 1 . Plural Ebun Characteristics:
i.
The tense- or lax-vowelled isn
remain tense- or lax-vowelled at the
esn and all are lax-vovelled at the
ipn and epn^.
ii.
The isn syllabic distribution varies between
1 and U.
iii.
The isn endings are:
TCE;
AVE;
TVE.
iv.
v.
The esn suffix is /-et/ or /-eet/.
The inn/epn suffixes are /-oi/ or /-ooi/,
/-ok/ or /-ook/.
vi.
The tonal pattern i s :
2
vii.
isn
:
(mainly)
1 to 1;
esn
:
(mainly)
1 to h;
ipn
:
(mainly)
1 to h;
epn
:
(mainly)
1 to h.
The d . a . n . for TCE/TVE isn is /-a-naan/-a-ni/
( t h a t / t h i s ) , and /-anaan/-ani/
for AVE, e . g .
teapta-anaan
U
viii.
The plural d . a . n . takes /-chuun/
(those)
and /-chu/ (these) suffixed to the epn
22.
(less the final / k / ) .
Class 2 . I I (-onoi/--onok) nouns behave as follows:
1
The ipn /-oi/ suffix and the epn /-ok/ suffix make
all tense vowels lax.
2
'Mainly' refers to i n i t i a l (and not the final tones).
\ h e AVE / a / + the i n i t i a l /a/ of /-anaan/ become
one long / a / or / a a / .
1,
/-chuun/ refers to'those over there' and /-chaan/
refers to 'those nearby'.
1*6
Noun List 19
ftVE
isn
esn
ipn
ker-y-a
-y-eet
-v-oonooi
hi
cottage
tis-y-a
11
blur
kes-wa
11
b i r d ' s nest
roky-c
hh
pot-sherd
isy-a
hi
millstone
pur-we
hi
millvheel
epn
f
hh
hlh
-y-eet
tis-oonooi
f
lh
hlh
.1
-w-eet
.2
-oonooi
lh
hlh
-eet
hh
f
-eet
hh
f
-w-eet
f
-oonooi
hlh
f
-oonooi
hlh
f
-oonooi
f
-y-oonook
hlh
-oonook
hlh
-oonook'"
hlh
-conook
hlh
-oonook
hlh
-oonook
hlh
hh
hlh
choor-wa
-w-eet
11
lh
-oonooi
f f
h lh 1
hflh
kol-wa
-w-eet
-oonooi
-oonook
hi
hh
hlhf
hlh
uur-wa vn.
-w-eet
-oonook
11
lh
-oonooi
f f
h lh
hflh
a-iywa
a-iyw-eet
a-oonooi
-oonook
hi
hh
hlhf
hlh
teemb-w-a
-w-eet
-(w)-oonoci
-(w)-oonook
hi
hh
hlhf
hlh
tul-wa
-w-eet
-oonooi
-oonook
11
lh
hlhf
hlh
mate
black ants
shade
axe
dell
hill
-oonook
The isn final / a / , as a result of fusion, disappears
and the esn /-et/ takes the place of the isn final / a / .
No other changes in the isn take place.
p
In the ceso of the ipn/epn /-wa/ of the isn disappears
and /-oonooi/-conook/ take the place of /-va/.
U7
ker-va
11
-v-eet
bung
ng'oot-v&
11
fence
mveent-ya
hi
ladle
par-va. Sv.
hi
letter
hh
fibre cloth
pag-a-ivi aan
f
hlh
cat sv.
f
lh
hlh
-v-eet
-oonooi
f
f
h lh
-v-eet
-oonooi
f
hh
hlh
-v-eet
-oonooi
hh
hlh
hh
f
-eet
f
-oonooi
hlh
-oonook
hlh
lh
-eet
ang'p-a
-oonooi
f
-oonooi
f
-oonook
h f lh
-oonook
hlh
-oonook
hlh
-oonook
hlh
-oonook
hh
hlh
puk-vaan^
-v-aat/
-oonooi
-oonook
hh
-v-eet
hlh f
hlh
hlh
ACE
bush cluster
hh
22.1.
Class 2 . I I Plural Noun Characteristics:
i. Tense— or l a x — vovelled isn remain tense-or lax- - vovelled at the esn, ipn and epn but
choorva (mate) and ng'ootva (fence) become
lax— vovelled only at the inn/epn forms.
Both of them have /on/ in the isn form,
i i . The isn syllabic distribution is 2.
i i i . The isn endings are:
AVE
and
ACE
i v . The esn suffixes are /-et/ and /-at/ (rare),
v. The ipn/epn suffixes are /-oonooi/-oonook/.at - -e
V - v a n / are replaced by /-oonooi/, /-oonook/ at the ipn/epn.
U8
vi.
The tonal pattern i s :
vii.
isn
1 to 1 or h to h / 1 or 1 to h;
esn
1 or h to (rainly) h;
ipn
h to h*";
enn
h to h .
The d . a . n .
for AVE isn takes
/-anaan/
that
/-ani/
this.
And /-ta-naan/
that
/-ta-ni/
viii.
this, for the ACE isn.
The plural d . a . n . takes:
/-chuun/
:
(those)
/-chu/
:
(these) in the epn
after the removal of the final / k / .
CHAPTER
PLURAL
NOUN
Class 3 . 1 .
b
SUFFIXES
(continued)
(-va/-vek) nouns behave as follows:
Noun List 20
TCE
isn
esn
ipn
epn
np'ot
-it
-wa
-week
h
lh
hh
hhf
-ta
-wa
-wek
f
f
spear
poos
f
h
bald head
h h
h l
hfh
poor
-ta
-wa
-wek
h
lh
lh
lh
-ta
-wa
-wek
f
body
siin
f
h
capillary
f
h h
h l
hfh
ter
-ta
-wa
-week
lh
hh
hhf
-ta
-wa
-wek
hfh
hfl
hfh
h
f
skull
kuus
f
h
fore-foot
U9
uuk/yuuk
-ta
-wa
-wek
hh
lh
lh
lh
-ta
-wa
-week
llh
hll
hlhf
ipaar
-ta
-wa
-wek
lh
feast
llh
hll
hlh
itoon
f
hh
likeness
-ta
-wa
-wek
f
h lh
f
h ll
hflh
-ta
-wa
-week
llh
111
llh
-ta
-wa
-wek
f
hump
ibin
lh
ape-set
(a.n.)1
kaain
lh
length
kooriis
f
hh
wind/air
f
h lh
h ll
h f lh
kulgul
-ta
-va
-week
hh^"
hlh
hll
hlh
annpit
kuyaanp'
f
hh
bow
-ta
-wa
-wek
hlh
hll
hlh
kasa.r
-ta
-wa
-week
lh
space/chance
llh
hll
hlh
kubees
f
hh
femur/thiph
-ta
-wa
-wek
hlh
hll
hlh
kirok
-ta
-wa
-week
lh
lhh
111
llh
kuutunp'
-ta
-wa
-week
hh f
hflh
hfll
hflhf
-ta
-wa
-wek
f
h lh
f
h ll
h f lh
-ta
-wa
-wek
f
h lh
f
h ll
h f lh
-ta
-wa
-wek
hlh
hll
hlh
poad
knee
kiinp'wal
hh*"
lameness
kaataam
hh
f
l e f t side
sabaan vn.
hh
f
life
"^(a.n.) is a noun derived from an adjective (adjective
noun).
See para. 3 6 . I I I .
50
togom vn.
-ta
-wa
-week
lh
llh
hll
hlhf
dam
piitoon vn.
f
h h custom/habit
-ta
-wa
-wek
hflh
hfll
hflh
sirim
-ta
-wa
-week
lhh
lhh
lhhf
-ta
-wa
-wek
hh
hh
hh
lhf
chain
TVE
muui
f
h
cowhide
muusereei
f
hhh
door frame
-ta
-k-va
-k-wek
hhlh
hhll
hhlh
saamiy/saamjch
-y-ta
-I-va
-1-wek
hflh
hfll
hflh
-y-aat
-wa
-wek
hh
f
jungle
ACE 3
kweet-yaan
f
h h buttocks
h h
hh
hh
muus-yaan
-y-aat
-wa
-wek
lh
lh
lh
lh
-y-aat
-wa
-wek
lh
lh
lh
-ta
-wa
-wek
f
f
corpse
roor-yaan
lh
f
heifer
taai-yiaan
f
h h first born
f
h h
h l
hfh
-y-aat
-wa
-week
kebeeber-yaan
f f
hh lh
b i t , part of
hh lh
hh ll
hhflhf
kipkuulei/yiaan
-ta
-wa
-week'4
lllhf
lllh
1111
lllh**
bladder
f
f
"^There is a strong / y / glide before /-ta/.
p
There is / k / before the ipn/epn /-wa/ and /-wek/
of muuserei and saamiy.
•3
/-yian/ or /-yan/ is the ACE isn suffix.
I4
It seems as if where the preceding vowel length is
short the epn /-ek/ suffix becomes /-eek/ (long) and
where it is long the /-ek/ suffix becomes short.
51
Class 3-1. Plural Noun Characteristics:
i. Tense- or lax-vowelled isn remain
tense- or lax-vowelled at the esn
but all are lax-vowelled at the ipn/epn.
i i . The esn syllabic distribution varies between
1 and U.
i i i . The isn endings are:
TCE;
TVF;
and
ACE.
iv. The esn suffixes are:
/"ta/and
/-y at /
v. The ipn/epn suffix are /-wa/-wek/.
vi. The tonal pattern i s :
f
isn
:
1 to h/h ;
h to h / h f ;
h f to h.
esn
:
1/h to h ;
h / h f to h.
ipn
:
1 to 1 / h ;
h / h f to 1 / h .
f
epn
:
1/h to h / h ;
h / h f to h / h f .
vii.
The d . a . n . TCE isn are: /-aan/ (that) and
/-ni/
(this).
The d . a . n . for TVE isn are: /-aan/ (that)
and /-i/ ( t h i s ) .
The d . a . n . for ACE isn are: /-ta-naan/ (that)
and /-ta-ni/ ( t h i s ) ,
viii.
The plural d . a . n . takes:
/-chuun/
(those);
/-chu/'
(these) in the e])n after
the removal of the final / k / .
52
23.11.
Class 3 . I I
Nouns (-ova/-ovek) behave as follows:
Noun List 21
isn
esn
IP"
epn
met
met i t
metowa
metoweek^
hh
hll
hlh
h
head
III.
Class 3 . I l l (-atinwa/-atinwek) nouns behave as
follow b:
isn
Noun List 22
esn
ion
epn
-eet
-aatinwa
-aatinweek
TCE
soon
h
barren(n)
eem
h
f
-eet
land
oor
h
f
hh
f
hh
f
-eet
path
hh
f
f
h lll
hfllhf
-aatinwa
-aatinweek
f
f
h llh
f
h lll
-aatinwa
f
h lll
-aatinweek
f
f
h llh
TVE
maa
h
f
-eet
belly
ma
h
fire
-aatinwa
h lll
-aatinweek
f
f
h llh
-aat
-stinwa^
-stinweek
h
hll
hlh f
hh
f
f
AVE
kook-wa
hh
village
-w-eet
hh
f
-w-aatinwa
f
h lll
-w-aatinwee
f
f
h llh
^"Until more nouns of this section are found not much
can be said about its characteristics.
2
<
The i n i t i a l / s / and not / a / in /-stinwa/ is unique in
this study.
Until there are other nouns like 'mastinwa'
this word is grouped with /-atinwa/.
53
23.IV.
Class 3 . H I Plural
i.
Noun Characteristics:
Tense- or lax-vowelled isn remain tenseor lax-vowelled in the esn, ipn and epn.
ii.
iii.
The isn syllabic distribution is 1 or 2.
The isn endings are:
TCE;
TVE;
and
AVE.
iv.
The esn suffixes are:
/-et/ and /-at/.
v.
vi.
The ipn/epn suffixes are /-aatinwa/-aatinwek/.
The tonal pattern i s :
h
esn
ipn
epn
vii.
(monosyllabics) and h to h.
f
h to h
h f to 1 .
f
f
h to h .
The d . a . n . TCE/TVE 1 isn are:
/-anaon/
:
that
/-ani/
:
this.
The d . a . n . AVE isn takes:
.
and
/-anaan/ : that
/-ani/
viii.
: this.
The plural d . a . n . takes:
/-chuun/
:
those
/-chu/
:
these in the epn
after the removal of the final / k / .
V.
Class 3 . I V (-uswa/-uswek) nouns behave as follows:
1
ma ( f i r e ) takes /-iaan/ ( d . a . n . ) viz.
'ma-iaan'.
51*
Poun L i s t 23
isn
esn
kuut^
kuut-iit
mouth
VI,
ipn
hh
epn
kuut-usva
f
kuut-usveek
f
hflh
h ll
Class 3.IV Plural Noun Characteristics
:
The d . a . n . isn are:
/-inaan/
that
/-ini/
this
and
The d . a . n . epn takes:
/-chuun/
those
/-chu/
these
and
The epn / k / disappears in the d . a . n .
2k.
Class U . I
(-an/-anik) nouns behave as follows:
Noun List 2-k
isn
esn
ipn
epn
-g-et
-g-aan
-g-aanik
TCE
maiing'
f
hh
dug-out
hhh
hh l
hh f lh
-g-et
-g-aan
-g-aanik
f
keriing'
f
hh
hole
hhh
*>h l
hh f lh
kegeeng'
-g-et
-g-aan
-g-aanik
hh
f
hh f lh
f
fire-brand hhh
hh l
e.g.
esn
maiing'get
hhh
lpn
maiing'gaan
hh f l
epn
I.
Class U . I Plural
1.
:
maiing'gaanik
fbun Characteristics:
Tense- or lax-vowelled isn remain tenseor lax-vowelled in all forms.
*There are few words in this section.
section in E . S . K . N .
No other words Of this
2
There is only one noun and not much can be said about it.
"^There is a / g / glide before the suffix /-et/ is reached.
55
ii.
iii.
The isn syllabic distribution is 2.
The isn ending is TCE.
iv.
The esn suffix is / - e t / .
v.
The ipn/epn suffixes are:
vi.
vii.
The tonal pattern i s :
The d . a . n .
viii.
/-aan/-aanik/
isn
:
h to h .
esn
:
h to h.
ipn
:
h to 1.
epn
:
h to h.
isn are:
/-anaan/
:
that,
/-ani/
:
this,
The plural d . a . n . takes:
/-chuun/
:
those.
/-chu/
:
these;in the epn after
the removal of the final / k / .
II.
Class U . I I (-een/-eenik) nouns behave as follows:
Koun List 25
isn
esn
ipn
enn
-eet
-een
-eenik
TCE
ter
1
pot
tem
1
branch
ijnbar
f
hh
plantation
ing'gok
hi
1
chicken
f
lh
hh
-eet
-een
hh
lh
f
hlh
-eenik
hlh
-een
-eenik
hhl
hhlh
-y-eet
-een
-eenik
hlh
hhl
hhlh
-eet
hhh
f
"^See para. 25 ( i n g ' g o k / y a ) .
heard in Class 5 and U . I I .
This noun is commonly
It is a loan-word.
56
TVE
saa
-eet
-een
-eenik
lh
11
llh
cheerer-a
-eet
-een
-eenik
lhl
lhh
lhh f
lhhh
-eet
-een
1
buffalo
AVE
monkey/baby
cheesiirer-a
llhl
havk
-eenik
f
llhh
llhh
llhlh
-y-aat
-een
-eenik
hhl
hhlh
ACE
irir-v-aan
hhh
hhh
piece of skin
terpek-y-aan
-y-aat
-een
-eenik
hhh
hhh
hhl
hhlh
inychir-y-aan
-y-aat
-een
-eenik
llh
llh
111
lllh
guinea fovl
fish
III.
Class U . I I Plural Nour. Characteristics:
i.
Tense- or lax-vovelled (TCE, TVE, AVE, ACE)
isn remain tense- or lax-vovelled in all forms,
ii.
The isn syllabic distribution varies betveen
1 and 1*.
iii.
The isn endings areTCE; TVE- AVE; ACE.
iv.
v.
vi.
The esn suffixes are /-et/ and /-at/.
The ipn/epn suffixes are /-een/ and /-eenik/.
The tonal pattern is:
isn
1 or h to h / 1 ;
esn
1 to h and h to h.
f
ipn
epn
1 or h to h or h .
1 or h to h.
57
The d . a . n . i_sn are:
vi i .
viii.
/-anapn/
that, TCE/TVE;
/-ani/
t h i s , TCE/TVE;
/anaan/
that, AVF;
/-ani/
t h i s , AVE
/-ta-naan/
that, ACE:
/-ta-ni/
t h i s , ACE.
The plural d . a . n . takes:
/-chuun/-chu/ after the removal of
the final / k / .
2U f TV.
Class U . H I (-iin/-iinik) nouns behave as
follows:
Noun U s t 26
isn
esn
ipn
er>n
-aat
-iin
-iinik
ACE
paaor-yaan
f
hh h
witness vn.
intis-yaan
f
hh h
banana. Sw.
hh h
hh l
hh f lh
-aat
-iin
-iinik
f
f
hh h
hh l
hh f lh
f
f
seente-iyiaan
f f
h lh
cent Eng.
-iy-aat
-iin
-iinik
hflh
hfll
hfllh
pata-iyiaan
-it 1
-iin
-iinik
hlh
hll
hllh
t amamba-iyiaan
"it1
-i in
-iinik
hllhf
hllh
hill
hlllh
hlhf
duck
Sw.
basket
V.
Class U . I I I Plural Noun Characteristics:
i.
Tense- or lax-vowelled isn remain tenseor lax-vowelled in all forms.
^This noun is also heard under Class 1 . 1 .
58
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
vi,
vii.
The isn syllabic distribution is 3 or U.
The isn ending is ACE.
The esn suffixes are /-at/ and / - i t / .
The ipn/epn suffixes are / - i i n / - i i n i k / .
The tonal pattern i s :
isn
:
h / h f to h / h f .
esn
:
ipn
:
epn
:
h/h** to h.
f
h/h to 1 .
f
h/h to h.
The d . a . n . isn are:
/1
/-ta-naan/
that;
/-ta-ni/
/-inaan/
this;
2
that;
/-ini/
viii.
this.
The plural d . a . n . takes:
/-chuun/
:
those
/-chu/
:
these, in the epn after
the removal of the final / k / .
2U.VI.
Class U.IV
(~oon/-oonik) nouns behave as follows:
Noun L i s t 27
isn
esn
ipn
epn
-eet
-oon
-oonik
lh
hhf
hlh
TCE
sot
1
calabash
"V-ta-naan/ and /-ta-ni/ are suffixed to nouns whose
esn take /-at/.
2
/-naan/ and /-ni/ are suffixed to nouns (after /-yan/
is removed) whose esn take / - i t / .
^The plural d . a . n . has a uniform behaviour in all Classes.
59
AVE
tilaal-w-a
f
hh 1 fern
piiriir-w-a
f
hh 1 broom
poroo-w-a
f
lh 1 bark band
n g' eereer-w-a
f
hh 1 baby
puung'uung'-w-a
f
hh 1 mole
-w-eet
-oon
-oonik
hh f h
hhh f
hhhh
-w-eet
-oon
-oonik
hhfh
hhhf
hhhh
-w-eet
1
-oon
-oonik
lhfh
lhf
lhh
-w-eet
-oon
-oonik
hh f h
hhhf
hhhh
-w-eet
-oon
-oonik
hh f h
hhh f
hhhh
-w-eet
-oon
-conik
seeleel-w-a
f
hh 1 di aphragm
hh f h
hhh
keebuuk-w-a
-w-eet
-oon
hh f l
anthill
sugun-w-a
f
f
f
hh h
hhh
-w-eet
-oon
f
hhhh
-oonik
hhhh
-oonik
hh f h
hhh
kipsoo-iyw-a
-iyw-eet
-oon
-oonik
111
llh
111
lllh
-iyw-eet
-oon
hhl
copper
drake
miinte-iyw-a
lhl
'rhubarb'
2h.VII.
lhh
lhh
f
hhhh
-oonik
lhhh
Class U.IV Plural Noun Characteristics:
i.
Tense- or lax-vovelled isn remain tense-
2
or lax-vowelled m all forms .
ii.
The isn syllabic distribution varies between
1 and 3.
^The thematic / o / and the suffix / o / become one / o o / .
o
'all forms' refer to i s n , esn, ipn and eon.
60
111.
The isn endings are TCE and AVE.
iv.
The esn suffix is /-et/ (preceded by an
athematic
v.
/w/ in the case of the AVF nouns).
The ipn/epn suffixes are /-oon/-oonik/.
vi.
The tonal pattern i s :
viii
isn
:
(mainly) h to 1.
esn
:
(mainly) h to h.
f
ipn
:
(mainly) h to h .
epn
_
(mainly) h to h.
The d . a . n . isn are:
/-anaan/
:
that, TCE.
/-ani/
:
this, TCE.
/-anaan'/
:
that, AVF.
/-•ani/
:
t h i s , AVE.
The plural d . a . n . takes /-chuun/ and /-chu/ 1 .
viii.
2
VIII.
Class k.v (-uun/-uunek / nouns behave as
follows:
Noun List
l sn
ser
1
TCE
nose
ee-i
1
AVE
hand
2U.IX.
2
.8
esn
ipn
£HL
-uut
-uun
-uunek'
f
lh
hh
-uut
-uun
lh
hh
f
hlh
-uunek
hlh
Class U.V Plural Characteristics:
^See para.
p
18.II.viii.
^
In certain situations /-unek/ sound like /-unik/.
61
i.
The above words are lax-vovelled in all forms
The above isn are monosyllabic.
ii.
iii.
The isn endings are TCE and AVE.
iv.
The esn suffix is /-ut/.
v.
The ipn/epn s u f f i x are /-uun/-uunek/.
vi.
The tonal pattern i s :
vii.
isn
:
1.
esn
:
1 to h.
ipn
:
h to h**.
epn
:
1 to h .
The d . a . n . isn are:
/-u-naan/
/
• /
/-u-ni/
viii.
:
that
., .
this
:
and
The plural takes /-chuun/ and /-chu/ after
the removal of the epn final / k / .
25.
Class 5 (-ai/-aiik) nouns behave as follows:
Noun List
isn
2
9
esn
ipn
-ta
-ai
epn
TCE/AVE
mataang'
lh
cheek
karaas
lh
rib
llh
hhh
-ta
-ai
-aiik
f
hhhh
-aiik
f
hhhh f
llh
hhh
leget-y-a1
-y-eet
-ai
-aiik
hi
hhh
hhh f
hhhh f
ing'gor-y-a
-y-eet
-ai
-aiik
hll
hlhf
hf
hhhh f
ing'gok-y-a
-y-eet
-ai
-aiik
hll
hlh
hhb f
hhhh
1
women belt
dress
chicken
/-ya/ is an alternative form of the same i s n .
isn may be used.
Either
62
temen-i-a
-i-eet
-ai
-aiik
hll
hlh
hhh f
hhhh f
-y-eet
-ai
-aiik
wax
kaatuut-y-a
f
h ll
tail
kubees
f
hh
lap/thigh
suben
hi
log
pesen vn.
lh
loan
kapkap/cha
f
h lh
hhh
-ta
-ai
hhh
-eet
-ai
hhh
-ta
-ai
llh
hhh
-ch-eet
-ai
hhhh f
-aiik
hlh
hlh
f
f
hhhh f
-aiik
f
hhhh f
-aiik
f
hhhh f
-aiik
f
hhhh f
hlh
hhh
kaain-a
-eet
-ai
-aiik
h 1
hfh
hh f
hhh f
kiin-a
-eet
-ai
-aiik
hfl
teat
hfh
hh f
hhh f
muscle fibre
-eet
f
h h
-ai
f
hh 1
-aiik
f
hhh
horn
-eet
f
h h
-ai
f
hh
-aiik
f
hhh
sweetener
-eet
f
h h
-ai
f
hh
-aiik
f
hhh1
mogoomb-a
-eet
hhl
hhh
-ai
f
hhh
-aiik
f
hhhh
-eet
-ai
-aiik
hl/1
wing
AVE
name
iin-a
f
h 1
kuuin-a.
hfl
iit-a
hfl
hoe
meseent-a
hhl
basket
irugut-a
hhhl
buck
kaaliig-a
f
lh 1 calico
hhh
hhh
-eet
hhhh
-eet
f
lh h
f
hhhh f
-ai
f
-aiik
hhhhh
-ai
lhh
f
hhhhh
-aiik
f
lhhh f
^After an isn final / n / /-i-a/ is preferred to /-y-a/
because /n-y/ is velar / n y / .
f
63
-ai
-aiik
lh h
lhhf
lhhh f
motog-a
-eet
-ai
-aiik
lhl
lhh
lhhf
lhhh f
kimestow-a.
-eet
-ai
-aiik
1111
lllh
lllhf
lllhhf
kim-ny-a
-ny-eet
-ai
-aiik
hi
hh
hhf
hhh f
koonunoot-y-aan vn.
-y-aat
-ai
-aiik
hhlhf
hhlh
hhhh f
hhhhh f
kip-ng'aam-ny-a
f
lh 1 clever one
-ny-eet
f
bag
colon(anus)
'ugali'
ACE
gift
koonunootyaan ( v . n . )
Class 6 . I I .
is also met with in nlural
This is due to the fact that one verb gives
rise to several verbal nouns.
See nara. 35.
For example,
the imperative verb koonu : give (towards the speaker)
may be derived to mean:
1.
giving
isn
koonuno llh;
2.
giver
isn
kocnuniin l l h ;
3.
gift
isn
koonunootyaan hhlh*
The ipn/epn of koonunootyaan have three variations, viz.
isn
esn
ipn
epn
koonunootyaan
-aat
koonunootai
koonunootaiik
hhhh f
hhhhh f
koonunai
koonunaiik
hhh
f
hhhh f
gifts
gifts
koonunoot
koonunootik
hhh f
hhhh
gifts
2 5 . C l a s _ s 5 Plural Noun Characteristics:
i.
Tense-vowelled isn (TCE) become lax-vowelled
6U
in the i p n / e p n .
Elsewhere
vowelled jsn remain
Lax-vowelled isn
(AVE)
tense-
tense-vowelled.
remain lax-vowelled
in a l l
forms.
ii..
The i s n
syllabic
d i s t r i b u t i o n v a r i e s between
2 and 4 .
iii.
The i s n
endings are:
TCE;
AVE;
ACE
iv.
and
(few nouns),
The esn s u f f i x e s a r e :
/-ta/,
/ - e t / and / - a t / ,
v.
The i p n / e p n s u f f i x e s a r e :
vi.
The t o n a l pattern i s :
f
isn
:
h/h
to 1 .
vii.
esn
:
ipn
:
epn
:
The d . a . n .
h / 1 to h .
f
h / 1 to h .
f
h / 1 to h .
TCE isn a r e :
/-aan/
:
that
/-i/
:
this.
The d . a . n .
viii.
/-ai/-aik/.
AVE isn a r e :
/ - anaan/
:
t h a t
/-•ani/
:
this
The p l u r a l d . a . n .
-
takes:
/-chuun/
:
those
/-chu/
:
t h e s e ; in the epn
after
the removal
of
the
final / k / .
CHAPTER 5
PLURAL
Class 6 . 1
NOUN
SUFFIXES ( c o n t i n u e d )
(-et/-etik)
nouns behave as
Noun L ^ t
30
follows:
65
isn
esn
inn
epn
ACE/AVE
(teg-a-iyiaan
(t£g-a hi
breast
-eet
-eet
-etik
hh
lh
llh
suun-ta
-t-eet suun-et
suun-etik
hi
hh
lhh
fat
26.1.
lh
Class 6 . 1 Plural Noun Characteristics:
i.
ii.
The tonal pattern i s :
isn
:
h to 1 ,
esn
:
h to h .
ipn
:
1 to h.
epn
:
1 to h .
The d . a . n . isn are:
/-anaan/-ta-anaan/ and
/-ani/ta-ani/ and /-chuun/-chu/ After
the removal of / k / of the enn.
26.11.
Class 6 . I I (-ot/-otik) nouns behave as follows:
Noun List 31
isn
esn
ipn
enn
-eet
-oot
-ootik
hh
lh
llh
-eet
-oot
-ootik
AVE/ACE
(kurg-a-iyiaan
(kurp-a
f
hlh
door
iil-at/iil-a
f
f
hhh 1
III.
lightning
h h
f
h h
hflh
Class 6 . I I Plural Noun Characteristics:
i.
ii.
The above words are tense-vowelled in all forms,
The syllabic distribution is 2 and 3 where
/-yan/ is applicable,
iii.
iv.
v.
The isn endings are AVE or ACE.
The esn suffix is /-et/.
The ipn/epn suffixes are /-oot/-ootik/.
words are not enough to give all class characteristics.
Their characteristics follow the patterns already explained.
66
vi.
vii.
viii.
The tonal pattern i s :
isn
:
h to h / 1 .
f
h / h to h .
f
esn
:
ipn
:
h /h to h .
f
epn
:
h / I to h .
The d . a . n . isn are:
/-anaan/ 1
:
that
/-ani/
:
this,
The plural d . a . n . takes /-chuun/ and /-chu/
after the disappearance of the final / k / .
26.IV.
The following group of nouns requires some additional
explanation.
nouns.
This is the -uut/-ut and -uutik/-utik ipn/epn
From the Enplish-Swahili-Kalenjin Nouns list at
the Appendix there are thirty-one nouns which belong to
Class 6 . I l l in the first thirty or so pages i . e . from
the word 'accident' to the word ' i d e a ' .
The noun kuuntit
(brain s t u f f ) with its i-pn/epn in -uut/-uutik seems to
be the only one which is not from a verbal origin.
Termemuutyet (blister) and peeruutyet (cicatrice) could
have had verbal beginnings.
Out of thirty-one nouns these
three do not clearly show their verbal sources.
eight come from verbs.
Twenty-
These derived verbal nouns belong
to the 'thing-done' group of nouns.
When, say, someone
hits (maas) me the hit spot if it swells out is referred
to as maas-uut-yet (the result of h i t t i n g ) ,
(peel
:
burn) is the burnt spot,
is the thing heard, etc.
in Class 6 . I I I .
peel-uut-yet
kas-uut-yet (kas
:
hear)
There are many such verbal nouns
Almost every transitive verb imperative
(2nd person s g . ) has a Class 6 . I l l noun.
The intransitive
verbs (3rd person s g . ) too have Class 6 . I l l nouns.
These
arise because of the direction signified by the action,
ner (be f a t ) , ner-u : he fattens/grows up.
This /-u/
^In the case of lightning : i i l a t , the d . a . n . is derived
from i i l a (and not from i i l a t ) .
i i l a seems to be the
regular i s n .
67
suffix is directional.
speaker.
It refers the action back to the
There are other intransitive verbs which take
the /-u/ s u f f i x e . g .
mee
:
die;
mnyan :
i-twaal
roee-u
:
be i l l ; mnyan-u :
:
jump;
he becomes readily available.
he becomes i l l towards
the speaker.
i-twaal-u : he jumps towards the
speaker.
From the /-u/ (the speaker's) suffix the thing-done verbal
nouns are formable e . g . mee-uut-yet, mnyan-uut-yet and
kaa-twaal-uut-yet, etc.
Class 6 . I l l nouns from intransitive
verbs are not very much in daily use.
Class 6 . I l l (-uut/-uutik) nouns behave as follows:
Koun List 32
vimt 1
isn
esn
ipn
e£n
ACE/AVE
maa
maa-uut-y-a
.2
-y-et
maa-uut -uutik
h
hfll
hlh
hhf
hhh
saa-uut-y-a
-y-et
-uut
-uutik
spread in the
sun
saa
h
pray
laa
h
carry on the
back
naa
h
delay
rat
h
tie
sas
h
despise
ng'at
h
1
advise
f
f
hfll
h lh
hh
laa-uut-y-a
-y-et
-uut
f
f
h lh
hh
naa-uut-y-a
-y-et
-uut
f
-uutik
f
h ll
f
hhh
hhh
-uutik
f
hhh
h ll
h lh
hh
rat-uut-y-a
-y-et
-uut
-uutik
hll
hlh
hhf
hhh
sas-uut-y-a
-y-et
-uut
-uutik
hll
hlh
ng'at-uut-y-a -y-et
hll
hlh
hh
f
hhh
-uutik
-uut
hh
f
vimt stand for 'verb imperative; t r a n s i t i v e ' .
N . O . P . , p . i i i , fn.
2
See footnote 1 and 2, next page.
hhh
See
am
am-uut-y-a
h
eat
-y-et
-uut
f
-uutik
hll
hlh
hh
maas-uut-y-a
-y-et
-uut
-uutik
h ll
hflh
hhf
hhh
-uut-y-a
-y-et
-uut
-uutik
11
hlh
hhf
hhh
-uut-y-a
-y-et
-uut
-uutik
11
hlh
hhf
hhh
konor
-uut-y-a
-y-et
-uut
-uutik
lh
11
hhlh
hhf
hhh
-uut-y-a
-uutyet^
-uut
-uutik
11
hlh
hhf
hhh
-uut-y-a
-uutyet
-uut
-uutik
maas
h
hit
nai
h
know
ker
h
key/shut
keep
ken
h
kid
til
h
knife, v.
i-ng'uruuch
llhf
keel
f
11
hh
hlh
f
i-tyaar
kaa-tyaar-uut-y-a
i-laal
lh
kindle
i-leet
lh
knit
3
hhh 1
kaa-guiyA-uut-y-a
kick
hhh
kaa-ng1 uruug-uut-y-a
i-guuiyen
f
h h understand
lh
hhh
hhhll
hh 11
kaa-laal-•uut-y-a
hhfH
kaa-leet-uut-y-a
hh 11
There are two ways of deriving the esn.
If it is
derived from the isn then /-y-et/ is used.
But if
it is derived from the verb imperative (2nd person
singular) then /-uutyet/ is used.
i
esn, ipn and epn take /-uutyet/, /-uut/ and /-uutik/
respectively,
/kaa/ prefixes emanate, in most cases,
from Class 2 verbs.
69
iponp'roony
kaapong' goong' -uut-y-a
(esn, ipn and epn derivations are the sane
as the ahove).
26.V.
Class 6 . I l l Plural Noun Characteristics:
i.
Tense-vowelled verbs are made lax-vovelled
by /-uut/,
/-uutyet/, /-uut/ and
/-uutik/ in all forms,
ii.
The syllabic distribution is determined by the
number of syllables of each imperative verb
(2nd person singular),
iii.
iv.
The isn ending is either:
/-uut/
:
ACE
/-uutya/
:
AVE ° r
The esn suffix is /-uutvet/ (suffixed to
an imperative verb),
v.
The ipn/epn suffixes are:
/-uut/-uutik/.
The isn, esn, ipn and epn from 2nd person
imperative verbs with an initial / i / has
initial
vi.
/kaa/.
The tonal pattern i s :
isn
vii.
viii.
:
h to 1 .
esn
h to h.
ipn
h to h f .
epn
h to h .
The d . a . n . isn are
/-na&n/:
that (-uutva-na*n).
/-ni/ :
this (-uutya-ni).
The plural d . a . n . takes (-chuun/ and /-chu/
70
after the removal of the final / k / .
ix.
A verb imperative has more than one
derived isn.
Fxamples:
vimt
isn
isn
nai
nao
nauut
h
know
kn.s
h
27.
knowing
hi
kaso
hear
ker
h
lh
lh
kasuut
hearing
hi
Class 7-1
lh
'thing' heard,
keruut
kero
shut
'thing' known,
hi
shutting
' t h i n f ' shut
(-u/-uuic)noiins behave as follows:
Noun List 33
isn
esn
lpn
epn
ACE
mat uubaar-yaan
f
hlh h
Pw.
Brick
mermer-yaen
hhh
yeast
hlh h
hlh h
hlh f h
-eat
-u
-uuk
f
hhl
-aat
Sw. proundnut
I.
-uuk
-u
f
hhh
inychuk-yaan
lhh
-aat
hhh
-uuk
-u
hhh
lhl
lhh
Class 7 . 1 Plural Noun Characteristics:
i.
Tense- or lax-vowelled isn remain tense- or
lax-vowelled in all the four forms,
ii.
The syllabic distribution of the isn is 3
or more.
*See naras.
3^ and 35:
Noun Derivation.
its own esn, ipn and epn suffixes.
Each isn has
71
iii.
The isn endinp is:
/-yan/
:
ACE.
iv.
The esn suffix is / - a t / ,
v.
The inn/epn suffixes are:
vi.
vii.
/-u/-uk/-uuk/.
The tonal pattern i s :
isn.
h or 1 to h .
esn
h or 1 to h .
ipn
h or 1 to 1 .
epn
h or 1 to h .
The d . a . n . isn are:
/-ta-nan/
:
/-ta-ni/
:
that;
.
and
this suffixed
to the isn.
viii.
The plural d . a . n . takes /-chuun/ and /-chu/.
These are suffixed to the epn after
27.11.
the removal of the epn final / k / .
2
Class 7 . I I (~un /-uuk) nouns behave as follows:
Noun List 31*
isn
esn
ipn
epn
1
kiy
hf
thing
kiit
tup-uun
tug-uuk
h
hh
nuk-yaan
nuk-ysat
nup-uun
hh
kind of wild fruit
III.
i.
hh
hh
f
f
hh
nug-uuk
hh
Class 7 . I I Plural Noun Characteristics:
Tense- or lax-vowelled isn (kiv : thing
is irregular) remains tense- or lax-vowelled
in a l l four forms.
I
2
f
f
' k i y ' h : requires a h a l f / y / but chii h
(person)
does not need / y / .
The nominative ipn has /-un/ but the absolute has
/-uun/.
72
111.
The syllabic distribution is one or two.
iv.
IV.
The isn endings (of above 2 words) are:
/ i / or / y /
:
TVE/TCE
/-ya/
:
ACE
The esn suffixes are:
/-it/ and / - a t / .
v.
vi.
The ipn/epn suffixes are:
/-un/-uuk/.
The tonal pattern i s :
isn
h to h .
esn
h to h.
ipn
h to h f .
h to h.
vii.
vin.
The d . a . n . isn are:
/-aan/-an/
:
that (ki-aan : that thing);
/-ta-nan/
:
that;
/-ii/
:
t h i s ( k i i 1 : this thing) and
/-ta-ni/
:
this.
The plural d . a . n . takes /-chuun/-chu/ in the
epn after the removed of / k / .
p
^
28.
Class 8 (-wak /-wakik ) nouns behave as follows:
Noun List 35
isn
esn
ipn
-ta
hfhh
TCE
-waagik
tyen, vn.
. f
h
song
b h
-waak
f f
hh1
ng'elyep
-ta
-waak
-waagik
hh
hlh
llhf
llhh
teng'gek, vni.
-ta
-waak
-waagik
hh
hlh
llhf
llhh
tongue
sin
^'kiit'
f
esn (thing) is ' k i i t a '
(Nandi).
If / u / is used instead of /w/ /-waak/-waagik/ then
the suffixes are /-uaak/-uaap:ik/.
Intervocalic medial / k / becomes a guttural / g / .
73
?
amit, vn.
hh
food
llh
panit, vn.
hh
f
llhh
-vaagik
-vaak
charm
llh
melel, vn.
f
hh
-vaagik
-vaak
-ta
llhh
-vaagik
-vaak
hlh
thirst
f
llh
f
llhh
VE
-et/-ta
kooi
h liver
28.1.
f
f
h h
h h
-vaarik
-vaak
f f
hh
h f hh
Class 8 Plural Noun Characteristics:
i.
Tense- or lax-vovelled isn are lax-vovelled
in the ipn and epn.
ii.
iii.
The isn syllabic distribution is 1 or 2.
The isn endings are:
TCF end TVE.
iv.
The esn endings are:
/-ta/
/-et/ and /?-it 2 /
v.
The ipn/epn suffixes pre /-vaak (-uaak)/
and /-veagik (-uaapik)/.
vi.
The tonal pattern i s :
isn
:
esn
ipn
epn
vii.
The d . a . n .
mainly h to h.
f
h or h' to h.
f
f
h or 1 to h .
f
h or 1 to h.
isn are:
/-an/
:
that
/—i/
:
this,
amit hh and
amit/ panit hh ( s i n r ) . do not take the
d.a.n.
^ a n d i use
suffixes.
'kocita' vhereas Fipsigiis use
'amit' hh (food) is both _isn and (?esn).
'kooiet'.
lb
viii.
The plural d . a . n . is as at para. 2 T . H . v i i i »
29.
Class 9-1
(-e/-ek or AVE/-ek) nouns behave as
follows:
Noun List 36
esn
ipn
epn
or-yean
-aat
-e
-eek
lh
lh
isn
ACE
ash
-aat
nes-yaan
lh
coal
lh
puut-yaan
lh
elephant
maas-yean
lh
sisal fibre
paant-yaan
lh Sw.
maize
moop-chaan
lhh
pumpkin
ng'eent-yaan
hh
seed
ting'oo-iyiaan
hlh
colds(nose)
lh
-aat
lh
-aat
lh
-aat
hh
-aat
flour
11
hh
lh
-eek
-e
11
lh
-eek
-e
11
lh
-eek
-e
11
lh
-eek
-e
hi
hh
-eek
-e
hi
1 2
hhf
hlh
lh
-eek
-e
hh
\eswaan ( i s n ) becomes kesui (ipn)
replaced by / u / .
2
11
-i '
-aat
lh
-eek
-e
-aat
-aat
pus-yaan
hh Sw.
-aat
hh
bean
kesw-aan
hh
-aat
lh
hair
peel-yaan
lh
11
ting'ooa
hll
pus -yo
hh
hh
-eek
hhf
-ek
hlh
-eek
f
hh f
i . e . /w/ is
Some i^n of this group could be confused with i£n of
Class 2 . 1 and 2 . I I or Class 5 or even Class 1 0 . I
because of the final / i / of the ipn.
75
AVE
aar-wa
f
-eet
-eek
-e
f
h h
h l
hfh
kaat-a
-eet
kaat-^a
-y-ek
lh
lhf
hh
hh
h l
cub
arms(weapon)
29.1.
f
Class 9 . 1 Plural Tfoun Characteristics:
i.
Tense- or lax-vowelled isn keep their vocalic
qualities in all forms,
ii.
iii.
The isn syllabic distribution is 2 or more,
The isn endings are:
ACE end AVE.
iv.
The esn endings are:
/-ta/-et/.
v.
The ipn suffixes are
/-e/ or any other vowel,
vi.
The tonal pattern i s :
isn
:
1 or h to h.
esn
:
1 / h to h.
ipn
epn
vii.
f
1 / h to 1 or hf or h .
1 / h to h or h .
The isn d . a . n . are:
/-van/ ending takes /-ta-naan/
/-ta-ni/
/-a/ ending takes /-anaan/ and /-ani/.
viii.
29.II.
The plural d . a . n . is as at para. 2 7 . I I . v i i i -
Class 9 . I I (TCE/-ek) nouns behave as follows:
Noun List 37
isn
esn
ipn
epn
-y-aat lh
zero
-eek lh
suffixes
ACE
nes-y-aan"^ lh
coal
^This isn appears at t>ara. 29(Class 9 . 1 ) as well.
ipn at C I . 9 . 1 is the nominative case.
76
tvaal-y-aan
f
h h
-y-aat
f
bell
tvaal
-ek
f
h h
h
kerich-aan
-aat
kerich
-eek
hhh
hhh
hh
hhh f
np'uunp'uny-aan
-aat
ng'uunc'unv
-eek
hhh
hhh
hhf
hhh f
ng'atat-y-aan
-y-aat
ng 'at at
-eek
hhh
llh
lh
llhf
oontiir-y-a
-y-et
ontiir
-ek
hfll
h f lh
hhf
hhh
-y-et
keechiir
-ek
h f lh
hhf
hhh
drug
soil
mud
hh
TCE//VF
boil
kechiir-y-a
f
h 11 sheep
Class 9 • ! ! Plural Noun Characteristics:
III.
Tense- or lax-vowelled isn remain tense- or
lax-vowelled in all forms.
11.
iii.
iv.
v.
The isn syllabic distribution is 2 or more.
The isn endings are - /CE and TCE/AVE.
The esn endings are /-at/ and /-et/.
There are no ipn suffixes,
ipn are basic.
The epn suffix is /-ek/.
vi.
The tonal nattern i s :
isn
1 to h or h/h
esn
misc. to h.
ipn
epn
Vll.
to 1 / h .
f
misc. to h/h .
1 / h to h/h f .
The isn d . a . n . take:
/-ta-naan/
( i f it has /-an/ ending),
/-ta-ni/
/-naan/ and /-ni/ ( i f it has /-a/ ending),
Vlll.
The -plural d . a . n .
is as at p a r a . l 8 . I I . v i i i .
77
29.IV.
Class 9 . I l l
(ACE/-ek) nouns behave as follows:
Noun List 38
isn
esn
ipn
epn
-ta
1
-an
, 1
-eek
-ta
hh f
2
-v-en
hfh
2 .
-y-eek
hh
hhf
TCE
koong'
vf
h
hh
eye
keel
h
f
hfh
foot/leg
V.
Class 9 . I l l Plural Noun Characteristics:
i.
Tense- or lax-vowelled isn remain tense- or
lax-vowelled in all forms,
ii.
The isn syllabic distribution (of the two words
above) is 1.
iii.
iv.
v.
The isn ending is TCE.
The esn suffix is / - t a / .
The ipn suffixes are /-an/ and /-en/.
The epn suffix is /-ek/.
vi.
The tonal pattern i s :
f
isn
:
monosyllabic h
dissyllabic h to h.
f
dissyllabic h to h .
f
dissyllabic h to h.
esn
ipn
epn
vii.
viii.
30.
The isn d . a . n . takes:
/-aan/
:
that.
/-. i/
:
this,
The plural d . a . n .
Class 1 0 . I
is as at para. 1 8 . I I . v i i i .
(TVE-i/-ik) nouns behave as follows:
Noun List 39
"Vng'/ of 'koDng' becomes / n / before /-ta/ (esn) and
/ny/ in the ipn/epn. See Notes en Phonology: / n g ' /
before / t / .
2
/ l / of ' k e e l ' calls $or a / y / glide in the ipn/epn.
78
isn
esn
ipn
karst-yaan
-aat
-i
-iik
llh
llh
111
llh
ACE
blood
kechee-iy-iaan
-aat
llh
llh
lh
-aat
-i
star
paang'k-yaan
f
h h Sw.
f
bhang
h
Sw.
-iik
h l
-aat
-i
f
paint
llh
f
h h
raang'k-y&an
f
-ik
-iik
f
h h
hfh
hfh
h l
Class 1 0 . 1 Plural Noun Characteristics!
i.
Tense- or lax-vowelled isn remain the same
in all forms,
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
The isn syllabic distribution is 2 or 3/U.
The isn ending is ACE
The esn suffix is /-at/,
The ipn have no suffixes.
They retain the
/ i / that precedes the isn /-an/.
The epn suffix is / - i k / .
vi.
The tonal pattern is:
isn
vii.
1 to h or h
f
to h
to h.
esn
l/h
ipn
l / h f to 1 .
epn
l / h f to h.
The isn d . a . n . takes:
/-ta-naan/ and /-ta-ni/.
viii.
11.
The plural d . a . n . is as at nara. l 8 . I I . v i i i .
Class 1 0 . 1 1
(TCE/-ik) nouns behave as follows
Noun List Uo
79
isn
esn
ipn
epn
-et
saamuuny
-ik
TCE
saamuuny
hi
ant
f
hlh
lb
saaraar
-y-et
saaraar
-ik
hi
hlh
lfc*
lhh
taaburbuur
-y-et
taeburbuur
-ik
hfhl
h f hlh
hflhf
hflhh
tugaatuk
f
hh 1 door-frame
-y-et
f
hh lh
tugaatuk
-ik
hhh
hhhh
iyvaak
-et
iyvaak
-ik
11
llh
lh
lhh
togeet
togooch
-ik
lh
llh
togooch lh
-ik llh
moor h
-ik lh
-y-et
f
h h
pook
-ik
h
hh
-aat
soos
-ik
lh
h
lh
koong'aany-aan
-aat
koong'aany
-ik
llh
llh
lh
llh
tooloong'-iaan
-i-aat
tooloong'
-ik
llh
llh
lh
llh
lagen-iaan vn.
-aat
lagen
f
-ik
hhh
hhh
hh
hhh
kiirvaag-iin vn.
-iin-t-et
kirwaak
-ik
llh
lllh
lh
llh
kaamut-iin vn.
-iin-t-et
kaamut
-ik
llh
lllh
lh
llh
dove
butterfly
cow
togoch/tog-n.
hh
hi
face
hh
lhh
AVE
tog-a hi
face
raoor-ta lh
crust
pook-y-a
f
h 1 honey-comb
togeet hh
moorteet lh
f
ACE
soos-yaan
lh
f
brush
crane
crumb
cinder
chief
chaperon
80
30.III,
Class 10.11 Plural Noun Characteristics:
Tense- or lax-vowelled isn (except toga :
i.
face) remain the same in all forms.
The isn syllabic distribution is 2 or 3.
ii.
The isn endings are TCE, AVE and ACE.
iii.
The esn endings are /-et/ and /-at/.
iv.
The ipn have no suffixes.
v.
In the case of
TCE isn the ipn have;differrr.t-tones.
The
epn suffix is / - i k / .
The tonal pattern i s :
VI.
vn,
:
l / h / h f to l/h.
esn
:
l / h / h f to h / h f .
ipn
£
l / h / h f to h / h f
epn
:
1/h/h
to h .
The isn d . a . n . takes:
VI11.
IV.
isn
/-anaan/-ani/
(TCE) t h a t / t h i s ,
/-naan/-ni/
(AVE) t h a t / t h i s ,
/-ta-naan/-ta-ni/
(ACE) that/this.
The Plural d . a . n . is as at para. l 8 . I I . v i i i .
Class 1 0 . I l l
(ACE:-in/-ik) nouns behave as
follows:
Noun List Ul
isn
esn
ipn
epn
-it
-in
-iik
TCE
chaat
h
hind leg
iit
f
h
ear
weer
. f
h
son
kwaany
f
h
woman
f
lh
lh
-it
-in
f
hh
lh
-iit
-in
f
f
lhf
-iik
lhf
-iik
hfh
h h
hh
-n-ta
-in
-iik
lh
hhf
hfh
81
tyaany
-n-ta
hf
hh
lhf
hh f
koonp'
-n-ta.
-in
-iik
hf
hh
lh
lhf
ng'ook
-ta
-in
-iik
hf
hh
lhf
lhf
-aat
-in
-iik
beast
hole
dog
-ng'-in
-iik
ACE
chuumbi-aan
f
salt
f
h h
hh
kaalyaan f ' -aan
-aat
-in
h h
f
h lh
f
house-fly
f
f
hfh
-iik
f
h lh
hhh
tyeen-iin vn.
f
lh
singer
-iin-t-et
lhh
tyeen-in
f
lh
-iik
f
lh
yeeng'-iin vn.
-iin-t-et
yeen/r'-in
-iik
lhf
lhh
lhf
lhf
chaain-iin vn.
-iin-t-et
chaam-in
-iik
lhf
lhh
lhf
lhf
-at
kaar-in
f
hh
-iik
f
h h
butcher
lover
hhh
TVE
ka
h
house/indoors,
isn
30.V.
h
Class 1 0 . I l l Plural Noun Characteristics:
i.
Tense- or lax-vowelled isn (except chaatin)
remain the same in a l l forms,
ii.
The syllabic distribution at the isn is between
1 and 3.
iii.
iv.
The isn endings are TCE, ACE and TVE.
The esn endings are:
/-at/, /-ta/, /-et/
and / - i t / .
v.
vi.
The ipn/epn suffixes are /-in/-ik/.
The tonal pattern i s :
isn
:
h /h (monosyllabics)
h f or 1 to h*7h.
82
esn
vii.
h/l/h
ipn
to h .
f
1 / h to h*
epn
l/h/hf to hf/h.
The isn d . a . n . takes:
/-aan/ (that) and /-i/ ( t h i s ) , TCE.
/-ta-naan/-ta-ni/, ACE.
/-aanZ-i/ 1 , TVE.
viii.
31.
o
/a/ .
The plural d . a . n . is as at para. l 8 . I I . v i i i .
There are few plural nouns (epn) which end in vowel
.
The following nouns are regular at the epn.
Chei
(milk) is regular in all four forms.
In the English-
Swahili.-:Kalenoin Nouns these irregulars 3re< ienodieo
I.
11.
Vowel Ending epn
Noun List h2
isn
esn
ipn
epn
tany
teeta
tuch )
tuuga
tich3)
cattle
lh
h/h
lh
no
neega
h
lh
aaraan
f,
h h
sheep/goat
aarteet
(che-ijraan)
(che-i^aat)
che-i
cheega
lh
lh
1
lh
chiita
piich
piik/piiga
lh
h
h
milk
chii
person
1,
2
3
k a ' , becomes
lh
'ko-i-aan'
f
(kciaan) and 'koi'
hfh
(house).
Jfaaleenychiin is often referred to as a TK language.
/ T / is for the esn and / K / for the epn.
See para.
lU and w . L . U2.
/ i / of tich is between tense and lax.
83
Vovel Ending epn Character!sties:
Vowel qualities are tense or lax at both the
isn/esn; and tense or lax at the ipn/epn but there
are different vowels or different consonants
at the ipn/epn.
11.
The syllabic distribution of the isn is either
1 or 2.
iii.
iv.
v.
The isn endings are ACE and TVE.
The esn endings are /-at/, /-et/ and /-ta/.
The inn have no suffixes.
Completely different
words are introduced at the irn (except c h e i ) .
The epn are formed ^rom the ipn by suffixing
/ a / to the ipn.
There are various modifications
before the epn is realised.
vi.
Examples:
ipn
Crude epn
Peal epn
tuch/tich
tuucha
tuuga 1
h
l'i
lh
no
nok/noa
neega
h
h
lh
piich
piich"
piik/niiga
h
hlh
h
hfh
The tonal pattern is:
f
(monosyllabics) h" .
f
isn
(dissvilabics) h /I to h.
esn
1 to h / h f .
inn
(monosyllabics) h/h.
epn
vii.
1 to h .
The isn d . a . n .
tany
takes /-aan/-i/ : isn'1
A final verbal / c / on derivation becomes /g/ intervocally.
This is not so with the d . a . n . . t u c a / p i i c a are heard
in questions.
p
'tany' and ' c h i i ' isn take the adjectival suffixes
whereas 'aarteet' (less -eet) esn takes the adjectival
suffixes.:
i.e.
aart-aanaan l h h .
8k
tany-aan
:
that cow.
tany-i_
:
this cow.
aarteet takes /-aanaan/-ani/
chii
viii.
:
esn
aart-aanaan
:
that goat,
aart-aani
:
this goat,
takes /-ch-aan/-ch-i/
:
isn
chii-ch-aan
:
that person,
chii-ch-i
:
this person,
'neega' epn etc. takes its d . a . n . thus:
'ne-chaan' and 'ne-chu'.
In the four epn above
/-ga/ is displaced by the d . a . n . suffixes.
Possessives omit / a / i . e .
neek-yaak (our goats).
COMPOUND NOUNS
2
32.
In this study compound nouns are taken to mean those
nouns which are formed (compounded) when two or
more words (or their root bases) join together to
form one word which gives one meaning.
The following
l i s t is made UD of examples of compound nouns.
See
epn (compound nouns) in the English-SwahiliKalenjin Nouns,
epn are many with verbal nouns.
Noun List
meaning
epn
branch(of roads)
sach-ooraan
o
class
1.1
Compounding words
branch, v. + road, n.
f
lh l
^There is a / c h / glide to get to the d . a . n . of ' c h i i ' .
2
Affixes, particles and formatives (such as those at
p a r a . l ) and ma/ma (not) negative prefix do not qualify
to fonr. compound nouns when they are joined to words.
3
In this Noun List the hyphen is inserted to show the
components of compounded nouns.
85
branch(of
rivers)
day(mid-day)
1.I
meet, v . + water, n.
l.II
day, n . + middle, n.
1.1
listen, v.+ e a r , n.
2.I
wind, v.+ s t i c k , n.
tuuiya-bei
hhl
peet-kween
lh
discipline
kas-iit
11
distaff(of
blood)
naa-geetyet
drove
ng'aanymetyeet
U.III
uncover, v . + head, n.
fire-place
koitaa(p)ma
l.III
stone, n.+ of + fire,
1.1
fool, v.+ d e v i l s , n.
l.III
hole, n.+ head, n.
2.1
road, n . + narrow, ad j,
l.II
clever, adj. + belly,
1.1
divide, v.+ mouth, n.
1.1
surround, v . + water, n
llh
llh
fool
kipebus-aai
lhhl
fountain-head
koonta-met
hhh
oor-mariich
gate
hhl
ng'aamkeinateet
guile
hhlh f
hare-lip
chee(p)sach-guut
lhl
island
ikweembeiyaat
hh f lh
I.
Each component of the above compound nouns (epn)
retains its own vowel harmony.
A lax-vowelled word
compounded with a tense-vowelled one keeps its lax quality
and vice versa.
In many cases the joining preposition
/aap/ ( o f ) or its /p/ has been absorbed or mutilated.
II.
From the above words verbs + nouns, nouns + nouns
and adjectives + nouns form compound nouns.
86
III»
A compound noun finds its own class and not
necessarily that of any of its components.
33.
Kaaleenychiin Plural Noun Classes (Summary)
Class Section p i .
,1
.1
suffixes
-ilya/-isyek
Examples
orii sy a/oriisyek
hll/hlh
.II
-osva/-osyek
interiors
meesoosya/meesoosyek
111/llh
.III
-usya/-usyek
tables
keteruusya/keteruusyek
1111/lllh
2.
.1
-oi/-ok
.II
-onoi/-onok
2
ng'echerooi/ng'echerook
llh/llh
3.
-wa/-wek
chairs
chooroonoi/chooroonook
hflhf/hflh
friends
2
ng' otwa/ng' otweek
f
hh/hh
.II
-owa/-owek
spears
metowa/metoweek
hll/hlh
,111
eaves
heads
-atinwa/-atinwek ooraatinwa/ooraatinweek
hflll/hfllhf
,IV
-uswa/-uswek
kuutuswa/kuutusweek
hfll/hflh
.1
-an/-anik
,
-en /-en ik
-in/-inik
-on/-onik
-un/-unik
(-unek)
fish
witnesses
tilaaloon/tilaaloonik
hhh f /hh f hh
.V
dug-outs
paaooriin/paaooriinik
hhfl/hhflh
.IV
a
inychi reen /iny chi reen i k
111/lllh
.III
mouths
maiing g& n/ D , a ii n £'gaanik
hhfl/hhflh
.II
roads
ferns
euun/euunek
hhf/hlh
hRnds
^The order in which this classification is based are the
f i r s t 300 Kalenjin words in the English-Swahili-Kalenjin
Nouns.
See N . O . P . , p . i x , bottom of the page.
2,
"Some
vowel suffixes are long and others are short,
we make them all short vowel suffixes.
Here
87
5.
-ai/-aik
k araas ai /k araas ai ik
hhhf/hhhhf
6.
.1
-et/-etik
tegeet/tegeetik
lh/llh
.II
-ot/-otik
chests
kurgoot /kurgoot ik
lh/llh
.III
-ut/-utik
entrances
rat uut/ rat uutik vn.
f
hh /hhh
7.
.1
-u/-uk
ribs
bunch
mat uub aaru/matuubaaruuk
hlhfl/hlhfh
.II
-un/-uk
tugun/tuguuk
hh /hh
8.
-wak/-vakik
things
1
ng elyeebwaak/ng' elyebwaagik
llh / l l h h
9.
.1
.II
-e/-ek(or anyother AVE)
TCE/-ek
10.
ACE/-ek
.1
TVE - i ( o r any
other vowel)
/-ik
tongues
ng'eente/ng' eenteek
hl/hh
beans
twaal/tvaalek
hf/hh
.III
bricks
bells
koonyan/koonyeek
f f
hh /h h eyes
karati/karati ik
111/111
blood
aAi/ai ik
hf/hhf
devils
taai/taaik
h/lh
.II
TCE/-ik
' f l y i n g ' ants
s aamuuny / s a amuunv i k
lhf/lhh
ants
88
.III
ACE:
-in/-ik
kiptooin/kiptooiik
f
f
lhh / l h h (male)
youths
kirwaagin/kirwaagik
11,
llhf/Hlh
Vowel Ending epn
chiefs.
isn
esn
ipn
epn
tany
teeta
tuch)
tich)
h/h
tuuga
h
f
cattle
lh
aaraan
f
h
aarteet
lh
no
lh
h sheep/goat
neega
f
lh
(cheiyaan)
(cheiji'aat)
chei
cheega
lh
lh
1
lh
chiita
piich
piik/piiga
lh
h
h
milk
chii
, f
h
person
CHAPTER
hfl/h
6
NOUN DERIVATION
3*+.
It h a s been seen
( s e e paras.
c e r t a i n p r e f i x e s are employed to
kip-kuetnaai
7
a n d
7 . 1 and 11^)
form n o u n s .
(narae)
that
iCxamples:
cheep-keemaai
lhh
(name)
lhh
kaap-kiirwaagiintet
f
h lllh
( c h i e f ' s home)
tap-sabei
f
lhh
(praise-nameJ
etc.
I.
Another way of d e r i v i n g nouns is
are of two kinds
or c l a s s e s .
from verbs.
Verbs
this d i v i s i o n of verbs is
ka&od on the verbal i n f i n i t i v e p r e f i x e s .
These verbal
infinitive
Examples:
p r e f i x e s are / k e e / and / k i i / .
/kee/
group
Infini tive
Imperative
isn
kee-maal
maal, virnt.
raaal-o
lh to l a b e l
h
lh
labelling.
89
kee-paiis
llh
t o work
paiisyen,
kereer,
kee-sal
sal,
lh
h
il,
lh
h
to break
kee-il
lh
to
il,
select
kee-iit
llh
kee-ur
lh
lh
lh
lh
h
to buy
kee-choorta
to
II
kii-gat
greet
to
suckle
kii-te
II
kii-chuchu
to
languish
kii-laas
isn
kaa-gaa-o
vimt.
llh
lh
llh
2
i-reerii,
caus.
llhf
vimi.
lh
i-chuchuu,
vimi.
llhf
i-laasun,
vimt.
delaying.
kaa-gat-o
vimt.
lh
i-tee,
t o lament
III
choorta-o
group
Inperative
i-gat,
kii-reeri
III
vimt.
landing.
i-gaa,
t o delay
lh to
lh buying,
choorten 1
/kii/
kii-ga
playing,
al-o
vimt.
land
Infinitive
peeping,
ur-o
vimi/t.
lh
lh
selecting,
iit-o
vimt.
to p l a y
al,
breaking,
il-o
vimt.
h
kee-al
lacquering,
il-o
vimi.
h
ur,
lacerating.
sal-o
virat.
iit,
to p e e p
working.
kerecr-o
vimt.
lh
kee-il
paiisyo
11
lh h
kee-gereer
f
llh
to lacerate
to lacquer
vimi.
f
greeting.
kaa-reeri-o
llh
suckling.
kaa-tee-o
llh
lamenting.
kaa-chuchu-o
llh
languishing.
kaa-laasun-o
llhh l a n d i n g .
lhfh
1
There are 7 verbal s u f f i x e s which show the d i r e c t i o n of
the v e r b a l action and from which nouns are d e r i v e d .
Gee p a r a . 3 5 . H «
lh to lattd
2
" A"l l
causative verbs
take tile
the //IXJ.A/
k i i / i n f i n i t i v e verbal marker
and some of their noun d e r i v a t i v e s take the / k a a / noun
prefix.
90
kii-uun
f
lh
to l a v e
i-uun,
kii-yaam
f
lh
to dry
i- yg.am,
II.
llh
lh
llh
isn.
and imperatives
take
brought
drying.
the / k e e / in the
the / - o / s u f f i x in the
/paiisy-en/ is irregular in
s u f f i x / - e n / is
laving,
kaa-yaam-o
caus.
The / k e e / i n f i n i t i v e * do away with
imperative
is
kaa-uun-o
virat.
that
the
done away with before
imperative
the /-o/ s u f f i x
in.
The / k i i / i n f i n i t i v e s , l i k e the / k e e / , d o away
with
the / k i i / in
take
:
first,
imperative
the imperative and the imperatives
the p r e f i x / k a a / (which d i s p l a c e s the
i n i t i a l marker / i / )
and s e c o n d l y ,
the / - o /
suffix.
The
/ k e e / and
a r e c a l l e d Class 1
ana
the / k i i / groups
i n f i n i t i v e verbs
and C l a s s 2 r e s p e c t i v e l y by Tucker
Bryan.
A.
35.
2)
of
V e r b a l Nouns
The isn derived from the above verbs (Class 1 and
are v e r b a l nouns.
under
the
four ( i s n ,
S e e para.
esn,
ipn,
26.V.ix.
epn)
Verbal nouns
forms from some of
the above and other i s n have other nouns as follows:
Noun h i s t k^t
isn
esn
iHL
raaal-o
maal-eet
f
lh
maal-oosya
mal-oosyek
111
llh
paisy-eet
paisy-oosya
paisy-oosyek
llh
1111
lllh
kaareery-et
kaareery-oosya
lh
labelling
paiisy-o
111 work,
n.
kaareery-o
llh
suckling
llh
kaareery-oosyek
1111
Hlh
koo-o
koo-eet
koo-oosya
koo-oosyek
lh
lhf
111
Hh
choortaa-o
choortaa-et
choortaa-oosya
llh
llh
1111
lading
landing
choortaa-oosyek
Hlh
_
91
choorun-et
f
llh
choorun-oosva
choorun-oosyek
1111
lllh
raorii-o
raarii-et
raarii-oosva
ranrii-oosyek
llh
llh
1111
lllh
choorun-c
llh
landing
laughing
raary-aan
raary-aat
f f
f
h h
laughter h h
raary-oosye
raary-oosyek
hfll
h f lh
ureeren-o
ureeren-oosva
ureeren-oosyek
llhll
llhlh
llh*» larking
ureeren-et
OAhf
ureeren-iin
ureereniinureeren-in
t-et
ureeren-ik
lllh
llllh
lllh
larker
ureerv-o
111
ureerv-oosyek
ureery-eet
lark
chaariirec-o
llhh
lllhf
lazing
llh
ureery-oosyn
1111
chaariirenchaariireneet
oosya
f
llhh
llhll
chsariirenien
chaariirenchaariiren
iaat
f
f
hh lh
hh f lh
lazy
nerson
lllh
chaariirencosyek
llhlh
chaariiren-ik
hhhf
hhhh
kapntoo-o
kranto-et
kaento-oosya
kaantoo-oosyck
llh
llh
1111
lllh
kaantooiint-et
kaantoo-in
lee ding
kaantoo-iin
llh
35-I-
leader
lllh
kaantoo-ik
•p
llh'
llh
From the above nouns (laughter, lark and leader)
the Kipsigiis "thing laughed" (laughter), "thing larked"
( l a r k ) and the "thing leading" (leader) are expressed
by means of derived nouns of the same verb imcerative.
II.
As has been stated (see para.
31*, verb: land)
the following (l-7) are verbal suffixes that give rise
^ n y other verbal noun with /-o/ ending behaves like
the above.
They all belong to Class l . I I .
Laughing (raariiet) and laughter (raarvaat) have
different forms of derivation.
92
to verbal nouns*
Foun List
5
V_erb imperati ve
transitive
i_sn_
maal
label/mud
rsal-o
label as you come
in this direction
maal-aanun-o
label as ynu go in
that direction
(?m*al-aaten-o)
1.
maol-aanun
f
lh h
2.
maal-aaten
lhfh
3. maal-chin
llhh
label for him
lh
1+. inaal-maal
lh
5. maal-sen
maal-ten
lh
7. maal-un
label repeatedly
(verb imp. is
duplicated)
maal-maal-o
be engaged in
labelling
maal-so
11
label
towards
that direction
maal-taa-o
lfbel towards this
direction
maal-un-o
lh
Verb imperative
intransitive
tebaaten
sit
lhfh
tebaat-aanun
sit as vcu move
in this direction
tebaat-aaten
sit as you move
in that direction
tebaat-eeehin
tebaatebaaten
lhhh f h
tebaat-aanun-o
(?tebaat-aaten-o)
lllhh
sit for it (take
pains at i t )
tebaat-eechin-o
11llhh
lhhh f h
U.
tebaat-o
lllhh
lhh f h
3.
maal-iin/maal-uut
llh
lhh f h
2.
llh
llh
Other isn:
1.
maal-chin-o
llh
lh
6.
llhh
sit and sit and
sit repeatedly
?tcbaatebaaten-o
llllhh
93
5.
6.
(-sen)
tep-te^rn
(missing)
sit/stay in that
tertae-o
manner
lh
llh
7. teb-uun
sit towards this
direction
lh
tebuun-o1
llh
Other isn:
(atep/ateb-o£
(eteb-wa
intransitive
ru
sleep
ru-o/rwo
h
1.
h
ru-aanun
hfh
2.
ru-aaten
sleep as you come
in this direction
ru-aanun-o
pih
sleep as you go
in that direction
C)
3
hfh
3.
ru-chiin
sleep for it
ru-chiin-o
lh
llh
U. ru-na-ru
sleep re-oeatedlv
ru-«a-ru-o/ruaarvo
llh
lhh
56.
(-sen)
ru-teen
(missing)
sleep in that
direction
ru-taa-o
llh
lh
7.
ru-uun
llh
sleep in this
directi on
ru-uun-o
llh
lh
Other isn:
ru-aan/ruu-iin
h
lhf
sleep/sleeper
intransitive
rur
h
be ready/mature
rur-o
lh
*These /-o/ ending isn behave as those at para. 35. above.
2
Doer-nouns end 'thing-done' isn have esn, ipn and epn.
^/-p.ten/ group sounds to be uncommon in JCirsigiis in
the isn etc.
9h
1.
rur-aanun
mature as you come rur-aanun-o
in this direction
llhh
lhfh
2.
rur-aaten
mature as you go
in that direction
?rur-naten-o
mature for it/him
rur-chiin-o
lhfh
3.
rur-chiin
lh
.
llh
rur-aa-rur
mature repea.tedly
rur-aa-ruur-o
lhhf
5.
llhh
(-sen)
6.
(missinp)
rur-teen
mature towards
that direction
rur-taa-o
lh
7.
llh
rur-uun
mature towards
this direction
rur-uun-o
llh
Other isn:
mir-an-iaan/rur-at/
hhh
hi
rur-uut
hi
35.III.
Under each verbal imperative (see pera.
there ere other isn,
35•II)
viz.
Noun List U6
naal-iin
lh
one who labels (smears).
f
maal-uut
•thing'
labelled.
f
h l
atep
state of staying ( s i t t i n r ) .
lh
ateb-wa
111
ateb-o
'place' vhich is well-situated
(well-seated).
staying
(sitting),
llh
ru-an
sleep.
h
ru-iin
lhf
one who sleeps deeply.
95
rur-at
hi
maturity (completion)
rur-uut hi
These
crop out of maturity
(above) isn verbal nouns behave as follows:
isn
esn
maal-iin
maal-iin-t-et
lh
f
maal-uut
f
epn
maal-iik
f
lhf
lhh
lh
maal-uut-y-et
maal-uut
f
h l
maal-in
h lh
hh
maal-uut-ik
f
hhh
f
atep lh
atep-ta l l h
(atehwaak)llh
ateb-wa
ateb-w-eet
ateb-w-oosya
ateb-w-oosyek
111
llh
1111
lllh
ru-an h
ru-an-ta lh
r u -•n•n lh f ruu-iin-t-et lhh
ru-an-wa. lh
f
ru-in lh
ru-an-wek lh
f
ruu-iik lh
rur-at
rur-at-eet
rur-et-oosya
rur-at-oosyek
hi
hlh
hill
hllh
rur-uut
rur-uut-y-et
rur-uut
rur-uut-ik
hi
hlh
hhf
hhh
IV.
(atebwaajsrik )llhh
The derived nouns above (N.L. Ufc-U6) show that Class 1
and Class 2 verbs, when they form nouns, take certain isn
formative suffixes, i . e . -o, -iin, -a, -an, -at, -ut and
-utya TCE.
-et and -ta.
The corresponding esn formative suffixes are:
The ipn/epn suffixes are:
-in/-ik, -ut/-utik and -waak/-wnagik.
-osya/-osyek,
These are the
formative suffixes that form nouns from verbs.
Class 1
verbs have other derivatives which are affected by means
of prefixation e . g . a-tep (from tebaaten : s i t ) ,
is formed by a prefix and a suffix.
a-tep-ta
Class 2 verbs too have
kaa-p-at-eet which is formed by a prefix and a suffix.
It is apparent, from the behaviour of the above
verbal nouns, that nouns derived from verbs fall under the
plural Classes and Sections which have been out-lined
above (paras. 18-31).
They also f a l l under the singular
isn (four) and esn ( f i v e ) classes.
See paras. 11-16.
Derived verbal nouns are predictable in tonal patterns
and noun Classes.
96
P^ Adjectival*
36.
Nouns
It appears as if Kaaleenychiin has no adjectives
in the English sense of what an adjective i s .
The
following sentences w i l l assist us to understand what
an a d j e c t i v a l equivalent is in the Kaaleenychiin.
Engli sh
Kaaleenychiin
2
3
c h i i / c h i i t a ne mnvee .
A good man
hf
lh
h
i
1,
A p r e t t y flower
taapto/taapteet ne
lhf
lh
An u r l y (bad)
girl
A wide river
hi
hfh
1
hi
lh
h
h
moorna/moorneet ne mur.
hfh
h
h
muryaan/muryaat n£ koraat.
lh
A d e a f woman
1
n g ' e e t a / n g ' e e t e e t ne ng'aam.
hfl
A b l i n d rat
lhf
syaati/syaatiit ne t i l i i l .
11
A dirty finger
h i
aina/aineet n£ tebees«
hfl
A clever boy
lh
oor/ooreet nt? mariich.
f
f
h
hh
1
hi
lh
A clean jnhirt
hh f h
1
tve/cheerta ne va .
h
A narrow read
karaaran.
lh
h
lh
kwaany/kwaanta ne m i i n g ' a a t .
hf
lh
h
^These are nouns formed from adjectives.
Some adjectives
are derived from verbs.
2
i s n / e s n take the adjectival phrases in the same manner.
Tones a r e ' i n the objective case.
The English equivalent would be: a man/human being
who is good.
n c / n e is influenced (made lax- or tense-vcwelled) by
the vowel duality of the word that comes after i t .
See Kalenjin Vowel Category Indicators by Taaitta
Toweett (197'+; mimeographed).
97
This is good
mnyee
h
f
m;
h
ni ko mnyee.
1
That is pretty
hf
h
karaaran naan;
hf
hh f h
naan ko karnaran.
That is bad (u/rly)
hh f h
h
1
va naan;
hf
h
naan ko ya .
l
Mpke
i t ) pretty/be
nretty
h
h
etc.
i -k ar a aran /k araar an -i i t un.
lhhh f h
llhh
Make
i t ) pood/be pood i-mnyeeit/mnvee-iitun.
f
l h !t
lh
Make
i t ) bad/be bad
i-vaaiit/ya-iitun.
•P
f
llh
lh'h
M^ke
i t ) narrow/be
narrow
i-ma.riich/narir-iitun.
llh f
lhh f h
Make
i t ) wide/be wide i-1ebees/t ebe e s-ii tun.
lhh f h
llhf
Make
Make
it)
it)
clean/be
clean
i-tiliil/tilil-iitun.
dirty/be
dirty
i-muriit/mur-iitun.
Make
it)
Make
i t ) blind/be
blind
Meke
it)
clever/be
clever
deaf/be
deaf
lhhh f h
llh
lhfh
llh
i-np' aamiit/np 1 aajn-iitun.
f
f
llh1
lh h
i-poorsii/kor .
llhf
h
1
i-miinr iit/miinp'-iitun •
f
lh f h
llh
From the above short sentences adjectival, phrase^
are:
98
ne rave
(i)
h
which is good,
1
n^ kp.rp.arfn
1
(ii)
which is prettv.
etc.
f
hh h
mr.ve; 3rd person
sing.
( i t is) goo*1,
kara^ran
( i t is) pretty,
f
hh h
(you) make it good.
i-rnyeiit
(iii)
llh
f
i_-karf>arp.n
(iv)
llhh
(you) m.pke it rrettv
(beautify).
f
The rlurn]s from the above are:
che mnvoch
1
which are good.
h
che karaaran
which pre prettv, «t ( i ) , pbove.
hhfl
rnyach
(they are) good.
h
karsaran
hhfl
(they » r e ) nrettv, at
J ( i i ) , "bovc.
Elsewhere the rlural is for /<">/ to renlace the
singular prefix / i / .
TI.
3 6 . l ( i i i ) . above.
Ho noun is formed from the adjectival phrases
at ( i ) above.
above.
Pee para.
Nouns are derivable from words at ( i i i )
The words (verbs) at ( i i i ) or with nronomin"!
p r e f i x /i-/
form nouns which h?ve i n i t i a l /kaa-/.
/kaa-/ displaces the pronominp.1 prefix / i - / .
Pee the
lp„st six words at pp.ra. 2 6 . I V .
III.
The
as at para.
suffixes.
'it is good' group of adjectival phrases
36.1.
( i i ) above takes the noun-forming
99
Examples:
Noun List UT
Adj.
phrases
isn
esn
mnye
mnyee-in
mnyee-in-ta
h f ( i t i s ) good
lh
lhh
karaaran
karaaran-in
f
lllh
prettmess
karaaran-in-ta
yaa-iit/-ya
f
hh 1 badness
yaaiit-y-eet/ya-in-ta
mariig-in-ta
hh ( i t i s ) narrow
mariig-in
f
llh
narrowness
tebees*-
tebees-in
tebees-in-ta
hh*"(it i s ) wide
llhf
llhh
tiliil
tiliil-in-ta
hh ( i t i s ) clean
tiliil-in
f
llh
cleanness
mur
mur-in
mur-in-tn
h ( i t i s ) dirty
lh
llh
ng' aam
(ng'aam-nat
f
h 1 cleverness
ng'aam-nat-eet
(ng1-am-oot-yaan
f
h lbr
clever
ng' aam-oot-y-aat
kor-aat 1
kor-at
kor-at-eet
lh ( i t i s ) blind
hi
hlh
hh h ( i t is)nretty
ya
h ( i t i s ) bad
mariich
h ( i t i s ) clever
1
miing -aat
lh ( i t i s ) deaf
goodness
width
dirt
blindness
miing'nat
f
h 1 deafness
lllhh
hh f h
llhh
llhh
hflhf
hh f lh
miing'-iinat-eet
hhflhf
miing'-nat-eet
hflh
paibai
hh
(it. i s ) happy
f
(paibai-ya hh 1
f
(paibai-in llh
f
paibai-y-eet hh h
paibai-in-ta llhh
happiness
ese (3rd person s i n g . ) adjectival phrases are formed
from verbs (2nd person sing. imp.). Tebees is -from 2nd pers.
imperative verb tebesiitun (widen)-
100
kiim
h ( i t i s ) strong
tuui
f
h
hf
1
( i t i s ) black
kooi
kiim-nat-eet
f
f
h lh
kiim-nat
f
1
(it is)
tall/
long
h 1
strength
tuu-in
tuu-in-ta
lb
llh
blackness
kaa-in
kaa-in-ta
lh
llh
length
ner-aat
,2
ner-at
lh ( i t i s ) fat
(thick)
hi
rur-aat
ner-at-eet
hlh
fatness
rur-at-eet
rur-at
hlh
lh ( i t i s ) mature
hi
nun--?.atieOb
lh ( i t i s ) rotten
matureness
nun-at-eet
nun-at
hlh
lh ( i t i s ) dead
hi rottenness
3
me-aa-nat
f
hh 1 deadness
kunuur"^
f
hh
(it i s ) bent
kunuur-in
f
llh
crookedness
me-aat
III.
me-aa-nat-eet
hh f lh
kunuur-in-ta
llhh
All the adjectival phrases (except those of
expertness) which take /-in/ in the isn take /-ta/
in the esn.
Derived adjectival nouns ( a . n . ) in the isn
take /-wa/-vek/ ipn/epn suffixes.
IV.
See para. 2 3 .
All the adjectival Phrases (3rd person sing.)
O
ending in /-at/ retain
or/and acquire the /-at/
suffix in the isn and most of them take /-et/ in the
esn and all take /-cosya/-oosyek/ in the ipn/epn.
See Class l . I I at para. 19"'"These (3rd person s i n g . ) adjectival phrases take
/-itun/ in the 2nd person s i n i . e . be or become.
2
S e e para. 1 9 , Class l . I I (ACE).
3
There are certain modificatory glides.
101
V.
yaa-iit-va/yaa-iit-v-eet becomes ya-iit-waak/
-vagik in the ipn/epn (Class 8) whereas ~iaibai-ya/~y-et
becomes paibai-y-oosya/-oosyek in the ipn/epn.
-oot-yaan/-vaat becomes ng'aam-oot/-ootik
or ng'aaroot/-ik (Class 1 0 . I I ) .
ng'aam-
(Class 6 . I I )
This depends
on
whether esn, irn and epn are derived fror the i sn or
from the adjectival Phrases ( a . p . ) .
are adjectival nouns
But since these
( a . n . ) it is more appropriate to
derive them direct from the adjectival phrases ( P . P . )
and not from derived isn.
ng'aam therefore behaves
as follows:
(he i s ) clever, TCE
ng'aam
isn
n g'aan-oot-ya an
clever nerson, ACE
esn
ng' aam-oot-yaat
clever person,
1
IEn
ng aam-oot
clever persons, -oot.
epn
np'aam-ootik
clever persons, -^otik.
i^n/ern :
-oot/-ootik : Class 6 . I I .
Source of Adjectival Nouns
37.
verbs.
There are a . p . wb'ch are formed fron transitive
Exemples:
Noun List U8
1
2
1»
3
it i s . . . . a . p . 3 r d pers.sg.
expert at
verb imp.
meaning
a.p.
kereer
lacerate
kerer-aat
kereer-iin
hh f h
llh
koo-aat
koo-iin
lh
lhf
siil-aat
siil-iin
lh
lhf
rat-aat
raAt-iin
lh
ihf
lh
koc
lade
h
siil
ladle
h
rat
h
lag/tie
^There are certain modificatory g l i d e s .
102
naal
lpbel
h
wat
lance
h
temel
larch
lh
ker
shut
h
nr'aal
kid
h
ng'uutuut
kiss
raal-aat
maal-iin
lh
lhf
wat-aat
vaat-iin
lh
lhf
temel-aet
temel-iin
hhh
llh
ker-aat
ker-iin
lh
lhf
nr'aal-aat
ng'aal-iin
lh
lhf
np'uutuut-aat ng'uutuut-iin
hh f h
lh
llh
There are no noun derivatives from the it is
/-aat/ groir- (column 3 ) .
expert at
/-in/ group of adjectives.
expert at
several.
Nouns are derivable fror the
These /-in/
adjectival r>hrases from one verb arc
Fxamples•
a . p . expert
(kereer
kereer-iin
:
lacerate)
:
he is expert at lacerating.
specific.
:
expert a t . . . . while coming in
this direction.
•
expert at
fn
kereer-a-Bereer-iin:
lllllh
expert, at
repeatedly.
llh
kereer-aanun-iin
Non-
llllh
kereer-chin-iin
kereer-taa-iin
:
expert at
towards that
direction.
:
expert at
towards this
direction.
lllh
kereer-un-iin
r him.
From the above a . p . of exnertness isn are rterivnble,
thus:
ftp: expert
isn
esn
ipn
kereer-iin
kereeriin
-t-et kereer-in
llh
llh
Hhf
epn
kereer-ik
Hh
103
kereer-aanun--" in
kereer-aanun-nn
llllh
llllh
kereerchin-iin
kereerchin-iin
lllh
lllh
-t-et
kereer-aanunin
-ik
llllh
-t-et
kereer-chinin
-ik
lllh
Because the ap expert (ape) is the same as the
isn we give them as one, thus:
ape/isn
esn
kereer-aa-gereer-iin
-t-et
1
ipn
epn
kereer-aagereer-in
-ik
lllllhf
lllllh
-t-et
kereer-taa-iin
kereer-taa-in
lllhf
lllh
-t-et
kereer-un-iin
J.
-ik
kereer-un-in^
-ik
There is another group of isn which seems to
resemble the /-aat/ it is group (column 3 ) .
It is not
yet determined whether they are derived from the verb di
rectly or through the adjectival route.
Examples:
a . p . : it is
kereer-aat
isn
meaning
'thing'
hh f h
kereer-an-iaan
f
f
hh lh
lacerated.
koo-aat
koo-an-iaan
piece of load,
lh
llh
siil-aat
siil-an-iaan
lh
llh
rat-aat
rat-an-iaan
lh
hlh f
maal-aat
maal-an-iaan
lh
llh
vat-eat
vat-an-iaan
lh
llh
'thing'
ladled,
'thing'
tied,
'thing'
labelled,
'thing'
lanced.
-t-et are suffixed to the isn.
"All the above examples under ( a ) column I* behave like
/kereer-iin/.
ioU
temel-aat
temel-an-iaan
'thing'
latched,
shut,
f
hhh
hhlb
ker-aat
ker-aan-iaan
'thing*
ng'ael-aat
ng'aal-aan-iaan
'person' hoaxed,
lh
llh
ng'uutuut-aat
nr'uutuut-an-ian
f
f
hh lh
f
hh h
II.
'person' kissed.
Looking at the isn, esn, ipn and er>n at r.ara.
? 6 . I V . Class f . I l l it is observed that noun derivatives
are verbal.
It can be argued that the isn, esn, ipn
and epn at para.
37.1., above are basically verbal.
Then there are two isn etc.
(in addition to the ane
i s n ) verbal nouns from one verb.
Examples:
Noun List U9
hhfll
'thing'done isn
3
kereer-an-qaan
f f
hh lh
keer-iin
f
lh"
ker-uut-ya
ker—an-iaan
hll
hlhf
ng'aal-iin
f
lh J
ng'aal-uut-ya
h ll
ng'aal-an-iaan
f ~f
h lh
tiil-iin
til-uut-ya
til-an-iaan
lh
hll
hlhf
Verb
a.-o.e. isn
'thing'
kereer
kereer-iin
ke ree r-uut-y a
lh
lacerate llh
ker
h
shut
ng' eal
h
hoax/kid
til
h
cut
done isn
f
Without discussing semantic
subtleties of the
two 'thing' dene nouns it appears as if there is closeness in meaning of the two
'apparently different'
isn.
Examples:
This group belongs to /-in/-ik/:
Class 1 0 . I I I .
This group comes under /-ut/-utik/: Class 6 . I I I .
^This group falls under /-on/-onik/: Class U . I .
^Elements of semantics are found in A Study of Kalenjin
Linguistics by Taaitta Toweett ( 1 9 7 5 , in prep.).
105
kereer-uut-ya
refers to slices of food.
f
hh ll
ke reer-an-i_*an
f
f
hh lh
refers to sliced pieces, e . g .
of papeu
ng'aal-uut-ye
refers to a deceitful statement.
h*ll
ng 'aal-an-iaan
f
f
h lh
refers to a hoaxed person.
t i l -uut-yn
refers to a room/partition.
hll
til-an-ian
refers to specially cut/
measured beads.
llh
III.
One source of adjectival or verbal nouns is that
of transitive verbs.
These nouns arise from the 2nd
person irmerative verbs.
38.
Sope intransitive verbal imperatives (2nd person
singular) behave as follows:
Noun List 50
Verb
meaning
ner
be fat
h
mee
h
die
2
ane isn
'one' who is
isn
-ness isn
neer-iin
ner-nn-ian
ner-at
lhf
hlh
hi
mee-iin
mee-an/-ian
lh
f
f
f
h l/h lh
f
m£-at)
mny-at)
hfl/h.
lal
h
be burnt laal-iin
lh
lal-an/-ian
lal-at
hlh
hi
No transitive verb takes the /-sen/-isyen/ formative
suffix of being 'enraged in" 'paisven' is a basic
imperative.
This is a test for intransitivity.
See N.L. U5 at para. 35-.II. suffix No. 5 (-sen).
"These intransitive verbs take the /-o/ isn etc. suffixes.
106
pet
ret lost
h
tul
thunder
h
ru
sleep
h
teeny
vanish
h
raarii
lau/rh
lh
nyiim
smile
pet-eet
hi
lh
tuul-iin
tul-aat
tul-eet
lh^
hi
lh
ruu-iin
ru-san
lhf
h
tcc*"'' -iin teenr' -an
f
f
h i
lh
teenr'-at
hfl
raa.rii-iin
raar-y-aat
(?nyi imny-aat)
nviim-iin
lhf
excrete
hfh
•nii-iin
lhf
h
paisyen
f
lhh
-et-aat
llh
h
pi
t>eet-iin
f
lh
hh
work
raiisya-iin
lllh
lllh
paii 3-ootyaa n
f
hh lh
kip-prityaan
f
lhhh
kin-n^it-iin-ik
lhhlh
mnyan
be i l l
lh
h
riir
mnyaan-iin
cry
(mnyar r it)
f
mnyan
hf
"
riir-iin
•c
h
chuus
lh
deflate
h
taanuui
lh
faint
lh
saariit
be thin
h
taanuui-iin
(?taanuaat)
sariit-iin
llh
shake
lh
tyon
(?chuusaat)
f
llh
lh
poet an
chuus-iin
T>cotan-iin
llh
sinp
llh
tveen-iin
lh
pent aan i aan
**
tyeen
v. f
h
107
ur
play
uur-nn
f
lh'
h
I.
The above intransitive verbs are basic (not
derived from any base-words),
appearance
'paisyen' contains an
(-isyen) of a formative suffix.
This /-isyen/
is not necessarily the usual formative suffix of the
transitive verbs,
ke-paiis (to work) rives paiis-y-en
(thou work).
II.
All the above intransitive verbs take the /-oosvek/
noun suffix in addition to the /-in/-ik/ and other
suffixes.
Examples:
Verb
1
ner
i3n
esn
US.
epn
ner-o
ner-eet
ner-oosya
-oosyek
h
lh
lh
111
llh
neer-iin
neer-iintet
neer-in
-iik
lhf
lhh
lh
hf
ner-an
ner-aneet
-pnik
hi
hlh
ner-an
f
hh
ner-ateet
ner-atoosya
-ooryek
ner-at
hlh
hill
hllh
hi
tven-ocsya
-oosyek
tven-o
tyen-eet
lh
tyeen
vf
lh
be fat
nor
h
be fat
ner
h
be fat
ner
h
be fat
tyen
h
2
sinr
tven
h
sinp
tyeen-ta
^f
111
tyen-vaak
f f
h h
hhh
llh
-waarik
h f hh
"'"From one verb it ?.s possible to ret as many as h
i s n , It esn,
ipn and U epn.
P
Not all intransitive verbs behave like / n e r / .
108
tyen
tyeen-iin tyeen-iin- tveen-in
t-et
-iik
h
lh
lhf
sinr
lhh
lh
Comparing nouns from transitive verbs with the
above (from intransitive) they arpear thus:
Noun List 51
ker
h
shut
ker
h
shut
ker
h
shut
ker
h
shut
sal
h
paint/
praise
sal
h
paint/
t) raise
sal
h
paint/
praise
sal
h
III.
paint/
praise
ker-o
ker-eet
ker-oosya
-oosyek
lh
lh
111
llh
keer-iin
keer-iint-et
keer-in
-iik
lh
lhh
lh
lhf
ker-an
ker-aneet
k£r-an
hi
hlh
hhf
ker-uut
/-ya
ker-uuty-et
hll
hlh
-anik
hhh
-uutik
ker-uut
hhh
f
sal-o
sal-eet
hh
lh
lh
sal-oosya
llh
saal-iin
saal-iint-et
111
saal-in
-iik
lh
lhh
lh
lhf
sal-aniaan
snJ-aniaat
sal-an
-anik
lhhf
lhh
lhf
lhh
sal-uut/
-ya
hll
sal-uut-y-et
hlh
sal-uut
-uutik
hhf
hhh
Another (see para.
37-III) source of adjectival
or verbal nouns is one from intransitive
imperative verbs.
-osyek
2nd person
109
39.
The adjectival phrases s t p a r a . 3 6 . J I form other
nouns.
These adjectival ( i t is + adjective) phrases
seem to be basic and the simplest.
They are verbalisable.
Examples:
A d j . phrase
mnyee
meaninr
it is rood
2nd ri.imp.verb
mnyee-iitun
1
meaninr
be pood
f
lh h
karaaran
•
it
tL
•
is pretty
be pretty
lhhh f h
f
hfc h
bad
ya-iitun
bad
f
lh h
h
narrow
mariich
mari^p-iltun
narrow
f
lhh h
hhf
clever
np' aam
np'aam-iitun
clever
f
lh h
h
deaf
miinp'aat
miinp' -iitun
deaf
f
h h
lh
bleck
tuui
tuui-iitun
black
f
lh h
hf
humble
tale
tala-iitun
humble
f
lhh h
11
i-talaa-iit v . t .
I..
• •
ka.ra.aran-iitun
causative- make ( i t ) humble,
jtay 2nd person verbal imperative endinp in /-itun/
drops /-itun/ in the 3rd person adjectival phrase.
It
is the 3rd person adjectival phrase that takes on nounforminp suffixes.
Examples:
Noun List 52
"mnyee-iitu (3rd pers. sp. : he is becominr pood); a-mnyeeiitu (1st ners.sp. : I am becominp pood),
aa mnyee (I
am pood); ii mnyee (you are pood); mnyee (he is pood).
2
It includes ' h e ' or 'she*.
110
adj .phrase
meaning
mnyee
it is good mnyee-in mnyee-in- mnype-m- -week
ta
wa
hf
i_s_n
esn
>
..*
lh
llh
(.cause make
i-mnyee- ( i t ) good) kaamnye- kaamnyee
iit
e-iit-o iit-et
f
llh
llhh
llhh
ipn
111
llhf
iitoosva
-oosyek
11111
llllh
kaamnyee--kaamnyee- -in
it-iin
it-iin-tet
-iik
lllh
lllh
llllh
lllh*
kaamnvee-—uut-v-et -uut
iit-uut/
ya
kaitit
hh
(it is
cold)
hhh^11
hhhflh
hhhh
hhhhh
kaititiin
kaititin-ta
-wa
-week
llhf
llhh
llhh
llhhf
-oosya
-oosyek
llhfll
llhflh
-in
-ik
lllh 1
lllh
i-kaitiit (cause
kaagait- kagaitiit-et
make ( i t ) iit-o
COld)
-uutik
llhh
llhh
kaagait- -in-t-et
iit-iin
lllh
llllh
-uutik
kaagait- -uut-y-et -uut
iit-uut/
-ya
hhh f 11
—*
hhh f lh
hhhh f
There is a. group of verbs which takes the 2nd
person pronominal prefix in the imperative form.
are Class 2 verbs.
2
i-twa.al
v. i.
1
f
See para.
2
These
Examples:
jump
lh
i-twaal-sii v . t .
llh
hhhhh
cause to jump
i-chiliil v . t . miss
llhf"
i-gartaat v . t . hang
llh7
26.IV.
Toweett's studies identify personal pronominal prefixes
by means of hyphens.
Ill
i-gaa v . t .
delay
i-piil v . t .
lh
lh
i-gat v . t .
preet/salute
i-ryaanv v . i .
lh
sneeze,
lh
i-naam v . t .
begin/commence
i-chembee v . i . move on
, ,.f
stomach*
llh
lh
i-naam-sii v . t .
llh
strengthen,
cause to join
f
III.
Nouns from three of the above (para. 3 9 . I I )
verbs are as follows:
Verb
isn
esn
ipn
epn
i-twaal
kaatwaal-o
keatwaal-et
-oosya
-oosyek
lh
llh
llh
1111
lllh
-ik
kaatwaal-iin
kaatvaaliin-t-et
-in
i-twaal
llhf
llh
lllh
lh
jump
llh
kaatwaal-uut/
-ya
kaatwaaluut-yet
-uut
-uutik
hhfll
hh f lh
hhh f
hhhh
i-twaalsii
kaatwaalsii-o
kaatwaal-
-oosy?
-oosyek
llh
llhh
llhh
llhfl
llhflh
kaatwaalsii-iin
-iin-t-et
-in
-ik
lllh
llllh
lllh'
lllh
kaatwaalsii-uut/-ya
-uut-yet
-uut
-uutik
hhhfll
hhh f lh
hhhh f
hhhhh
l-ryaany
\aaryaane'o
kaaryaang 1 -et -oosva
-oosyek
sneeze
llh
llh
lllh
cause
ii
sn-et
1111
These verbs take the verbal formative suffixes as at
para. 35.11.
"/si-e/ is phonetically sounded / s y e / .
^See para. 2 6 . I V .
112
kaaryaeng'iin
IV.
-iin-t-et
-in
-ik
llh
lllh
llbf
llh
kaaryaang'-uut/-ya
-uut/-y-et
-uut
-uutik
hhfll
hhlh
hhh f
hhhh
From paras.
39 ..I «nd 3 9 . I l l it is observed that
adjectival/verbal nouns are derived from the 3rd person
singular adjectives (adjectival phrases) and from the
2nd person singular imperative verbs which take / i / for
t h e i r pronominal prefixes.
These nouns have initial
/ k a a / in place of the pronominal prefix / i / .
is different from / k a / .
/kaa/
Verbs which start in /ka/
retain the /ka-/ in their derivative forms.
Examples:
Verb
isn
esn
ipn
kal
kal-o
kal-eet
kal-oosya
lh
lh
111
kas-o
-eet
-oosya
-oosyek
lh
lh
111
llh
h
annoy
kas
h
V.
hear
A third source (see para.
-oosyek
Hh
etc.
3 8 . 1 1 1 ) of adjectival/
verbal nouns is from the 3rd person singular adjectives
and the 2nd person singular imperative verbs.
hO.
According to Toweett's classification (plural
nouns) the above Classes and Sections 1 accommodate all
2
•
3
Kalenjin ( K i p s i g i i s ) nouns.
Verbal and adjectival nouns
fall under the above Classes and Sections.
See the summary of Classes at para.
2
See para. 31*.
See para.
36.II.
33.
It is obvious
113
from the English-Swahili-Kalenjin Nouns that no known
Kalenjin noun has not frund a class to which it belongs.
I.
Verbal (except a few) nouns have not been included
in T^weett's English-Swahili-Kalenjin Nouns.
They have
been left out because they are very many indeed.
One
verb may have as many as one hundred and twelve nouns.
See paras.
II.
35.11 and 38.11 (7 x U x U ) 1
Adjectival (except a few) nouns have not been given
in the Enplish-Swahili-Kalenjin Nouns.
verbalisable they, in most cases,
Since they are
follow the behaviour
of the verbs in addition to their own (3rd person singular)
behaviour.
nouns.
III.
One adjective may have as many as eighty-eight
See paras.
35. 35-11 and 3 9 . 1 . (7 x 3 x U + U ) .
Every noun in Ng'eleecheei's Kalenjin-Kalenjin
Dictionary
finds a place in one (sometimes two) of the
ebove Classes and Sections.
CHAPTER
7
PROPER NOUN SEMANTICS
( a ) Human Names
1+1.
Kaaleenychiin proper" nouns arise from many sourees.
Most of such names are given to a child at birth.
.1.
A child is given names of any time during the day
or during the night.
There are several sub-divisions of
the day and of the night.
^Verbs require an exhaustive study on their own.
2
Mimeographed in 3 volumes.
o
In this study a proper noun is a name of a specific
individual, object, place etc.
lit*
1. Time Names
mutaai
hh
:
morning
kip-/cbeep
11 - mutaai
6 a.m. - 10 a.m.
approximately.
kaaroon 1 11
:
morning
2
peet : day-time
kip-/cheep
1
l
- peet
l
10 a.m. -
p.m.
h
lang'at : evening kip-/cheet> - lang'at k p.m. - 10 p.m.
11
1
keemaai : night
1
11
kip-/cheep - keemaai 10 p.m. - 1* a.m.
hh
II.
There are sub-divisions of the above which are based
on what actually takes Place around a particular subdivision.
Sheep and <roats (no) and cattle (tich) go for
grazing and return as follows:
Leaving time
Returning time
/no/ : sheep/goets
8 a.m. - 10 a.m.
ng'eet-no
t
3
kip-ng'ee -no
lhfl
111
.
t
cheep-ng ee -no
lhfl
/tich/ :
t
cheep-roo -no
111
cattle
6 a.m. - 8 a.m.
1 p.m. - 3 p.m.
k p.m. - 6 p.m. root-no
t
kip-roo -no
12 noon - 1 p.m. root-tich
ng'eet-tich
(mid-day milking)kip-ng'ee t -tich 3
lh f h
kip-root-tich
cheep-roct-tich
llh
cheep-ng'ee^-t^ch
lh f h
^kaa.roon also means 'tomorrow'.
2
See Notes on Phonology,
/ p / before /n, n g ' , ny, m/ is
realised as /m/ and voiced before / r , p, w/ and also
voiced between vowels.
See / t / before other consonants.
In this semantics chapter every consonant is given in
order to show how words are derived or formed.
3
/ t / or / p / etc. which juts out of the line is silent.
115
sleep v.
-ru
(before mid-night)
Male
Female
kip-ki-ru-i
cheep-ki-ru-i
lhhf
lhh f
chee^-ruuiyeat
111
dawn, v. -yeech
cheep-ko-eech
kip-ko-eech
lhh f
lhhf
dawn, n. -yeegoon
kip-yeegoon
111
(before dawn) koorir
(U-5 a.m.)
lhh
III.
2.
visitors'
born
lonely (alone)
at rain time
taa, ipn.
at ceremonious time
roop
chee^-roop
isn.
f
kip-roop
lh
kemei,isn.
hh
lhf
f
kip-kemei
lhh
1
cheep-kemei
lhh
rubeet, esn
chee^-rubeet^
lh
llh
tuum,isn.
f
h
kip-tuum
f
lh
roaiywa,ipn ki
taboot
hh
-maiywa
lhl
hh
at famous person's
presence
cheep-taa
lhf
•ch
si '-gee
hh
at famine time
kip-taa
lh
•
•ch
sich-gee,v. kip-si gee
f
lhh
lh
h
during drought
lhhf
f
Names
Event
arrival
at drinking time
cheep-koorir
kip-koorir
f
cheep-tuum
lhf
chee^-maiywa1
lhl
kip-taboot"
lhhf
These are names of what event is there or what happens
immediately before a child is born.
2
/ p / in these words is silent*
•^kip-taboot (millet store 1st. floor) was a nick name given
to Mr. Gregory-Smith, D . C . , Kericho in 19l+5-J*6.
116
at independence day
uhuru
uhuru,esn, Sw.
f
lh l
at European arrival
lh l
chunba,ipn.
kip-chumba
faint at birth
many stars at night
IV.
3.
taanuui,vimi.
kip-taanuui cheep-taanuui
lh
lhfh
keecheei.ipn.
Medicament
wall scraps
ki p-ko .echsq^k heep -k e e ch eei
kip-tereer
f
llh
'beer'
11
salt-lick
np'eeny*,
h
eating the cud
isn
ant-eater's excreta
thrown away
mit-eei
to propitiate
cheeP-poore
111
111
kio-ng'eeny
, .P
..
ki -mit-eei chee^ -mit -eei
munaai,isn
lhh
lhh
, .p
.2
ki -munaai chee^-munaai
hi
lhl
meeng'geewa
isn.
l hf1 !
meeng'geewa meeng'geewa
lhfl
keeme^ta v.inf.ki r -meta
111
one picked up
ki^-poore
lhf
f
hh
protective ear-ring
cheep-kerich
lhh
lhh
ppqre, ipn
cheen-tereer
llhf
f
kir-kerich
kerich,ipn
hh
raw
lh f h
Names
tereer,ipn
Ih
medicine (any)
cheep-chumba
lhl
lhl
hi
chee^-ba-uhuru
lhlhfl
f
hll
lhl
lhfl
ki^-meta
hll
kvai, vimt.
ki^-kwai
kip-kwai
h
hhf
hhf
teger, vimt.
tepereet
tegereet
lh
llhf
llhf
"'"Applies also under Brith-place Names.
117
V.
at the entrance
at sheep's side
of the home
at husk's place
kurpat
kip-kurpat
cheep-kurgat
hh
lhh
lhh
inychoor
lh
llh
metet, ipn. kip-m£tet
chee^-metet
hh
lhh
lhh
mabwaai
prayer's place
f
hh
•• «
outside the home p n h
saanp'
h
at the lawn
f
lhf
f
kip-oor lh*" cheep-oor l h
kip-ruuta
chee^-ruuta
111
111
Kabete lhl
Kabete lhl
Kabete lhl
Kisumu
Kisumu
chee^-ba-Kisumu
lhl
lhlhl
kip-keter
cheep-keter
llh
llh
f
keter
Order of Birth Names
F i r s t born child
taai
hf
Middle born(any)
Male
taaita
hfh
ru-kween
h
Last born
chee^-saanp'
f
lhf
lh
5.
kip-saang'
lhf
lhl
VI.
chee^-bii lh
hf
hh
under the eaves
k i p - b i i lh
cheep-kook
ruutaai
at Kisumu
lhh f
kip-kook
on
at Kabete
lhh f
kook
oor .h f
1
ki^-mabwaai chee^-nabwaai
lh
by the road
'safari'
cheep-inychoor
Female
taaita
hfh
kip-ru-kween chee^-ru-kween
h
lhh
i-towaan, vimi. .
'
toweet
f
lh
llh
toweet
lh
^"Anyone born at any place away from one's home may have the
name of the place of birth.
118
VII.
6.
Resuscitated^" Napes
These names are all the names of any past member of
the family including previously resuscitated names.
The
time names are not resuscitated because they clash with
fresh time names.
Females inherit female resuscitated
names whereas males take on male names.
Occasionally
a dead female's spirit may be resuscitated in a male
and hence female names being
puun,
ipn
borne by males.
Female
Male
•n
enemies
chee*"1-ba-buun
chee -ba-buun
h
Examples:
Ihh
Ihh
One from enemies' country;
or
.
.
— one killed in enemies'
country.
Maasai
chee" -maa.saiin
maasaim
lhhh
hhh
chee^-ba-maasai
maasai
f
lh
or
Kosoba(?Basuba)
llhh**
One from Maasai country;
one killed in Maasai .
kosobiin:
kosobiin
a Kisii
hhh
hhh
hhl
Kisii
cheep-kosobiin
lhhh
a K i s i i female
cheeP-ba-kosoba,
of Kisii
llhhl
Terik
11
from, killed in
(or of) Terik
terik-iin
llh
tap-terik
111
cheep-ba-terik
lhl
These are names of the dead family members.
cheep-ba-terik
lhll
119
Naandi
..
hh
from, k i l l e d in
or of Naandi
— —
naandiin
..
hh
cheep-naandiin
lhh
chee^-ba-naandi
llhh
maseeti^
Kisii name
111
chee-bp-maseeti
maseeti
lhl 11
111
matuureeti
Kisii name
1111
matuureeti
chee^-ba-matuureeti
1111
par-kaalyeet
lhllll
peace ' k i l l e r ' par-kaalyeet chee -ba-bar-kaalyeet
hflh
lh
VIII.
llh lh
Borrowed Famous Names
These are names of conquerors.
A young baby's
mother sends for milk from an eminent person's h^me and
once the milk is fetched in the name of the baby all
the famous man's names become the baby's names of
praise.
Baptismal names fall under this category.
This
includes all the names at Nos. 2-6 above and Nos. 8-11
below.
Examples:
tap-yeetgee
self-defender.
lhhf
ta^-beelgaa
one who set fire on en enemy's home.
lhhf
par-oosyo (tap)
one who looted dancing beads.
hhh
teegeel-eei
one who used his hand like a shield.
hhfl
top-tul-eei
one having (had) many oxen.
lhfh
Muusa
hfl
Moses ( B i b l i c a l ) .
120
IX.
8.
Nick-names
This group of names are given as a result of
individual person's habits.
Male
kip-luutan
lhh
Female
Examples:
1
chee'-luutan
one who jokes.
f
ki^-boogeet
one who talks of whips.
f
lh h
X.
Pet Names
This group is very close to the nick-names.
The
difference is that pet names pre names of endearment.
Nick-names need not convey any endearment.
Also a
nick-name contains a metaphorical or a similitic meaning.
Pet names, as a general rule, refer to a person's
physical characteristics.
Male and female pet names do
not stem from the same root.
They are different.
Examples:
Male
kip-ng'erechi
one who smiles.
lhll
kip-tee n -sct
one of calabash size.
lhl
labooso
one with few words.
llh
"'"Female nick-names differ from these of males.
Under
normal circumstances females do net have nick-names.
See Pet names.
121
keentuiywn
one who is black,
f
hh l
kargaren
hlh
one who is mobile.
f
kip-likvap
one having flat and small(unmarked) ears,
lhh
Female(usually they are praise names)
ta'-beelgaa
one who sets fire on enemies' huts,
ta^-but-tany
one who loots cattlo»
lhh
f
tap-nyaal-eei
one whose r>x is beautiful.
llh
tap-nyo-biji
one who arrives home before others.
lhh
tap-ke^-soos
one who loots calabash brushes.
lhh
tap-bu^-tich
one who loots cattle.
lhh
tap-seeroon
one who is between brown and black.
111
tan-tul-maat
one who uses guns to loot cattle.
lhfl
tap-k^r-oon
one who obstructs an army.
111
tap-roep-kcoi
one who distributes looted cattle.
llhf
tap-luule
one who loots peorle.
lhfl
tap-leel-cei
one whose ox is white.
lhfh
laany-kook
hhf
a happy (not shv) one.
122
XI.
10.
Propitious Names
This group contains 'wishful* names.
If a mother is
not happy with her thin or small-bodied baby or child she
would call it the
' b i p ' one in order to encourage the baby
to think it is big and to comfort herself with the idea of
'bigness'.
Girls' and boys' names come from the same root.
Examples:
Male
meaning
Female
f
f
kip-oo-boor lh h
a big-bodied boy
cheep-oo-bcor lh h
ki^-ma-tyaan
tiny one (ignore able"'") chee^-ma-tyaan
llh
llh
XII.
11.
Calamitous Names
This group arises from calamities that happen to mankind.
Left-handedness is an abnormality(unusual thing) and it comes
under the calamitous names.
Male
Examples:
Meaning
Female
kip-kaataam
f
lh 1
a left-handed person
cheep-kaataam
f
lh 1
kip-kileel
one killed by mistake
(cheep-kileel)
lhh
f
lhh f
(also at No. 6)
ki^-ma-geesa 1111
p
one having a b i s navel cheeP~muge lhh
ki -muge lhh
XIII.
an unmarried one
12.
Surnames
Surnames emerge from most of the above (Nds. 1-11) npmes.
Surnames are patronymic.
A father chooses one from his
(possible 11) names for his sons.
circumcision hibernation.
This is done during the
Once the father's consent is
obtained then the particle (araap/ is prefixed to the selected
2
name without the / k i p / prefix.
Where there is no / k i p / prefix
/araap/ is prefixed without further manipulations.
1
T h i s one is a disguised idea (truly tinv)to appeal to the
gods (or evil spirits) to ipnore the baby and not to be
jealous of i t .
2
Some names retain /kip/ prefix.
123
•^ere
/ t a p / is a prefix it remains with the root base and /araap/ is
p r e f i x e d to i t .
Likewise /cheeba/ is not interfered with.
Group
1.
1.
2.
uninitiated
Time
mutaai
ki^-jnutaai
hh
lhh
np'eet-tich
.f
hfh
kip-ng'eetich
•p
roop
kip-roop
>
if
Event
h
2.
ti
lh
3.
»«
kerich
kip-kerich
hh
lhh
rneeng1 geewa
lh l
oor
Birth-place
ii
keter
Order of birth ru-kween2
hh
5.
ii
ii
»i
itowaan
llhf
6.
6.
Resuscitated
ii
Borrowed
kip-oor
kip-keter
kip-ru-kween
lhh
toweet
lh
maasai
maasaiin
hh f
hhh
masaeeti
maseeti
111
7.
lhfl
llh
lh
5.
meeng'geewa
lhf
hf
k.
chee-rubeet
llh
f
k.
lh h
lhf
f
rubeet
3 . Medicament
-
yeet-gee
hh
f
111
tap-yeet-gee
f
lhh
Examples:
initiated
araa P -nutaai
hh f hh
a raap-n g'eetich
f f
hh h h
p raap-root)
f f
hh h
araap-chee-rubeet
hhllh
araap-kerich
hh f hh
araap -me en g'geewa
hhlh f l
1
araap-oor
hh f h
araap-keter
hh f lh
araap-rukween
hh f hh
a raap-toweet
hhlh
P
araa -maasaiin
hlhhh
a r aa^3 -maseeti
hhlll
araap-tap-yeet-gee
hhlhh f
The juncture between the original name and /araap/ is of very b r i e f
duration that the prefix /araap/ and the name should be written as one
word in all cases,
/ p / of araap-oor goes to /oor/ and there is need
for another unexploded / p / i . e . araap-boor.
The /p/ in araap-masaiin
is silent i . e . araa-masaiin.
The / p / though silent is n e c e s s a r y ^ '
in order to indicate that the lips must be in a readv position for a
/ p / that is not to be exploded.
t a a i t a does not (no one known yet) take /araap/.
12U
9 . Pet
keentuiywa
araap-keentuivwa
not used
hlhh f l
hh f l
9.
"
labooso
araap-labooso
not used
llh
11. Calamitous
11.
hhllh
kaataam
f
hh
araap-kaataam
f f
hhh 1
keeleel v . i n f . kip-kileel
f
lh
lhh
FEMALE
XIV.
kip-kaataam
f
lh 1
araap-kileel
f
f
hh hh
NAMES
Female names, except under special circumstances,
are not passed on to another person.
They are finite, that
i s , they arc confined to the female concerned.
XV.
There is one exception to the above (para. hi.XIV)
statement.
In the case of marriages between women
(kiitunychi toloch) the male children of the wife, after
i n i t i a t i o n , w i l l have names such as:
araap
hh
araap
hh
XVI.
cheep-yooseet
:
lhh
cheep-yooseet
old woman
lhh
koogo
:
koogo
11
grand-mother
11
A girl whose parents prevented her from marrying and
whose children become part and parcel of her parents clan
are given the name o f :
araaP-beasubeen
This
subeen
:
young ewe.
'subeen' group is becoming more significant than in the
past because, unlike in the past, many unmarried girls stay
as single and mothered women.
These ones' sons are known
by t h e i r mothers' f i r s t names with 'cheep'
No.
1
No.
1, 2,
1
3, h, 5, 6, 7, 9 , 10 and 1 1 ) .
9 (female) will be the most popular.
(see para, hi
Examples:
125
peet
day
:
araap-chee^beet.
1
hh
root-no
sheep(come home)
11
araap-cheerroono\
:
111
hh
taa ipn
h
:
araap-cheeptaa.
visitors
f
hhlh f
cheepta, esn
araap-cheepta.
girl(daughter)
hh
(b)
1*1.XVII
lh
Place Names
The following are some of the place names found in
Bureti (North and South) locations in Kipsigiis.
cheemaasiit
:
big-bodied person, gipnt.
kaap-ituung' gu
:
forest 'dark' place :
'kotuung'gen'.
f
h lll
rooreet
hh
where crops have just been harvested.
f
kaa.T) - k i s y a a r a
personal verbal name :
'keesvaar'.
f
h lhl
p
chee -boiin
lh
animal name.-
'poineet'.
llh
tebesoonik
botanical name
:
'tebesweet'.
lhhh
cheep-tentenieet
narrow and long landscape.
lhlh
keet-aarwcet
botanical name
:
'tree'.
f
hh h
cheeliliis
personal name :
'small-eyed person'.
llhf
kusumeek
of ground honey/ground 'bees'.
hhhf
meneet
hh
of clay for tottery.
f
liteiin
of sharpening stone :
'liteita'.
hhh
chee^-bo^rgee
from personal name :
/r>/ in these names is elided.
The i r r i t e d one.
126
kip-bwas-tuiyia
fighting place where army was dispersed,
lhll
c heep-vaagaan
llh
place of shouting.
f
ng'esumiin
botanical name :
'cheep-ng'esunnyaat'.
llh
ruung'guut lh
club(stick) with thick round end.
meturi
personal Kisii
lhl
ki p -muruul
lhl
p
chee -bucha
(black"smith) name,
place name 'rounded',
nick-name meaning :
' o f nothingness*.
111
chee -mo.cibeen lhh
personal Kisii name.
iitaiik
hhhf
botanical name •
'iiteet 1 .sweetener.
botanical name :
'thorn'.
kaap-kateet
hflhf
cheep-laang'geet
animal name :
lhh
moobeet
'leopard' .
hh
cheep-iilat
lhh
botanical name :
'moobeet', hh.
place of thunder.
togomiin
llh
where there is stagnant water.
P
chee -birbeeleek
lhfll
where elephants destroyed.
P
kaa -muung'ei
hhh
resting place.
kaap-cheeriire
insect's name : cry of an insect.
hflhfl
cheesilyaat
, .p
bird's name :
k1 -mawawot
llh
'cheesilyaat'.
a kind of t a l l grass.
lllh
ki^'-moolweet
botanical name :
'ki-moolweet'.
botanical name :
'tree'.
hhfh
siiryaat
f
h h
127
kip-rurugit
lllh
f
sounding f a o i s e making)
potatoe-like r o o t s
y a a g a n e e k hhh
kip-keewa
(edible),
animal-like rat - kipkewew^t.
lhl
f
kaap-loong'
fall,
h h
f
kaap-choolyo h hh
plj.ce of s h i e l d ,
e a r i n g and now personal name.
(C) P l u r a l s of Proper Names
We have dealt w i t h proper names under many sub-paragraphs
of paragraph *t1 , above and their sources are now known to
be many.
These proper names are n o t ,
pluralisable.
generally s p e a k i n g ,
There are occasions, hovfever, when one heai s
a proper name being p l u r a l i s e d .
T h i s happens mostly,
when
one is annoyed or is e x c i t e d and despises the one he names.
V.'hen a name such as
1
kipkurui/kipkirui1
get something l i k e t h i s
kipkuruiisyek.
Other examples a r e :
plural
singular
kimutaa
:
is pluralised we
lhh
1
kinutaai-iisyek
k.iprootich
llh
kiplang'at
111
kipteerec-r
lllh'
lhllh
kiprootich-iisyek
llhlh
kiplang'at-iisyek
llllh
f
kipteereer-iisvek llh lh
ctc.
2
f
taaita
h h
f
taaiywek/taaitaiisysk h h
toweet lh
(tov/aanik^ llh
(towaaniisyek l l l h
From the above and other examples it is concluded
that when proper names are p l u r a l i s e d they (except
taaita/toweet)
i.e.
Class
V-isyek/
take
the / - i s y a / ^ i s y e k / plural s u f f i x e s
1.1.
(epn)
i s given but / - i s y a /
(ipn)
i s also u s e d . .
"taaita
(first-born), strictly speaking,
is not a proper name.
5
(last born),
is not a proper riare
toweet
/itowaan/
is
vimt..
strictly speaking,
128
CHAFTER 8
NOUN CitGJJG
A l l nouns have two cases - Absolute and Nominative.
T h e A b s o l u t e case covers nouns when s a i d in isolation or
1
as o b j e c t of a v e r b .
Examples:
f
nee n i ? h /h
laakwa 11 i s n
'•i/hat is this?
1aakweet lh esn
a child
a
child.
kuur laakwa h / 1 1
kuur laakweet h / l h
call a child
call a c h i l d .
•Vith n e a r l y a l l nouns
in K i p s i p i i s the
nominative case
is
i d e n t i c a l with the
absolute
shape but
in
tone.
case in
He s e e s the child
The child sees him.
keere laakwa h " l / l l i s n
keore laakwa h 1 / l h
"
laakweet lh
.-esu
"
He s e e s the children
f
k e e r e laagooi h 1 / 1
"
laagok
laakweet 11
The c h i l d r e n see him
ff
keere l a a g o o i h> ]1 / 1
f
"
laagok lh
lh
T h i s dichotomy extends
distinct
to noun q u a l i f i e r s as w e l l ;
e.g.
He s e e s this small c h i l d
This small c h i l d sees him
k e e r e laakwaani m i n g ' i n
keere
f
h l
111
laakwaani
f
hi
h l
lhh
ming'in
lh
etc.
S e n t e n t i a l Noun Order
Because the tone
and which is
mixed.
t e l l s which noun is the subject
the object s e n t e n t i a l noun ordrr is rather
A noun nay precede or succeeed i t s o b j e c t .
Examples:
keere K i p l a n g ' a t Kipkurui
hfl
hll
keere k i p l a n g ' a t Kipkurui
lhhf
hfl
or k e e r e Kipkurui K i p l a n g ' a t
hfl
lhhf
K i c l a n g ' a t sees K i p k u r i
—
.
hlhf
keere Kipkurui k i p l a n g ' a t
hfl
hll
111
hlhf
Kipkurui
111
sees K i p l a n g ' a t
"
A l l the examples in the preceding l i s t s are absolute
forms,
129
The
normal K i p s i g i i s
sentence order i s
Verb + S u b j e c t ( i n nom.case)
(in abs.
+
case)
subject
or Verl
( i n non.
+ object
+ Object ( i n a b s . case)
case).
Nominative
Suffix
C e r t a i n nouns as w e l l as showing tonal d i s t i n c t i o n s
a d d a s u f f i x in the nominative c a s e .
keere sot h 1 / 1
1-buti
isn
He sees a c a l a b a s h .
isn
A calabash drops.
isn
He sees a n o s e .
taagu
ser h 1 / 1
f.
ser-u h h / l h
isn
A nose is v i s i b l e .
mache
nus h l / 1
ipn
lie wants soue charcoal.
ijTn
Some charcoal burn.
keere
sot-o h i 1 / 1 1
Hxamrles:
laltoos nes-e k h / l h
These additional
(added to
tones)
nominative s u f f i x e s
a r e coi: f i n e d to c e r t a i n i s n / i p n words o n l y .
The esn/epn
do not have them.
L o c a t i v e Case
II.
A
few nouns show a locative c a s e .
keere kurgat h 1 / h h
f
rwe para': h / h h
f
f
rwe n g ' w a n y h /h
Examples:
He sees the entrance.
He sleeps UT.
He sleeps down.
These nouns are not of the isri, e s n , i p n or eon forms.
They have
other forms such as:
isn
kurga-iy
hlh
a;in
f
parak-uiyi a a n )
jjarak-yaan
)
hhlh/hhh *
esn
iES
BUR
kurgeet
kurgoot
kurgootik
hh
lh
llh
parag-uy t
puraj-nusya
para^-uusyek
lihll
hhlh
f
hhh
n g ' w a n t - u i y i a a n nj'-./nnt-uut. ng'w\nt-uusya ng'want-uusyek
f
f
f f
hflh
hfll
h lh1
h h
1
See Tucker and Bryan, o p . c i t . , p . 2 3 7 .
130.
?onnl
^•
Classification
Ivouns can be grouped accordin;. to
absolute
a)
relationship,
mind that
The number of relevant s y l l a b l e s should be
takc.n
k)
if one bears in
their noninative-
into a c c o u n t ;
i£T:«
iv>n and e_pn words are a l l treated
separately;
c)
There is no r e l a t i o n s h i p between
tone class
and morphologicalr.classes as
out
set
in Chapters 3 - 5-
esn d i s s y l l a b i c Tonal Behaviour
S i n c e the esn d i s s y l l a l i c s seen to be the easiest
to ^ r a s p
they are given f i r s t .
Absolute
I-
Nominative
lh
kec-re
chiita
..
He sees a Ban
ii
keere c h i i t a
The •M^n sees h i m .
11
laakweet
!I
peetuut
seruut
He sees a c h i l d keere laakweet.
the day
"
" the nose
peetuut.
"
seruut
The nose faces h i m .
lhf
II.
keere
taapttet
peelo
kweenteet
ame
III.
moorteet
11.
He sees flov/er
burns firewood
" eats crust
hh
ame
'i
keere tar.pteet
peele kweenteet
ar.e moorteet
11
koonta
lie eats the eye ame koonta
keelta
»
iitit
"
•'
i!
an.e
ear
keelta^
p a i n s
ame i i t i t
ear pains h i m .
him<
arne
IV.
tyaanta
131
He eats the animal ane tyaanta.
hh
ke^re
soonoet
He sees barren cow keere sooneet
II
eemeet
"
"
country
"
eemeet
mu?re&t
ti
i;
lid
"
mugeet
.1
V.
hfh
11
pcele
iiteet
He burns sweetener peelo i i t e e t
a.'iche
kaainoet
" wants a name
pete
kaainect
narie gets l o s t ,
peelo
VI.
cc-irnc-ot
hi
kec-r.e
VII.
kuuga
He burns finger
peele moorr.eet.
lh
lie sees
srand father
koert; kuuga.
h V
puele
cheela
?
•fe burns
ili
l a l e cheola
orison
prison burns
chame
taansi
ya taar.si
He l i k e s dance
d-^.nce is b a d .
There a r c a fen i^.ui words w'lich lehave
differently.
i xarr.plos:
f
h h (ubsO
VIII.
hi
(non.)
kooiet
liver
kooiet
pcosta
baldhoad
poosta
kuusta
fore-foot
kuusta
Frori the above examples the esn word:: behave
shown in
-
ts
the f o l l o w i n g d i s s y l l a b i c d i a g r a m t
f
There a r e very few tan words having h l / h 1.
There are
• •
f f
^
no esn exampios for h h / l l . lcuur hi \nu chec!
h 1
ir«. i r r e g u l a r e s n .
132
Nominative
Absolute
lh
lhf
11
hh
hhf
hfh
lh
hi
hfl
I
7 f 1
hfh
Fig.
9
esn D i s s y l l a b i c s .
iRn
1+6.
Dissyllubic^^il2]HZi2H£
'
11 ( a b s o l u t e )
I.
1.
kf-rc
laa'twa
1.
2.
"
iywaak
I-.
rig'eet
H e sees a c h i l d
lh (nominative)
—
2 . keere l ^ k w a
The c h i l d s e e s h i a
cow
Ke Gec.-s a cow
n
»
1
keere
boy
iywaak/-a
"
^•or.inative
II•
Absolute
11
lh
i.-.aang'
latex
maang'ga
11
III.
iL.
chooriin
thief
chooriin
1
.
••, nominative tsuffix / - a / .
T h i s isr; adds - aor-iiw"
133
lh*
hi
kerya
cottage
kerya
lh
hh
rokyo
potsherd
rokyo
lh
hhl
left
kaataam
hand
kaataam
lh
hfl
VII.
rootwa
knife
rootwa
11
hfh
VIII.
piitoon
habit
piitoon
11
f f
h h
IX.
mushroom
poobaan
poobaan
Nominative
Absolute
11
hh
lh
hhf
hi
hfl
lh
. f.
h J-
11
lhf
h V
Fig.
isn
10
Dissyllabics.
185
ipn D i s s y l l a b i c To .-?. ^ehayioii_r
AbBOll'In
Wo:, inr.ti ve
11
saioen
lh
buffaloes
saaeon
11
lh
nooooi
wounds
iiiooooi
pooroa
bodies
roorna
11
lh
sa»muT;ny
an ts
lh
hi
loobe
•nurrVin
aoobe
11
hh
kaatya
saarauuny
kaatya
•TLILS
111
h £
sotoon
calabashes
sotoon
koelyen
lo.U'S
kt.c-lyen
lh
hfl
kuusvm
pa^ri/-.' ga
forfe--foet
T-anjja
A
iloot
paanj ' ca
n
tbimdtr/s
f f
h h
tyenwaak
kuuswa
iloct
11
sor.,;s
tyeuw.
k
135
Absolute
Nominative
lh
lhf
hh
11
hfh
hfhf
11
hhf
hfl
lh
hi
Fig.
ipn
48.
11
Dis'yllabics,
epn D i s s y l l a b i c Tonal Behaviour
Nominative
Absolute
11
I *
II,
III.
taabook
earthen bowls
t \abook
aanook
leather-bands
aanook
taaook
copper
taaook
1
11
lh
tee::iiil:
IV.
lh
lh
cultivators
teemiik
hi
e p n do not have f i n a l low tones in the absolute cr
136
11
hh
kweetwek
buttocks
kweetwek
kuutik
insects
kuutik
11
hh
VI.
lh
terweek
skulls
tcrweek
h V
VII.
11
- , h^h.
VIII.
aareelc
cubs
aari-ek
raooioelc
calves
inooieek
f f
h h
Absolute
r.ominative
lh1
hh
11
hhf
hfh
lh
(rare)
lh*
lh
FiR .
era
12
Dissyllabics.
Notes
T h e above
diagrams
(Figs.
9-12)
show that dissy-
llabic nouns must hav« at l e a s t one low tone in the
nominative c a s e .
They a l s o show that
there must be a
high
tone sonewhere in
except
137
the ibr.olute
(accusative)
case
in the case of 1 1 .
T e n t a t i v e L^sc-rv•.ttior.s
1 .
The a b s o l u t e i n i t i a l 1 rer: lins inti-.l 1
in
the n o m i n a t i v e .
'eL. The a b s o l u t e
(?h)
3.
initial
becomes
h
intial
1
in the nor in t i v e .
f
The absolute i n i t i a l h_
becomes i n i t i a l
1. ( ? h ) in the nominative.
The absolute f i n -1 1 becomes f i n a l h
5.
in the nominative.
Ti.e a b s o l u t e f i n a l h becomes fin-~l 1
f 2
(Vh ) i n . the nominative.
6.
The absolute
in
final }/
becomes f i n a l 1
(?h)
the nominative.
i_sn Monosyllabic Tonal Behaviour
50.
The isn tones,
in "iany cases , b o h . v e like either
the i n i t i a l or tho f i n a l d i s s y l l a b i c
ruse
hf
*
mooi h
The calf s e e s him.
met
He h i t s a h e : d .
h
hi
"
net
arae
nun
1
The head h i t s hi~i.
lie cats a stomach.
hf
hi
ana 1
pcele ina
(?h)
Examples;
He sees a c a l f .
keere •.icoi
hfl
tones.
hfl
h
"
ma 1
The stomach, ( e a t s )
He
The
-in hi:i.
burns the f i r e .
fire
burns h i * .
represent occasional occurrences of h tones.
^'The a c c u s a t i v e fin\1 h after an i.niti -.1 h ( i . e . hh)
~ f
may be any of 1 , h or
138
Absolute-
I.
.Nominative
1
II.
J>
inoo 1
wound
moo
h
ter 1
pot
ter
h
terr.
branch
tem
h
1
h
III.
I
met h
head
met
poos h
b a l d haad
poos
ng'ot h
spear
ng'ot
na
fire
h
hf
1/h
f
f
nuui h
koong 1
f
stomach
nai 1
hide/skin
auui h
' f
h
cow
5 en n
(no,
para.
t_ny h
,
soon I
b a r r e n cow
.
da^er
esn M o n o s y l l a b i c Ton .1
T h e r e are very
koong 1
eye
tany h
, f
soot n
, f
pen n
51.
few
11.1)
pen 1
•''•ehavi our
raonosyliable
suffixes.
esn because of the
Uxanroles:
Norsin-.tlve
Alsol.to
1
ii
raaat
fire
rsaat
let
let
hf
1
-
-
rnaa h
1
;
b o h i n d / p . '.st
neet
Meet
dyinr
•139
ipn lionosyllnbic Ton .l Be'navicur
52.
i'-\n r.onosy l i m b i c s ire not on^y.
ocaojDles:
Absolute
Koir.in - tivo
1
h
nes
charcoal
no
go.'its
no
piich
people
piich/^iic''
tuch
cattlu
tuch
nes
1
twaal
e;:n
53.
tuaal
bolls
oxiosyllnbic ?or..'.l Behaviour
epn a o n o s y l l a b i c s are few because most of enn take
dissyllabic
epn s u f f i x e s ,
Jxi;.yles:
I'.'oMiiMti ve
Absolute
h
1
foiik
people
peek
water
piik
peek
1
pe^lc
The above i s n ,
millet
t s n , ijin and
peek
pn monosyllabics show that:
1.
The absolute 1 beco.ies h in the nominative;
2.
The absolute h becomes 1 in the nominative,
3.
The absolute h_ becoo.iS 1 / h in the nc> i n a t i v e .
•p
and
lUo
M o n o s y l l a b i c s behave as if t ley were
the f i n a l tones of
the d i s s y l l a b i c s .
J
See p a r a .
4 9 , iNos. +,
5 and 6.
Polysyllubics
From the above,
that
paras.
^5-48,
it
i s apparent
the i s n , e_sn, ipn and epn tonal patter; s are not
the s a n e .
.^xariples:
Absolute
Nominative
isn
noarya
11
lh
esn
naaryeet
lh
11
ipn
naaryooi
lh
11
epn
naaryook
lh
lh
f
diadem
The e s n ,
ipn and o^ji tones ir. the a b s o l u t e
case a r e i d e n t i c a l but
the e;.n in the nominative case
d i f f e r s in the fin<>l ton<=>.
d i s s i m i l a r , tone p a t t e r n s .
T h i s h i n t s that tones have
?
I roi
the c h a r a c t e r i s t i c
b e h a v i o u r o f nouns from Class 1 - 1 1
are
d i f f e r e n t in f i n a l p o s i t i o n s .
(nixed)
this
groups o f nouns
pattern
(isn,
esn,
the
The
following 28
exemplify
difference.
Noninative
f.
lb h
isn
nyaanyaawa
111
esn
llh
lhl
ipn
nya myaaweet
— —
1
nyaanyaaooi-i
llh
f
1
lhh -h
, f
epn
nyaanyaaook
llh
lhh
Ouapmire
2.
bitterns observed
i o " m d epn)
absolute
1.
(accusative)
isn
£Sii
kunuya
kunuye_et
•The a d d i t i o n a l _ i is
p a r a . ^ 3 . 1 , above.
Class
lhl
llh
lhh
lhl
the ion nominative s u f f i x .
2.1.
See
Ha-
im
le unuyooi-i
lhh
lhh^-h
epn
kunuyook
lhh
lhhf
Class
Gunny bug
isn
tiiig' oong1 a
hhl
llh
ear-.
t i n g ' oong' eet
kfclx
lhl
ij^n
ting'oonj'ooi-i
hhh
lhh f -h
evin
t i n g 1 oong* oolc
hhh
lhhf
.1
Class
Crocodi le
isn
su^cunwa
hhl
esn
sugunweet
hhh
lhl
lhh f -h
f
i ijn
3u;;unoou-i
hhh
epn
sugunoonik
hhhh
lhnl
Class fc.IV.
xsn
ineseenta
hhl
esn
aie . o e n t e e t
linn
i r:ri
e£n
hhh
••ie.j«=erit;.i
llh
lhl
llhf
f
hhhh1
leseentaiik
lhlil
Cl:„ss j>.
liaskot
6.
isn
inychiryuan-ta
llh
lhh -h
esn
inychiryant
llh
lh}iJ
111
lhh f -h
lllh
llihl
.
..
ipn
m y e ireen-i
epn
inychireenik
A
Class *+.!!,
Fish
1
/_i/,
above.
2,
llh
Copper
5.
2.1.
/ - t a / are noroi native- s u ; ' f i x e s .
See
Ii2
7.
isn
kar ?. t ys-.an- ta
llh
lhh : -h
esn
karatyant
llh
lhhf
jpn
karati
111
llh
epn
karatiik
llh
lhl
Cliss
RloocT
8.
isn
checrera
lhl
Mil
esn
cheereroet
lhh
hhh
j-on
oheererooi
lhh
hhh
epn
cheererook
lhh
hhh
Class
Baby
9•
isn
oitima
lhl
llh
t,sn
s i t i : -ec't
lhh
lhl
ipn
sitir.iooi-i
lhh
lhh"-il
epn
sitimook
lhh
lhh 1
isn
kipsooiywa
111
hll
esn
kipsooiyweet
llh
hlh
_iipn
lcipsoon
111
hll
e jn
kipsoonik
lllh
hllh
Class k . I V .
Cock
11.
isn
inychukyaun-tu'
lhh
hhh/lhh f -h 2
esn
inychukya.-.'.t
ll ili
lhh 1
ipn
inychugu
lhl
llh
epn
inychup;uuk
lhh
lhl
Class 7 . 1 .
Groundnut
1
2
2.1.
Class 2 . 1 .
electricity
10.
10.1,
There, is a Ion-or i s n ( i . e .
forra of t h i s loan-word.
s i t i u a i y i a a n and srtiFaiyiaan-
This ion has two nominative forms.
12.
isn
kipsuunte
lhl
hhl
esn
kipsuunte
lhl
hhl
ipn
kipsuunteiisya
lhlll
hhlll
9111
kipsuunteiisvek
lhllh
hhllh
November
13.
Class
isn
met
h
1
esn
aetit
hh
11
ipn
raetowa
hll
llh
££n
metoweek
hlh
lhl
Clues
Head
isn
kookwn
hh
lh
f
esn
kookweet
hh
ipn
kookwaatinwa
epn
kookwaatinweok
hflll
f
f
h llh
hhfh
f
hh h
lhh f -h
,, , f
lhh
i££.
hhfl
lhh f-h
epn
intisiinik
hhflh
lhhl
Class
Banana
isn
ser
1
esn
seruut
lh
lh
11
f
ipn
seruun-e
hh
epn
seruunek
hlh
/ ~ t a / , / - i / , /-u/
'+3.1
above.
lh-h
lhl
Class
Hose
1
lhhl
* 1
mcisyaan-ta
intisyaat
. . . . .
.1
mtismn-i
isn
esn
16.
llhh
Claus
Village
15.
11
re no-: in.itive s u f f i x e s ,
^ee para.
1 Vf
17.
isn
]:nrgaiyaan~ t a
hlh
lhh f -h
esn
kur
t
hh
11
ipn
kurgoot
lh
11
epn
kurro<;tik
llh
lhl
Glass
Door
18.
ion
saauutya
hll
lhfh
esi,
saauutyet
lhl
ipn
sa~uut
h f li:h
f
hh
e'in
saauutik
hhh
lhl
19.
isn
esn
i pn
ielelta
"
-1
t;. ss 1 e e lw =». ak - i
eon
raeleelwnagik
lhl
hlh
llh
f
llh':
lhhl
isn
ting'ooiyaan~ta
hlh'
lhh f -h
esn
ting'ooiyaat
hlh
lhhf
ipn
tinjj.1 ooa
hll
lb f h
epn
tin t ~'ooek
hlh
lhl
Class
Coli's
11a
lhh f -h
llh
lhhf
tooloorit;'
lh
11
toolong'ik
llh
lhl
loil
tooloon;-'iaan-ta
esn
tooloon
.pn
®EEL
:
iiat
C I :.s
Crumb
T
lhh f -h
Class <°>.
Thirst
20.
6.Ill,
111
hh
lei
11
Class
Pray in .j
6.1,
/ - i / is the nouir itive s u f f i x .
Gee p a r a .
9.1.
10.1]
above.
145
isn
mataan& 1
lh
11
esn
mataar.tu
llh
lhl
ipn
mataang • ai
hhhf
llhf
epn
ma taang•ai i k
hhhh'
lhhl
Cheek
Class 2 •
isn
kaaliigaiyaan-t£
lhfl
llh
esn
kaaliigeet
lhfh
lhl
llhf
f
ipn
kaaliigai
lhh
epn
kaaliigaiik
lhhh 1
Calico
Class 5-
isn
ng'elyep
hh
esn
ng'clyerta
hlh
11
lhl
f
epn
lhhl
nrc • elyeebwaak-i
llh
ng'elyeebwaagik
llhh
lhh f -h
lhhl
Tonrrue
Class
isn
taaburbuur-ya
hfhl
enn
taaburt'uu r ye_ t
hfhlh
f
lhh f -h
lhhl
f
llhf
lhhl
ipn
taabnrbuur
h lh
epn
taaburbuurik
hflhh
Class
Butterfly
isn
masweeti
111
lhfh
esn
masweetiit
llh
lhl
ipn
masweetiisya
1111
lhhfh
epn
maswectiisyek
lllh
lhhl
Class
Python
8.
isn
saaraar-ya
hi
lh f -h
esn
saaraaryet
hlh
lhl
10.
1.1
46
ipn
saaraar-i
hh*
lhf-h
e
saaraarik
lhh
lhl
r"
Dove
28.
isn
esn
Cl-iss 1 0 . 1 1 ,
toroornat~a
llh-h
hh*l
f
toroornatet
hh lh
f
lhhl
i on
toroornatoosya
hh lll
lhhfh
epn
toroorn;toosyek
hhfllh
Ihhhl
f
Class
Heipht/loftiness
1.II,
1
?
55.
i rom seme of the above r.ouns (1 - 2 c )
isn
behaviour appears a s
Abs.
Norn
1
Ill
lhfh
26
111
lhfh
6
llh
hlh2
7
follovs:
+ Worn. aufi".
lhh f -h
/aan/
f
/aan/
f
lhh -h
/aan/
f
lhh -h
/aan/
lhh*-h
/ aan/
lhh f -h
/aan/
lhh -h
llh
21
llh
2
lhl
llh
9
lhl
llh
11
lhh
hhh
23
llh
17
lhfl
f
hlh
20
hlhf
3
hhl
llh
k
hhl
llh
5
hhl
llh
groups the
The monosyllabic ant' th>. d i s s y l l a b i c nouns do not f i t i n t o
this analysis.
Nouns preceded by e i t h e r / k i p / pr / c h e e p /
have d i f f e r e n t p a t t e r n s . See N o s . 8 , 10 and 12 at para.5**.
2
T h e r e -re c e r t a i n i s n words with -alternative nominative
tones.
28
hhfl
llh-h
15
hhfh
lhh f -h
18
hfll
25
hfhl
I.
lhfh
alt./-ya/
lhh f -h
From the above behaviour of tones
/ - a a n / endings call
isn words with
for a d d i t i o n a l s u f f i x e s with an
accompanying tonal a d d i t i o n .
T h e isn i n i t i a l
II.
ending.
See p a r a .
t o n a l movements
kj.l.
of the t r i s y l l a b i c s
are:
ominative
Absolute
1.
Initial
1
2.
it
h
becomes i n i t i a l 1
3.
II II II ,.
•i
ti
i
ti
"
1
The isn medial tonal movements o f the t r i s y l l a b i c s
are:
Absolute
rioninative
3 6 6
£
N0S
fter 1 and before 11 'becomes medial h_
1, 2 6 .
M e d i a l 1 a f t e r 1 and before
II
it
h 6,7,21.
ii
11
h
ii
1
»
1
2.
—
~f
II
H
h 17, 20.
r.
;i
h_
ii
1
h
"
3.
f
II
18.
h_
it
ii
1
ti
hf «
if.
1
•
II
1 2 , 9.
it
is
1
ii
1
«
h
5.
II
11.
h
tl
Ii
h
ii
1
"
h
6.
II
1 3-5.
it
it
1
it
h
"
h
7.
II
h
25ti
1
it
ii
h£ »
h
8.
II
1
23.
it
1
n
1
"
9.
x»
II
281.
it
it
1
t
i
h
"
10.
hi
1.
?
Hence
a.
1
Hot
it
:
f
1 1 1 , h 11 have me d i a l
all poss i b i l i t i e s
£
h_
in
are dealt
'
148
llh, hlnf,
f
f
h h i , hh h
b..
lhh;
' h a v e a medial h in the ro. i n i t i v e .
f
lh 1, hh 1 have a medial 1 in nominative.
f
l h l , hhl,
IV.
T h e i s n f i n a l tonal n o v e ^ e / t s of t ie t r i s y l l a b l e s
are:
Absolute
1.
Nominative
f
h, h_ becomes f i n a l !_
f
f1
1 , h , r/
"
"
h
F i n a l 1 a f t e r 1,
2.
"
h
5.
"
hf
These
final
"
:i
1, h,
(trisyllabic)
(?hf)
tonal movements do not tally
very much with the monosyllabic ones
(at
of the i n f l u e n c e of preceding t o n e s .
them do
hf (rare)1
"
53)
because
Eut a majority of
when the a d d i t i o n a l nominative
tones a r e taken into a c c o u n t .
para.
s u f f i x e s and t . e i r
But then the noun becomes
tetrasyllable.
F u t t i n g the
i n i t i a l , the •nedials and th
tOf-Cthrrl- from vhe a b s o l u t e an i the nominative
appear
a s follows:
Nominative
absolute
Initial
1.
n
2.
nedial
^
1
becomes
1
1.
1
2.
1
3.
, f
a
4.
3.
hf
4.
x 2 -l-l
5.
x - l - h / h f ••
6.
h f -h-l
h
6.
7.
X-A-h
h
7.
8.
x-h-1
"
1
8.
9:
x-hf-l
!1
1
9.
"
5.
initial
ti
ii
medial
•i
i;
it
ii
ii
t
Some nouns acquire the nominative s u f f i x with a hi.jh
2
f
x s t a n d s for any of 1, h, h
tones.
tone.
9
Final
11
10.
1
11.
h
becomes
12. h
VI.
"
h
10.
h£
11.
h
f
Final
12.
f
Frou the above paragraph ( 5 5 . V )
it
i s observed
that:
1.
The n o a i n a t i v e
is
trisyllabic
rcn
initial
tone
1.
2.
The nominative t r i s y l l a b i c i__sn -.ledi^l tone
f
i s any o f 1 , n , h__.
3.
The nominative
.
.
, f1
i s h or h .
trisyllc'-.ic i s n fin.il tone
• ov to check correctness
VII.
U s i n g number (1
1/iarkeie
- 1 2 ) as t:,ey appear against tonal
it is possible
to ascertain the correctness of
the above tonal combinations.
ixair.ples:
1
+ 5 + 1 1
(abs.)
is
1 + 1 + h = l l h . See par-.55 6 / 7 .
1
+ 5 + 1 1
(nam.)
is
1 + h + hf= lhhf
Abs.
2 + 9 + 1 1
is
h + h f + h = hh f h
Wois.
2 + 9 + n
is
i +
l
+ hf=
llhf
T h i s combination is not correct in t>s nominative.
h i n t s that there is somethir.- wron;: somewhere.
the combination or p a i r i n g of
vron?; is
T^is
.Vh t is
the i n i t i a l tones.
To .^et the rijjiit conbinati?ns certain nu bors at the
i n i t i a l . roup n.utt have certaiii numbers
and at
the f i n a l groups,
Initial
''This
is
-.t the ^.eJial
thus:
Kodial
I'inal
1
+
4 , 8, 9
+
10
1
+
5
+
11 or 12
2
+
k, 8, 9
+
10
rare.
150
2
+
2
+
5, 7
+
5
3
+
3
+
3
+
1
+ 6 h 10
1
12
+
6, 3,9
5
1
+
10
+
11 Or 12
7
+
1
1
Examples
Abs.
is
1 + h + 1
= lhl
10
is
1 + 1 + h
= llh
Abs.
2 + k + 10
is
h + 1 + 1
= hll1
Nom.
2 + 4 + 1 0
1 + hf+ h
= lhfh
n
- on.
1 + 8 +
T h e above number combinations have been
tested with many
other isn words (not g i v e n at p a r a .
and t^ey
expected
lh
lhf
1
111
llh
llh
h
hll
hlh
hlhf
f
55)
jive
results.
11
h
is
oee para.55 N o . 2 / 9 .
f
x»
f
f
h A l l hXlh h lh
hh
hi
hhf
• f f
; hh
lhh
lhl
lhh
lh h
hhh
h>l
f 2
hXhl h h l
Fig-
Absolute
hfh
hfl
lhfl
l h•f h
. ,. f
'.i an
r f
: hh h" •-"Hi 1
hhfh
hfhhf
F f
• f f f
h h l
h l h
f f
h h h
13
Trisyllabic
Tonal Combinations.
Other Polysyl? abicfi
'III.
Tonal beh aviour of otbor r»olysyTlabics nay be deter-
mined ir.
tho s i'ic- nanner and treatment as the above i s n .
r ~
This combination is not found at p-.ita.55 but siigootya h l l
(tuber l a t e x ) is an i s n v/ord.
'"Tonal c p n b i n a t i o n s v h i c h ^ a r e u n d e r l i n e d are not coanon.
Thuj arc- not found in t h e noun l i s t s in t h i s study.
i
ENGLISH
-
SVfAIIILI _
A
NOUN
^ KALETIJIN. JjOUNS
LIST
APPENDIX
151
ENGLISH
-
SWAHILI
-
A
KALENJIN
NOUNS
(mainly) singular
nouns
Pl.Cl.Nos
abattoir
machinjoni
soogeet*
abdomen
tumbo
maaeet
3.Ill
abscess
jipu
oontiiryet
9-II
accident
ajali
6.Ill
acre
ekari
nyasuutyet
• 2 _
eegarit
Eng.
adder(snake)
nyoka wa sumu
munyweet
2.II
address
anwani
aanwaani
adieu
kwa heri
saaisere
advocate
wakili
ogilyaat^
aerolite
kimwondo
seng'kwetyeet
5
aeroplane
eropleni/ndege
inteegeit
1.1
afterbirth
kondo ya nyuma
porooweet
It.IV
sabeet
l.II
umri
kenyiit"1"
l.II
mtetemeko kwa
a j i l i ya homa
pootaneet
l.II
air(wind)
upepo mwepesi
kooriista"'"
3.1
alcohol
tembo na ulevi
maiywaat
9.1
altitude
urefu, kimo
toroorinta
age(days or
maisha
months, years)
(age in
process)
ague
ambidexter
l.II
Sw.
1.1
1.1
Sw.
kip-wal-eei
1.1
1.1
Sw.
Sw.
3.1
epn
3
1.1
""To get the plural nouns the singular suffixes -eet/-et,
-aat/-at, -iit/-it, -ta and -«ut/-ut are removed and
suffixes as represented by class numbers (see summary of
s u f f i x e s ) are put at the end of the word base.
Under certain
conditions glides are removed together with the singular
suffixes.
^There are two a ' s , e ' s , i ' s , o ' s and two u ' s in Kaaleenychiin.
They are a , a ; £ , e ; i_,i; 0 , 0 ; and u , u .
Also there are aa, aa,
ee, e e , ii^, i i , 00, 00 and uu, uu. These are pronounced as
one long vowel sounds.
See Notes On Phonology.
o
epn
stand for a compounded noun, kip is a nominal prefix.
In many other words kip may not be hyphenated except when
it indicates a semantic development of a word,
epn are
hyphenated except when semantics is ignored.
152
amen can
-a Amerika
amerepaiintet
(amereganieek)
9.1
amulet
talasimu, hirizi intasimnyeet
2.1
ancestor
babu
kuuga
1.1
angel
malaika
iralaigaiyiaat Sw.
1.1
angle
pembe
luktaauutyet
6.Ill
ankle
kifundo cha mguu kwaaryaat
ant
mdudu
kuutyet
10.11
(white)
mchwa
taaiyiaat
10.1
(brown)
siafu
saamuunyet
10.11
(small black)
sisimizi
kolweet
2.II
kichuguu
keebuukweet
U.IV
puraasta
3.1
anthill
anthrax
1.1
anus
mkundu
kipmestoweet
5
anvil
fuawe
kesireet
2.1
aorta
mshipa mkubwa
wa damu
tiigiityaat
10.11
aperture
tundu
koonta/
10.11
apex
k i l e l e , ncha
waliit
(waliisaiik)
10.11
api ary
mzinga wa nyuki
maiing'get
U.I3
apostle
mtume
maaootyaat
10.11
apparel
mavazi, nguo
kaalaaguutik epn"
6.Ill
appetite
tamaa, njaa
mageet
l.II
£oril
mwezi wp nne
iwaatkuut
archer
mpigaji uoindi
mwaagiintet
1.1
1
Alveolar / t / after / n / or /m/ is phonetically more
precise than / d / .
^Vhere a plural form has other internal changes in addition
to plural suffixes eon is given in brackets,
/ s / is «n
internal chanpe in addition to /-aik/ epn suffix.
•s
Classes U.I-V and 1 0 . 1 1 may look alike in the final syllable
at the ipn but differ at the isn. The Class h i^n -an, -en,
-in, -on and -un are suffixes whereas those of Class 1 0 . 1 1
are not suffixes. The s«me problem exists between
Classes 6 and 10.11.
epn (isn, esn, and ipn) is exclusive plural noun/s. See
Nature of Nouns, para. 9 . I I in Kalenjin Nouns and Their
Classification.
153
area
eneo
eryait, Eng.
1.1
ark
sanduku kubwa,
safina
maiing'get
'f.I
arm
rakono
euut
'•.V
armlet
bangili
karneet
2.1
armpit
kwapa
kulgulta1
arras
zana za v i t a
kariik
10.11
(aap
10.Ill
lugeet)
arrow
mshalc
kipchaabeet
2.1
artery
nshipa rakubwa
tiigiityaat
10.11
arthritis
ugonjwa wa y a b i s i m o g o o n g ' n g ' i a a t
kali
ash
najivu
oryaat
a s s (see
donkey)
punda
sigiryeet
2.1
assagai (see
spear)
mkuki
ng'otit
3.1
assets
mali
inagarnateet
1.II
asterisk (*)
(see star)
alama h i i
attire (see
apparel)
vao,
attorney
wakili
o g i l y a a t , Sw.
auctioneer
mnadi
cheenunaantaiintet
August
mwezi wa nane
rooptuui
1.1
aunt
shangazi
kaaruuehaan
1.1
auricle
iitit
auspices
(favourable)
sehemu ya s i k i o
(nje)
ndege njema
(mnyach)
aviary
kitundu cha ndege k a a p t a r i i t
(oreelc)
keecheeiyiaat
*
mavazi,
/ c h / is
/ch/.
a c t u a l l y / c / but
10.1
"
and sounds l i k e
traditional
1.1
^.11
tariitik
10.Ill
10.11
10.11
soft / g h / .
Nouns in phrases are c l a s s i f i e d i n d i v i d u a l l y at
appropriate places.
5
9.II
nguo i n g ' g o r a i i k
Sw.
Intervocalic / g / is soft
1.1/^.11
convention
their
uses
154
koonunootyaat
5
msharasi
kipbarbarit
1.1
awning
pazia
uurweet
axe
shoka
axis
mhimili,
award
zawadi,
awl
tuzo
2.11
2
pia
aiyweet (aoonook)
toloita 3
ekselit,
axle
a y a (see
nurse)
Eng.
2.II
10.11
1.1
dry
mlezi , yaya
c heeplaakweet
2.1
nyani mkubwa
mooseet
1.II
B
baboon
b a b y (newly
born)
(no
teeth y e t )
mtoto mchanga
b a c k (of b o d y ) r n g o n g o
'•(of n e c k )
backbiter
kisogo
5
kimuutit,
1.1
imbirinyect
2.1
1.II
upara
poosta
3.1
mpira, t u f e
iinbiireet Sw.
2.1
mulaamulyeet
2.1
teegaat
9.II
baldness
ball
thing)donge
bamboo
mwanzi
banana
mgomba,, n d i z i
band ( o f
wide l e a t h e r )
strings)
( o f creepers
and b a r k s )
utepe
infosyaat,
before
See
3
toloita
/in/
Sw.
k. Ill
aanweet
2.1
rogoeet
1.II
porooweet
U.IV
tapsiiniet
2.1
/ p / b e f o r e / p / o r / b / both become one
2
10.Ill
motogeet
mfuko
1
pateet
1.II
bag
( o f thin
leather)
if.IV
rooteet
uti wa mgongo
(of
ng'eereerweet
inychaamiintet
rawambi
back-bone
(round
4.11/2,
cheerereet
soft / b /
and / p /
is s i l e n t .
f o o t n o t e of meanings of
(tolochta)
has
'apex'
(waliit/walii-s-aiil
toloochik*(epn).
155
bang
paang'giik,
bangi
bank
(of
(of
river )
10.1
1.II
ing'geguut
ukingo
peen^'giit,
banki
money)
Sw.
Eng.
1.1
10.1
Banyan
( A s i a n ) banyani
panianiintet
bar(of
p o l o s ) pao au u f i t o
mireiywaat
9.1
ufito
teteiywaat
9.1
jino la rnshale
iitit,
gome
peerteet
(of
storage
base)
barb
bark
(hard)
barren
(noun)
basin
(big)
(very
(o
10.11,^
10.11
sooneet
3.ill
(m) gumba
sirorta
3.1
bakuli,
pesyenit,
(f)
tasa
bia
basket (very
small)
(small)
waliit
Eng.
kiptigeet
1.1
A T
2.1
kikapu
kiisyet
TkiTskiis)
kapu
tamambait
if.Ill
meseenteet
5
kc-teeng' gereet
2.1
big)
d and b r o k e n )
10.11
10.11
bat
popo
recreesyet
baton
kirungu
ruung'guut
1.III
battle
vita
lugeet
1.II
bayonet
singe
penet,
bead
ushanga
sonoiyiaat
9.1
lalateet
1.II
haragwe
ng'eentyaat
9.1
ndevu
taaraneet
2.1
beast
mnyama
tyaanta
10.Ill
bed
kitanda
itoogut
1.III
bedding
malalo
5
bee
nyuki
ing1goraiik
2
sege.nnyaat
beehive
mzinga wa nyuki
maiing'get
5.1
beeswax
nta
temenieet
5
beam(of
f i r e ) mwali
bean
beard
V i /
2
(hair)
glide
After /m/
before
the
a /n/
becomes
suffix / a t /
Eng.
1.II
10.11
/iy/«
or / a a t / is
preceded b y / n y / g l i
156
beef
nyama ya ng'ombe
peenta
9.II
beer
pombe
maiyweek
9.1
kiptaaruruut
1.III
beetle
bell
kengele
twaalyaat
9.II
bellows
mivukuto
kuubanta
3.1
belly
tumbo
maaeet
3.Ill
legetyeet
5
belt
(women's
)
1.1
mshipi
moosiibiit
beads)
kondavi
kinyaateet
2.1
betrothal
(women's)
uchumba
kaabwaatereeret
1.II
Bible
Bibilia
Baibol,
1.1
bicycle
baisikeli
paskiliit,
bile
nyongo
kaagaataneet
2.1
kuutiit
3.IV
(modern)
(of
bill
(of b i r d s )
mdorao
Sw.
Eng.
1.1
Eng.
billy-goat
denge wa mbuzi
kweesta
10.11
biltong
mtande
(sirigeniaat
(sigireniaat
10.11
bird
ndege
tariityet
10.11
kiota
kesit
biscuit
biskuti
piskut,
Eng.
1.1
bit
kipande
kebeeberyaat
3.1
bitch
mbwa j i k e
kaargeet (aap
ng' oogik)1
1.III
mhunzi
kiitaang'iintet
bladder
kibofu
kipkuuleita
blade (of
grass)
jani
iitit (aap
suuswaat)
blanket
blanketi
marang'geetiit Sw.1.1
blindness
upofu
korateet
(of
chongo
bird's
black
nest
smith
ne
eye)
1.1
10.Ill
3.1
10.Ill
1.II
(rneoat k o o n g ' )
bliss
jaha
perurta
3.1
blister
lengelenge
termemuutyet
6.Ill
block (of
houses)
mpango wa nymba
kaariik
1
10.Ill
—
P h r a s e s i n brackets are not c l a s s i f i e d and nouns in brackets
a r e c l a s s i f i e d where they appear i n d i v i d u a l l y .
157
blood
blot
(disgrace)
10.1
karatiik
darau
aibu
keenternateet
1.II
blow
pigo
kweruutyet
6.Ill
blue-stone
mrututu
muurtuutiit,Sw.
1.1
blur
waa,
tisyeet
2.1/2.1
board
ubao
paagoiyiaat,Sw.
10.Ill
kiwiliwili
poorta
3.1
muusta
3.1
mzoga
poorta
3.1
bog
bwawa
nyaanyanweet
2.1
b o i l (see
abscess)
jipu
oontiiryet
9.II
bole
shina la rati
tegeet ( a a p
keetit)
.6.1
bomb
kombora
poomit, i^ng.
1.1
bone
fupa,
kaaweet
9.1
book
kitabu,msahafu
puguut,
booty (see
plunder)
mateka,
nyara
luuleniaat
10.11
border
mpaka,
ukingo
kiiwaateet
1.II
borrower
rnkopi
kipbeseni i n t e t
1.1
bosom
k i f u a , moyo
tegeet
6.1
bottle
chupa
chuubait,
(of
kiriba
motogeet
5
rnsingi
ng'waany
1.III
temeet
k. II
kuyaanta
3.1
kaatyek epn
9.1
iineet
5
kirerta
3.1
body
(trunk)
(human
corpse )
(carcass)
mfu,
skin)
bottom
bough ( s e e
doa
branch)
maiti
mfupa
tawi
upindi
bow
(bow & arrows )
bow-string
uta
upote
(for bleeding
cattle e t c . )
bowels ( s e e
in testines)
bowl
( o f wood)
(of
box
inatumbo
fua
earth)
sanduku
boy(circumcised)
(uninitiated)
mvulana
1.III
Eng.
Sw,
agutaanik,
epn
1.1
10.11
keeooch^t
2.1
taabeet
2.1
saantuguut,
Sw.
1.III
kiptooiyiaat
10.Ill
ng'eeteet
10.Ill
bracelet
kikuku
karneet
2.1
brain
ubongo wa kichwa
kuuntit
6.Ill
(kunyuutik )
brake (of
vehicle)
kizuizo
pereegit,
branch (see
bough)
tawi
temeet
(branch roads)
(of rivers
meeting)
n j i a panda
Eng.
1.1
II
sachooraanit,
epn 1 . 1
hori
tuuiya-bei,
brand ( f i r e
brand)
kinga
kegeeng' get
4.1
breast (see
bosom)
kifua
tegeet
6.1
kiineet
5
dodo
epn
1.1
(woman's)
maziwa,
(animals)
kidari
tagateet
breath
pumzi
kaabuuset
breeches
suruali
surualiit,
bribe
rushwa
osooya,
brick
tofali
matuubaaryaat,Sw .
7
bride
bibi
murereet
4.II
bridegroom
bwana a r u s i
saantet
10.11
bridge
daraja
eetyeet
1.II
bridle
hatamu,
arusi
ugwe
1.11/2
1.II
Sw.
1.1
Luo
taaniuiinik,
1.1
Sw.
4.Ill
ing'geguut
1.III
mdomo
kuutiit
3.IV
brimstone
kiberiti
kibiiritiit,Sw.
1.1
brisket
nyama ya k i d a r i
tagateet
1.II
brood
(children)
watoto
laagok
2.1
brook
kijito
segeneniaat
1.1
broth
rachuzi wa nyama
na rnboga
suuteek
9.II
brother
ndugu mume , ahi
brim ( o f
(of
river)
vessel)
brother-in- law
(husband's
brother
ukingo
shemeji
nwamu
epn
ng'eetaap-kaam
1.1
paanuru
3.1
paamuru
3.1
159
(wife's
brother)
wifi
naanyiteen
1.1
brother-hood
udugu
tuupchaantiit
1.1
brow
p a j i la uso
togoch/tegeiyiaat
10.I1/10.1I
b r u s h (for
cleaning
calabash)
(modern)
10.11
soosyaat
puraasit,
povu
pugaat
9.II
bubo (swollen
glands)
mtoki
ng'ulyeelet
2.1
buck
duine wa paa
iruguteet
5
bucket
ndoo
intooit,
Sw.
bud
chipukizi
kulgulta
keetitT
(aap
bubble
Eng.
1.1
burashi
1.1
10.11
k. II
buffalo
rob o go
saaeet
bug
kunguni
kalalyaat
bugle
baragumu
turumbeetiit,Eng .
b u l b (root
of shrub)
shina la mboga
10.11
(e.g.)siigootyet
10.11
1.1
(electrical)
kioo cha taa
ya uraeme
paalbit
bull
fahali
kirgit/kiruk
bullet
r i s a s i ya bunduki r i s a a s y a a t , 3w.
k. Ill
bulrush
(millet)
wirabi
(peek)
9.1
bun
inkate mdogo mtamu kituumbuua, 3w.
1.1
bunch
fungu
ratuutyet
6.in
bundle
kifurushi .
ratuutyet
6.Ill
bung
k i z i b o cha
kerweet
2.II
burden
mzigo
nileet
1.II
bus
(see
taxi)
paiywaat
pipa
motokaa ya
abiria
tegisiit,
Eng.
1.1
Eng.
10.11
1.1
2.II
bush
koko
pukwaat
bust(wocian's)
niaziwa ya
mwanarnke
ki inai ik/nuruung'guut
5/1.HI
butcher
mchinja nyama
yeeng'iintet
10.Ill
160
b u t t (of
s h a r p thing)
ncha butu
pateet
butter
siagi,
syaagit,
(buttermilk)
rr.tindi wa raaziwa
masacheek
(butterfly)'
kipepeo
taaburbuuryet
buttock
tako,
kweetyaat
3.1
byre
zizi
piiyuut
1.III
samli
kitako
l a ng'ombe
cabbage
(vegetable)
kabich,
(pataaik)
10.1
1.1
Sw.
9.1
10.11
1.1
Eng.
IV
tang'aratweet
cactus
e.g.
cage
tundu
keriing'get
cake
mkate rntamu
keegit,
calabash
(container)
buyu
soteet
U.IV
calendar
takwimu
k a l e e n t a i t , Eng.
1.1
qooita
9.1
(peentaap) aita
(aisaiikr-
5
k a n i g i i t , Sw.
1.1
calf
(pi.calves)
c a l f of l e g
calico
(cloth)
mpungate
ndama wa
ng 1 ombe
shavu la mguu
kaniki
U.I
1.1
Eng.
camel
ngamia
ing 1 ftamiieet, Sw.
2.1
canal
mfereji
p e r e i s i i t , Sw.
1.1
cancer
donda baya sana
siirgiichet
candle
mshumaa
kentelit,
canon
kanuni ya
(ecclesiastical)
kanisa
ng'atuutik
canvas
kunuueet,
cap
(sacking)
gunia
( f o r human
heads)
kofia
(as
lids)
kifuniko
wa
Eng.
10.11
1.1
6.Ill
Eng.
2.1
karaisiit
1.1
kerweet
2.II
siinta
3.1
capillary
rashipa mdogo
darnu
capon
jogoo a l i y e h a s i w a kipsooiyweet
lataat)
(ne
capsicum
pilipili
pilibilyaat,
Sw.
captain
nahodha
kapteeniaat,
Eng.
U.IV
10.1
1.1
161
car
gari,
(motor
car)
notokaa
mootogaait, Kn,?.
1.1
carbon
makaa
nesyaat
9.II
carcass
razoga,
poorta
3.1
carrion
mzoga,
poorta
3.1
carrot
e.g,
cart
gari
pinda
figili
la
magurudurau
karat^t,
1.1
Zng.
1.1
cartilage
ufupa mwororo
k a r i i t , iing.
ng'aarmuuchet
cascade
(waterfall)
maanguko ya naji
asuruuryet
1.1
case
(box)
kasha
s a a n t u g u u t , Sw
1.III
cloth)
kifuniko
mabugeet,
1.II
cask
pi pa
piibait,
cassava
muhogo
(moogo, Sw.
(taptooiyiaat
(of
ngome
castle
castor
(oil)
cat
(modern)
(ancient
1.1
Sw.
1.1
U.ITI
irimeet
1.II
mafuta ya mbarika imaniaat
9.II
inaniaat
9.II
mbarika
(plant)
Sw.
2.1
paka
black)
pageet,
2.1/2.II
Sw.
cheeuusi,
Sw.
cat-o-nine ^
tails
mjeledi mkubwa
kipchaaritiit,Sw.
catarrh
raafua
ting'ooek
caterpillar
kiwavi
kuutyet
cattle
raifugo
teeta
1.1
9.1
10.11
(tuuga)
kabulaao,
cauliflower
1.1
kng.
11
1.1
cave
pango
kebeneet
1.II
cedar
mwerezi
taraakweet
it.IV
celibate
rase ja
cement
saruji
cemetery
makaburini
kireeriit
cent
sent
s e e n t e i y i a a t ^ . I H
centipede
tundu
kusaaiyiet
centre
katikati
kweenuut
certainty
hakika
imanit
kipmageesa
simiitiit,
Enp
1.1
1.1
1.1
-•1
1.IH
162
1.III
cess
kodi
aisuruut,
chaff
kapi
metetyaat
9.II
mkufu
sirimta
3.1
mnyororo
kipnyoorooiit,oh.
1.1
chair
kiti
ng'echereet
2.1
chalk
chaki
taartaarik epn
chain
(thin)
(thick)
chamber
(room )
chumba
chance
(good happening)
nafasi
ruumit,
3w.
10.11
1.1
^ng.
kasarta
3.1
1.II
(opportunity)
nasibu
keluunet
chaperon
msindikishaji
kaamutiintet
chaps
mataya
taagilgiilik
chapter (of b o o k )
sura,
charcoal
10.Ill
epn 1 0 . 1 1
kurgat/kurgeet
6.II
rnakaa
nesyaat
9.II
charm
talasimu
intasimnyeet
2.1
chase
mwindo
lageet
1.II
cheek
shavu la uso
oataanta
5
cheetah
durna
nurng'etunyit
1.1
tegeet
6.1
kidari
tagateet
2.1
chicken-
kifaranga
ing'gokyeet
chicken-pox
tetewanga
kaap-imberuuk epn. 7
chief
rnkuu, sultani
kirwaagiintet
chest
(human) kifua
(animal)
child
mlango
( s e e baby) ratotc
4.II/5
10.111
laakweet
2.1
3.HI
childless
(see b a r r e n )
gumba/tasa
soonest
chimney
dohani
chu.iuniit,
chin
kidevu
taanneet
2.1
chinaman
mchina
chainaiintet
1.1
chisel
patasi
patasit,
Sw.
1.1
choir
jamii ya waimbaji kwaaya, ^ng.
1.1
cholera
kipindupindu
kiptiiriirit
1.1
chord
utari
ineet
5
christian
rnkiristo
kiristaiyiaat,Eng . k . i l l
Eng.
kiristaaiintot
1.1
10.Ill
163
church
kanisa
kaniiscet,
cicatrice
kovu
peeruutyet
cigarette
sigara
sigareet,
cinder
(edible)
nakaa
Gw.
1.II
6.Ill
Eng.
lAfcniaat
2.1
10.11
cinema
sinerca
s£ixeom„, ling.
circle
duara
kip- tiyaang * ganit 1 . 1
circumcision
tohara
kaanuraataneet
1.II
citadel
n^ome
irimeet
1.II
city
inj x mkubwa
ins'ganaseet
2.1
clan
ukoo,
soreet
3.Ill
tuleet
1.II
kofi
kaarabaaget
1.II
u l i a i wa. kengele
kir/~it
clap
(of
(of
thunder)
hands)
clapper
bell)
kabila
radi
1.1
(in
(kiruk)
10.11
c l a t t e r (sound
of utensils)
cheeet 1
c l a v i c l e (see
collarbone)
r.tulinga
n a l i i n g ' ;;ootyet
claw
kucha,
siiyieet
2.1
clay
udongo,
r.eneet
1.II
clerk
karani
ukucha
towe
1.II
karaaniaat,
Sw.
1
10.11
1.1
cheepng atiilyet
2.1
sa r . kubwa
saait,
1.1
cloth
nguo,
kitaai.ibaeet
2.1
clothes
•avazi
kaalaaguutik
6.Ill
cloud
wingu
poolteet
club
rungu
ruung* juut
thurea
koromeerik
(of e . g .
bananas)
chane
kaaruruuguutyet
6.Ill
coat
koti
kootiit,
1.1
clitbris
kinenbe,
clock
cluster
stars)
cob
kisir.i
kitambau
Sw.
(pouli.k)lO.II
1.III
(of
( o f maize) |-;unzi
Eng.
muruun*?' ,^uut
10.11
1.III
" o v e r a vowel preceded bv another vowel of the same quality
show? that such a vowel is pronounced separately and not
as nart of the preceding vowel.
164
c o b w e b (secspider)
utando wa b u i b u i
kaat (aap
kiprorogeet)
cock
jogoo,
kipsooiyweet
cockscomb
ushun,-;i
song'onyeet
1.II
cockroach
mende
solopchaat
9.II
ka-iw^iyiaat., •
9.1
3.1
jimbi
( t r e e ) nbuni
coffee
10.Ill
IV
cold
baridi
kaititinta
collarbone
mtulinga
maliing'gootyet
colon
seheau ya tumbo
kinestoweett
colour
rangi
\ -4l
raang'giaat
comb
kitana
kipsunueet,
mazana
poukyet
company
karapani
kanbuniit,
compartment
mkato
tiluutyet
(see
anus)
-L -
(honey
comb)
10.11
5
10.1
Sw.
2.
10.11
ling.
1.1
6.Ill
cheepbaigeiyiaat
concubine
I
Sw.
Ill
1.1
conduit
mfereji
pereisiit,
confluence
(of rivers)
mkutano
tuuiya-bei
1.1
conscience
dhamiri
muguulelta
3.1
conspectus
muhtasari
kaanwagii_tet
1.II
koromecrik epn
constellation
10.11
1.II
wiireneet
constipation
uyabisi wa tumbo
consumption
kifua
conundrum
kitendnwili
t-.ang' goochet
cook
rapishi
imbisyaat,
copper
shaba nyekundu
sugunweet
cord
ugwe
rogoeet
core-
kiini
inteet
cork
kizibo
kerweet
2.II
aguteet
k. I I
luktaauutyet
6.Ill
keryeet
2.II
(rope)
corn (on
corner
foot)
sugu
(see
antjle)
pembe
c o t , cottage
nyuuiba ndogo
_cot_ton
pauba
1
S.C.
tiibii,
kikuu
stand
for
'singular
pgarabai
only'
Eng.Sing .
Sw.
1.1
10.11
4.Ill
b.IV
1.II
S.O.
Sw
«
1
1.II
1.1
..
165
countenance
uso, wajihi
togeet
10.11
couple
meire na mke
kaap-chii
S.O.
ccusin
binamu
teete
cow (middle aged)
1.1
10.11
iiywaaget
(heifer)
rooryaat
3.1
(barren)
sooneet
3.Ill
(old)
cheeraganeet
2.1
twapteiyiaat"'"
U.III
(1st
calver)
cowhide
ngozi ya ng'ombe muuita
cowrie
kete
segeeryet
korongo
koong'aanvaat
cranium
fuvu la kichwa
terta.
3.1
crevice
mwanya, mwatuko
kereercheet
l.II
cripple
kiwete, kilema
saalaamweet
2.1
crocodile
mamba
ting'oong'eet
2.1
crop (see seed)
mazao
kesuutyet
6. Ill
kxyaanta
3.1
crane
(bird)
crossbow (see bow) upindi
3.1
9.II
1.1
cross-road
n j i a panda
sachooraan
crow
kunguru
cheenkuung'gurweet , U . I V
crowd
umati
sololeet
l.II
crown
t a j i , utosi
naaryeet
2.1
crumb
chenga
tooloong'iaat
10.11
crust
ukoko
moorteet(moorik)
10.11
crutch
mkongojo
(kirokta)
3.1
crystal
jiwe kama kioo
k ipbar goiyieet
2.1
cub
mtoto wa mnvame
aarweet/mooitp
9.1
cuckoo
ndege wa asali
cheesegemit
U.III
cud
cheuo
poroon ipn
U.IV
siinta
3.1
kigoombeet, Sw.
2.1
evil vert
cup
kikombe
epn
10.11
^There is a strong / y / glide in /iyi-/ combination if
followed by a vowel other than / i / .
c f . driver.
166
cupboard
kabati
kabatit, Sw.
curd
maziwa ganda
niursiik
curse
laana
chubiisyeet
1.II
mutoit, Sw.
1.1
cushion
rato
cuspidor
chombo cha
mate
custom
desturi
cutlass
sirae,
1.1
epn
10.1
t ~ ikipng'ulit
1.1
piiteet
3.1
naaruut
1.III
cheebarus
1.1
upanga
aifupi
cypress
dagger
jisu
penet
1.II
dam
bema la maji
togorata
3.1
dance
ngoma
tyeenta
8
danger
hatari
ng1 o o i y a a n t i i t
1.1
darkness
giza
uuriityeet
1.II
date
tarehe
tarigiit,
daughter
Sw.
s.o.
(of) binti
day
siku
1.III
peetuut
peet-kween,
•.mid-day
1.1
epn
1.III
debauchery
uasherati
keseesnateet
1.II
debris
mabalci ya nyuma
tutuieek epn
9.1
December
mwezi wa 12
kipsuunteen
1.1
deer
mnyacia
iruguteet
5
dell
bonde
teembweet
2.II
demon
shetani
aaiintet
10.Ill
167
den
T3«nco
keriing'get
4.1
denture
meno
keelteet
9 . IIT
deponent
shahidi
paaooryaat
k. Ill
dpression
mvinamo
teembweet
2.II
derelict
mali vnlivotunva
metaaanik
10.11
desert
j anrva
meleeweet
1.II
desk
tfavati
teeskiit,Eng.
1.1
devil
ibilisi
sectaania.it
Eng.
10.11
dew
umande
rewaat/reuut
S.O.
dewlap
dehedehe
tagaleet
1.II
diadem
taji
naaryeet
2.1
dialect
lupha
kuutiit
3.IV
diaphragm
kiwambo
seeleelweet
k. I V
diet
raakuli
arait
8
dimple
kifinyo
dipper
(?)vult°auutvet
{.III
si la
kipraauut
1.III
dipsomania
tamaa ya ulevi
(magnet aap
r» rn t1 O T }
dirge
raaombole-o
ri^reet/rii_rek
dirt
uchafu (wo wote)
murinta
3»I«
discipline
usikivu
kas-iit
S.O.
disease
maradhi
koroot/korooita
dish
bunguu
taabeet
2.1
distaff
(of b l o o d )
k i j i t i cha damu
naageotyet
2.1
ditch
handaki
keriing'get
'•.I
doctor
tabibu
(earthen)
cheepkericiiaat
9*HI
3*1
't.III
168
dog
mbwa
ng'ookta
domicile
(home)
makao
kaa
l.I/i:
donation
kipaji
koonunootyaat
5
donkey
punda
sigiryeet
2.1
door (frame)
(entrance)
ml an go
muusereeita
kurgeet
3.1
6.II
door-post
mhimili
tugaatukveet
1.1
double
pacha
saramnvaat1
(one of)
10.Ill
9.II
2
dough
kinyunga
bwaang'giaat
dove
njiwa
cheeptuupeet
down (surface)
chini
ng'wany, isn/esn
S.O.
ng'wantuut, esn
l.III
(earth)
9.1
5/1.II
dowry
mahari
kaanvook epn
2.1
drab
kahaba
cheesurgach
U.III
drake
bata(dume)
kipsooiyweet
U.IV
drawer
mtoto wa meza
tirooit,
1.1
driver
mwendeshi
interebaiyiaat Eng.. 1 . 1
drove
kundi linaloDngoza
ng'aany-metyeet
epn
l.II
droppings
( o f birds)
mavi ya wanyama
sorooiyiaat
9. Ill
dropsy
tumbo la maji
kuuserta
3.1
dross(scum)
povu
pugaat
9.II
drought
kiu
kemeuut
l.III
drug
dawa
kerichaat
9.II
drum
ngoma(ya kupig") sugutiit
1.1
drumstick
kwiro
kipkwerit
1.1
dry-nurse
mlezi
cheeplaakweet
2.1
dry-rot
siridado
uurusaanet
l.II
duck
bata.
patait
U.III
En*?.
Sw.
"Th ere is /nv/ glide between final isn /m/ and /-at/.
2
A bilabial plosive before /w/ becomes / b / .
This / b / is very
close to the sound of / f / or / v / .
169
10.11
duct
kifereji
tiigiityaat
due
ushuru
aisuruut
titi
kiineet
5
dug-out
rnturs'owi
oaiing'get
U.I
duiker
funo
dumb person
bubu
kipmatwek
s.o
dung
mavi
kiptang'aasyaat
U.I
dunghill
jaa
kaapng'atat
1.III
dust
vumbi
puiyweet
s.o.
dug
(teat)
Sw.
dwelling ( c . f .
raakazi
domicile)
kaat
dye
rangi
saleiywaat
dysentery
kuhara
10.Ill
9.1
kipkeita
(kipkeita-iisya)
damu
1.III
s.o.
E
eagle
tai
kipsiichit
ear
sikio
iitit
udongo
ng'uung1unyaat
9.II
nchi
ng'wantuut
1.III
kooreet
3.Ill
kebfmeet
1.II
earth
(soil)
(land)
( p i e c e of l a n d )
bara
(hole
shirao,
into l a n d )
pango.
1.1
10.Ill
east
mashariki
koong'asiis
3.1
eaves
upenu
keteruut
1.III
ing'geguut
1.III
edge
( o f riv er) ukingo
c upindo
tabanta
10.11
sura
iitoonta
3.1
egg
yai
naaaiyaat
eight
nane,
eland
pofu
elbow
kiko ( c h a rakono)
(of c l o t h
etc.)
effigy
Sw.
1.1
sisiit
their.anya
( ? ) kipsoombereet
kuutunta
euut)
elder
mzee
paaiyiaat
electricity
umeme
sitinect
U.III
2.1
(aap
3.1
1.1
Sw.
2.1
170
elephant
ndovu
peelyaat
eleven
kumi na moja,
edashara
(see 10 and l)
ember
kaa (la moto)
ng'etetvaat
9.II
embryo
chimbuko
uguutyet
6. I l l
end
kipande
kaatuugaan i a.at
kikomo
kineet
enemy
adui
puunyaat
engine
mtambo
inychinit
enigma
kitendawili
taang'g°°chet
envelope
bahasha
paasyait
envy
husuda
nyitan
epidermis
ngozi ya nje
iriryaat
epilepsy
kifafa
kuleet (aap aaiik) l . I I
Epsom salts
chumvi ya haluli taawachumbi
e s t at e (p rope rty)
mali
imbareet
eunuch
mhasi
sirorta
3.1
evening
jioni
lang'atuut
l.III
evil
uovu
yaaiityeet
l.II
ewe
kondo ,}ike
keechiiryet
9-II
excreta
kinyesi na
mikojo
sigek
epn
9-II
exequies
maziko
tubiis.veet
l.II
eye
jicho
koonta
9. I l l
(eye of needle)
kitundu
koonta
10.Ill
eyeball
mboni ya jicho
koonta
10.Ill
eyebrow
nyushi
kaaryaawaatinweek
3. I l l
eyelash
ukope
puutvaat
9•I
eyesight
kuona kwa macho
soitaaet
l.II
eyewitness
shahidi
(kip-iro)
U.III
fable
hekava
atintaaniaat
10.11
face
(human & animal)
uso
togeet
10.11
(remnant)
( o f action)
9.1
10.11
1.IX
10.11
Eng.
Sw.
1.1
10.11
1.1
S .0.
U.II
1.1
. II
F
171
( c e n t r e of face
(front)
uso
turyeet
S.O.
uso
taai
S.O.
kaaraaguutyet
6.Ill
1.1
facsimile
nakili
fact
ukweli
imanit
faction
rnf i t i n i
ing'geelelyaat
fad
mfundo
(uguutyet)
fag-end
kipande kilichosalia
ng'etuunaniaat
tita
kipsamagit
1.1
kiplaleit
1.1
faggot
(short)
(long
halisi
( l a kuni)
10.11
6.Ill
10.11
and thin
sticks)
fairy
simwi
aaintet
fame
sifa
kaalaasunet
1.II
fan
pepeo
useet
1.II
iirweet
2.1
iflsuka
keelteet
9.Ill
ndoto
kairwaatiteet
1.II
imbareet
k. I I
fang
( o f dogs
etc)
chon;<-fc
(of
hoes)
fantasy
faru
( f o r crops)
(for
vegetables)
kaap-upg'guut
1.III
cattle)
kiwaanychc-et Sw.
1.11
(fo
sharsba
10.1/10.Ill
fascination
uloai
panit
8
fashion
nguo za desturi
kaalaaguutik epn
6.Ill
fat
shaharau
suunteet
6.1
mafuta
mwaaita
(liquid)
f&tnecs
unene,
father
baba,
unono
mzaa
father-in-law
10.11
nerateet
1.II
kwaanta
1.1
kan-iin-aanyiteen
1.1
3.1
feast
kararau
igaarta
feather
unyoya
karaaryet
feature
sehemu ya uso
iitoonta
3.1
February
mwezi wa 2
ng'aa-tyaato
1.1
fee
ada,
raelekta
3.1
f e l o de se
mtu a l i y e j i u a
koogectgee
1.1
fenale
(humans)
karo
rnv/anaiike
kwaanta
10.11
10.11
172
(young)
(of
animals
old)
jike
(young)
cheepta
10.113
iiy?/aaget
10.11
subeenta
3.1
3.1/5
fernur
paja
kubeesta
fence
ua
ng'ootweet
2.II
ferment
uchachu
puleet
1.II
fervency
juliudi
mugeet ( iap
., k i r o k ^ a ;
paibaenychiinet
1:11
fever
homa
tin;j'ooek/eeseet
ndigano
cheepbwaanit
fez
tarbushi
chab amuuntuugi
fiance'
rachumba
(rawanamume)
saibeet
2.II
fibre
uzi
inett
5
f i b u l a (see
tibia)
muundi
ai ta
5
field
kcnde
kiwaanycheet, Sw.
1.II
fifteen
kumi na t»joo,
harastashara
file
tupa
tuubait,
filings
unga wa chuma
puc heek
9.1
filter
chujio
kipchuchugoet
2.1
fine
faini
painiit
1.1
finger
chanda
mcorneot
2.1
finger-nail
kucha
siiyieet
2.1
finger-tip
ncha ya kid .le
v.aliit
5
fire
moto
ma at
3.Ill
firebrand
kinga cha moto
kegecng'get
4.1
firefly
kimulirouli
r.eong' weet
2.1
fire-place
raeko,
koitaama epn
(koiik-anpma)
fire-stick
upekecho
ferrule
( E a s t Co:\st
fever)
firewood
(one )
ukuni
(wa raguu)
nuafya
(tarnan ak) inuut
piiyoonet
kweenteet
Sw.
9.1/1.
1.1
Sw. 1 . 1
1.1
1.1
5
10.11
173
•r
first
mwanzo
taai
first-born
k i f u n g u a mimba
taaita
first-fruits
malinbuko
fish
sanaki
inychiryaat
4.II
fish-hook
ndoana
i n t o a n e e t , Sw.
1.II
fissure
ufa
kereercheet
1.II
fit (see
epilepsy)
kifafa
taanuet
1.II
five
tano
nuut
1.1
flag
bendera
peonteerait Jw.
1.1
flame
uwali wa moto
lalatoet
1.II
flamingo
heroe
flannel
kitambaa cha sufi pulaneet Sw.
flat-iron
pisi
paasit,
flavour
ladha
chamuunet
1.II
flaw
hitilafu
cheguutyet
6.Ill
flea
kiroboto
kimityaat
9.II
flock
kiraka
kaagooruutyet
6.Ill
flesh
nyama
peenta
9.II
flight
ukimbizi
mwe'eet
3.1
( sg)toong'goyaaniaat 10.1
(e. g . ) cheelogom-nyeet
Sw.
5
1.II
1.1
1.11
flock ( o f
s h e e p / g o a t s ) kundi
akwett/akwaat
1.1
flood
gharika
tuaaraneet
1.11
floor
chini,
ng 1 weeny
S.O.
flour
unga
pusyeek eon
9.1
flower
un
taaptoet
2.1
flute
filiabi
s i i r i i m b i i t Sw.
1.1
fly
inzi
kaalyrgnr'aat
flyinj-ant
kunibikumbi
kcong' -\eek
foe
adui
punyaat
foetus
ki.jusu
kiplekweet
2.1
fog
utcunju
kibung•kweereet
2.1
fold
rnkunjo
arung'uutyet
6.Ill
folly
ujinja
perbernateet
1.II
food
uilu
aaiitwaagik
sakafu
10.11
9.1
10.11
10.11
174
fool
juha
kipabus-iai
foot
mguu
keelta
9.Ill
footpath
ki j i a
ooreet
3.Ill
footprint
wayo
aereentuut
1.III
footstep
hatua
ka ikwauuutyet
6.Ill
footwear
viatu
ksveooosyek epn
9.1
force
n< uvu
kiimnateet
1.11
fore
mbele
taait
forearm
kigasha
w -iileel ta
3.1
forefather
batu
kuuga
1.1
forefoot
mguu
wa rabele
kuusta
3.1
forehead
paji
la
turyeet
1.II
forerunner
mtangulizi
kaantooiintet
forest
mwitu
oosneet
1.II
foretaste
kionjo
charachameot
1.II
forge
kiwanda cha rahunzi kaap-kiitany
fork
kiuma
uumait, L)W.
1.1
form
maumbile
iitoont-i
3.1
fornication
uzinzi
keseesnateet
1.II
forty
arobaini
art am
1.III
foster-child
rntoto wa kunyonya kaaguuyaniaat
fcunduti
lasingi
on
use
cha mbele
maji
epn
(taai)
1.1
a.o.
10.Ill
1.III
10.11
kaanaamet
1.1
koonta-met epn
1.III
ang'wan
1.III
fountain-head
j i c h o la
four
nne,
fox ( s e e
jackal)
mnyama kama
rabweha
leelwaat
9.1
frankincense
ubani
nyaamntuutyet
6.Ill
fraternity
udu;-;u
tuupchaantiit
1.1
freedom
hiari
ka ityaaknntetit
1.II
aroba
Friday ( f i f t h I j unaa
day of work)
kaasit-aap muut
friend
rafiki
choorweot
2.II
frock
teitei
menegubeet
1.11
frog
chura
moororoochet
front
pa mbele,
frost
baridi
use
kali
10.11
tsai/topoch
S.O.
kibaweweet
1.II
175
froth
( s e e SCUM)
fruit(.,:
fuel
:
povu
tuncia
(firewood)
kuni
pugaat
9.II
logoiyiaat
9.1
kwoenteet
10.11
(charcoal)
makaa
neseek
epn
9.II
(oil)
raafuta
rowaanik epn
10.11
(logs)
subeneet
5
fume
uvuke
iyieet/iyyieet
2.II
fun
mzaha
witoet
1.1I
pasuutyet
6.Ill
fund
(accumulation)
alciba
funeral
rnaziko
tubiicyoct
1.II
fungus
uyoga
poobaat
9.II
furl (thing
folded)
kikunjo
arung'uutyet
6.Ill
furrow
mf uo
kereercheet
1.II
future
v/akati
ujao
kor,
tuun,
kai
G.
gain
chumo
gall (also
gall-bladder)
nyongo
paaruutyet
6.Ill
kaaguataneet
1.II
1.1
gallcn
galani
kalanit,
game
rnchezo
ureoryeet
1.II
gereza
cheela
1.1
gap
nafasi
kasarta
?.I
parage
kiwanda cha motokaa
garden ( o f
vegetables)
shamba la mboga
kaap-ung'guut
1.III
garment
vizi
ing'goryect
5
garner(store)
ghala
chaageet
1.II
keryeet
1.II
gaol
(jail)
( f o r watchman)
kilindo
-.ng.
kerech,
En;;.
1.1
g a r t e r (from
skin)
ukanda
tap-siiniet
2.1
gas
hewa
kaabuusuutyet
6.Ill
gastritis
ugonjwa wa tumbo
laleet(aao maaeet)
l.II
gate
(for
(for
cnttle)
calves)
oor-roariichet epn 2.1
soiir.ee t
1.II
176
gate-post (of
nhirili
house)
tugaatukyeet
10.11
gaiety
furaha
kaatalbiiset
1.II
gazette
gazeti
kaseetiit,
1.1
jemadari
cheneeryaat, U i g .
1.1
watu wa wakati
fulani
ib^nta
3.1
uzazi
taauneet
1.II
general
army)
^ng.
(in
generation
genesis
genitals
1.
m *, oc ,
2.
kuma
1.
2.
nanyiseet
mogoleet
10.11
1 .II
gentleman
mwungwana
kiptalbisyaat
k.II
genuflection
kupiga
kutung'eet
(ny)
1.II
geography
jiografia
choogarobi, i!ng.
1.1
germ
yai
keswaat
9.1
German
-dachi
cheremaaniintet
1.1
gestation
(human)
kuchukue
mi nib a
eelooJnateet
1.II
kuchukur
mimba
tupcheernateet
(animals)
goti
1.II
1.II
1
g e s t i c u l a t i o n konyezo
ng wegeet
ghee
sarnli
sarauliit,
Sw.
1.1
ghost
pepc
taamirmiiryet
10.11
ghoul
zimwi
kipyaiitweet
k. IV
giant
jitu
cheeiaaasiit
1.1
gift
kipaji
koonunootyaat
5
giml&t
cliombo cha kutcbolea k i p b a r b a r i t
1.1
gin
namna ya k i l e o
chin, Eng.
1.1
ginger
tangawizi
tang'gauusiit,Sw.
1.1
giraffe
tv/ign
intaranyeet
2.1
girl
mtoto wa k i k e ,
cheepta (tiifcin)
10.111
msichana
S.O.
gist
maana hasa
iinteet
gizzard
firigisi
kiboonychoreet
glance
nadhari
kus-koong'
ng'ulyeelet
gland
glass
kioo
kiycit,
Sw.
gleet
ute wa kidondj
au uume
(peek aap)
epn
2.1
1.1
2.1
1.1
suuraan 1 0 . 1 1
177
<
gloaming,
u t u s i t u s i 'wa
jioni
seerooniitunoet
1.II
gloom
giza
uriituneet
1.11
glow-worm
kimetameta
meeng'wc-et
2.1
glue
sherizi
maang*get
2.1
glutton
mlafi
kipkeiyiaat
gnat
mdudu kama rcbu
kaap-kegoonycheet 2 . 1
gnu
nyumbu
nyuumbuut, Sw.
1.III
goad
rr.chokcro
kiplitweet
2.II
kinoosit
1.1
goal(football)kifiko,
bao
Ill
10.11
beberu
kwesta
mbuzi
ng'araaryet
9.II
Goatee
ndevu
taainneet
2.1
Gcd
Mungu
asiis
goitre
tezi
kiboonychoreet
3.1
2.1
gonorrhoea
(see syphilis^• kiscnono
ta^aneet
2.1
goodwill
mapenzi
aiyieebinta
3.1
gore
mavilio ya dainu
nyalaniaat
10.11
gorge
koo
rncckta
3.1
gorrnand
mlafi
lciaaryaat
4. II
gourd ( c f .
pumpkin)
kitoma
soteet
4.IV
gout ( s e e
rheumatism)
j ongo
mogoong'iaat
1.1
governor
msimamlfci
knhuaa, Eng.
1.1
gown
t&itei
men«»gubeet
grace
raadaha
kaatalbiifjet
1.II
grade
cheo
toroornateet
1.II
graft
rushwa
osooya
1.1
grain
nafaka
pai/v/aat
9.II
grarnaphone
seniakweli
giraam^fcoon, £ng .
1.1
granary
ghala ya ii-ifaki'
chaageet
1.II
grandchild
mjukuu
mochogoreet
4 . IV
grandfather balru .
agui
1.1
gr '.ndmother bibi
pantyeem
1.1
goat
(he)
(either)
5/1.«
178
suus u .aat
9.1
pauzi
che^muuntuut
1.III
grave
kaburi
kireoriit
1.1
gravy
mchuzi
grease
shahamu
greed
grass
majani,
grasshopper
nyasi
( r o j o r o j o ) suutek
epn
9.II
mwaaita
4.1
pupa
keeiyipantiit
1.1
grill
f i t o za chuma
saaneet
2.1
gri nd er
rasaga
ng'aaiintet
grindstone-
kinoo
1 . l i t e i ta
2.koita
3.1
3.1
groom
saisi
s a i s y a a t , .Sw.
4.Ill
(mafuta)
( b r i d e g r o o m ) bwana a r u s i
saanlet
10.Ill
10.11
ground ( s e e
soil,land
botton)
ardhi
ng'wantuut
1.III
groundnuts
njugu
inychukyaat,3w.
7.1
group
jamii
sirityeet
1.II
grove
kichaka
karaai ta
3.1
gruel
uji
roong'gooriik
guarentee
dhamana
kaayaasyeet
guard
mlinzi
riibiintet
(guard-room) korokoroni
10.1
1.II
10.Ill
korgoreet
1.II
guest
mgeni
taante t
9.1
guffaw
cheko,kubwa
paang'aang'aneet
1.II
guile
hi I n
ng1 aamkei^natee t
1.H
guilt
hatia
1 (;<: 1U t Y e t
6.Ill
guinea-corn
rnt a ma
moosoong'iaat
guinea-fowl
kanga
tergekyaat
4.11
guitar
gambusi
ketu^a
1.1
gullet
koo
siinta
3.1
gum
ufizi
muunuunweet
4.IV
gun
bunduki
muuntuu j i i t ,ow.
1.1
gunny
gunia
kunieet
2.1
gyves
pingu
piing'goiyinat,^'.
10.11
4.Ill
H
179
hailstones
mvua za mawo
kcijd aat
hair
unywele
puutyaat
9.1
tuupcheet
1.II
h a l f (halfbrother
(half-caste)
halo
nusu
mweupe/mw euei
uzingo
10.111
chotaarniy^ n f r +
Ill
(?^ng'^atyoot)
2.1
halting-place kituo
ko^rnuung' ei
1.1
hamlet
kitongcji
in-' , ; m a s e e t
2.1
hammer
nyundo
nyuuntoit,
1.1
hand
mkono
euut
pingu
piing'goiyinat
kitaubaa
kitaambaaeet
2.1
euut
k.v
kuung'git/kuunyuk
10.11
handcuff
gyves)
(of
(of
to: I s ) okono
big
4.V
(see
handkerchief
handle
small
Sw.
to..Is)
kipini
"v. k . I l l
handmill
k i n u cha mkono
(?kenuut)
1.III
hap
bahati
keluunet
1.II
hardship
shida
pichiinta
3.1
kipleekweet
1.1
hare(see rabbit)
hare-lip
sungura
mdomo v/a pande
cheesach-guut
epn 1 . 1
kiaptiiryaang'
harem
harlot
kahaba
cheepkeseesyaat
harp
kinubi
ketuba
hartbeest
kongoni
mugeeiyiagt
harvest
raavuno
kesiisyeet
kaayoyaanik
hash
pete
hasp
(ya kufun;;ia)
1.III
Ill
1.1
Ill
1.II
epn
se/ 3 'uutyet
k. Ill
10.11
karaisiit
1.1
cheepkuuleet
1.II
kishoka
ri vweet(>iitigin)
2.II
haunch
paja
kubeesta
3.1
hawk
hajivale
cheesiirereet
k. II
haze
ukungu
ki bung'kweereet
2.II
head
kichwa
metit
3.II
hat
(head cover)
kofia
(skin-made)
hatchet
180
heap
funru
kaaruruuguutyet
6.Ill
heart
noyo
muguulelta
3.1
heartburn
kiungulia
kfoluutjk
hearth
raeko
koima
1 .III
hearthstone
jiwe pana chini
ya meko
siinychoreiywaat ;
9.1
joto
maat
3.Ill
uwingu
poolteet
10.11
mnyama kama
nungunun^u mdogo s a b i t e e t
1.II
kisigino
tekveiyir.pt.
U.TII
heifer
mori
rooryaat
3.1
height
kimo
toroorinta
3.1
heir
mrithi
kaantiiiintet
10.Ill
hell
j a hanum
a a i i k epn
10.1
hen
kuku
ing'kokyeet
herd
kundi
herdsman
heat
heaven
(sky)
hedgehog
heel
epn
10.11
4.11/5
akweet
3.HI
mchungaji
mestowaat
9.1
hiccup
kwikwi
kaageetet
1.II
hide
ngozi
muuita
3.1
manateet
5
tulweet
2.II
euut
4.v
letuut
1.III
(big)
la wanyama
(small)
hill
kilirna
hilt
(handle) kipini
hind-quarters matako
hipx>opotamus
kiboko
magaita
10.1
hoard
akiba
p a s a n i k epn
10.11
hoe
jembe
mogoombeet
5
hole
shiico
keriing'get
4.1
holiday
livu
l i i p Sw.
1.1
home
nyumba-ni
sg/pl.
homicide
kuua mtu
rumiisyeet
honey
a s a l i ya n y u k i ,
uki
kuumnyaat
10.Ill
tariit
10.Ill
hoodoo
hoof
(bad l u c k )
kisirani
ukwato
hookworm
( c f . t a p e w o r m ) kichango
isn
seegeiyiaat
magargaryaat
1.H
10.1
9.HI
181
hooter
paipu
oonit,
hope
taraja
kaamaang'uunet
1.II
horn
pembe
kuuineet
5
hornet
nyigu
kaaraamnyet
horse
farasi
paraaisiit,
hose(stcckings)
Eng.
sigisyaat,
soksi
1.1
10.11
Sw.
2ng.
1.1
k. I l l
hospital
mahali
hotel
hoteli
ooteeli
1.1
hour
saa
saait
1.1
house
nyuinba
kaat
hovel
kibanda
hull
( e . g . pod)
pa wagonjwa s i b i t a a l i j r ^ .
kibovu
rw.
10.Ill
keryeet
2.II
kaaboong'eniaat
ganda
1.1
10.11
humerus
mfupa wa mkono
ponoochet
5
hump
kigongo,
yuukta
3-1
humus
rutuba
mumuutik
6.Ill
hundred
inia
pagal
1.III
hunkers
mapaja
kubeeswek epn
hunter
mwindaji
kiplagaatyaat
b. I l l
husband
mume
maanong'ootyaat
5
husk
ganda
metetyaat
9.II
keryeet
2.II
cheep-muguguut
1.III
per g e i n a t e e t
1.II
tyeenta
8
tegeeita
3.1
wibari
kioleekweet. (art)
koiik
2.1
idea
fikira
kaabwaatuutyet
6.Ill
idol
3 an ecru ya
kuabudika
kaanaamweet
k. I V
incense
ubani
nyaantuutik esn
incisor
chonge
iirweet
2.II
infant
mtoto rnchanga
cheerereet
k. I I
influenza
makamasi
ting'ooek
ink
wino
wiino
hut
(see hovel)
nundu
kibanda
hyena
fisi
hymen
kizinda,
hymn
wimbo wa dini
ubikira
hypotenuse
hyrax
3.1/5
I
Sv.
epn
10.11
9.1
1.1
182
inquest
baraza
la
sababu
ya kifo
kineet
1.II
insect
mdudu
kuutyet
inside
ndani y a
oriit
1.1
inspector
mkaguzi
s i b e k t a ling.
1.1
instep
k i g a n j a cha mguu
keel-tebeesyet
2.1
instrument
chombo
kiy i s n
7.H
interest
moyo wa kupenda
chameet
1.II
faida
paarateet
1.II
interior
ndani
oriit
1.1
interval
wakati
kasarta
3.1
(profit)
(kipindi)
10.11
intimacy
urafiki
naaiyieet
1.II
invalid
mwele
kipsaasaaiyiaat
U.II
invoice
orodha
tetuutyet
6.Ill
iris
duara ya jicho
teeta(aap koonta)
11
iron
chuma
karneet
10.Ill
island
kisiwa
ikweembeiyiaat
1.1
itch
upele
kochaat
9»H
ivory
pe-mbe
kuuineet
5
jackal
rabweha
leelwaat
9.II
jacket
koti
kootiit
1.1
jail
gereza
korgoreet
1.II
jamb
( o f eye)
( o f door)
mhimili
tugaatukyeet
10.11
10.11
January
mwezi wa kwanza
mulgul
javeline
mkuki
intiiriit
•jaw
taya
taagilgiilyet
10.11
jelly
ute mzito
liilimnyeet
10.11
jiGger
f unza
kuutyet
10.11
job
kazi
joint
mfupi
1.1
paiisyeet
1.II
fundo
rootyoonet
1.1
journey
safari
paanta
3.1
jowl
taya
taamnee t(kaawee t) 2 . 1
joy
nderemo
paaibaaiyieet
Judas
mhaini
ng'wektaaiintet
moja
fulani
1.II
10.Ill
183
judge
jaji
toonoonchiniintet
10*III
jug
kopo
c h a a g i t Enr.
1.1
juice
utomvu
peek
9.1
July
mv/ezi wa
June
mwezi
jungle
(aap keetit)
ng'eeiyiet
1.1
pagi
1.1
mwitu
oosneet
1.II
justice
usawa
imanit
1.1
key
ufunguo
yaateiywaat
9.1
keyhole
tundu
la
kid
mwana
mbuzi
kidney
7
wa 6
ufunguo
koonta
(aap.
•)10.III
aarwect
9.1
figo
saraamnyet
2.1
kin
ukoo
tuupchaantiit
1.1
kind
aina
iinteet
king
mfalrne
laitooryaat
k. I l l
kitchen
jikoni
chiigeet,
1.II
kite
tnwewe
keereet
kleptomania
wazimu wa k u i b a v i t u
knee
goti
knee-cap
pia ya
knickebockers
suruali
knife
kisu
(for
goti
fupi
millet)
(?1iII
Sw.
(cheesi i r e r e e t )
1.II
l.II
choorseet
kuutunta
3.1
isyeet
2.II
kinyaasa
2.1
rootweet
2.1
c heepkeswaeet
2.1
knob
nundu
aguteet
k.ll
knobkerrie
rungu
ruung'guut
1.III
knot
f undo
uguutyet
6.Ill
knuckle
konzi
ruumuteet(pap euut)
labour
kazi
paiisyeet
labourer
mfanya
L
lace
lad
(of
kazi
s h o e ) kigwe
(see
juvenile)
kivulana
1 .11/4.IV
kibai-tyaat
k. I l l
tapsiiniet
2.1
kiptooiyiV^4
10.in
IT«
ladder
ngazi
mogoteet
1.11
ladle
upawa
keeoochet
2.1
lady-
bibi
oosootyaat
10.11
lair
mlalo
mutmutweet
2.II
lake
ziwa
araaraita
3.1
lamb
kikondoo
lameness
kilema
syooleet
1.II
lamp
taa
taait,
1.1
(lamp-black)
masizi ya taa
muyeiyweek epn
9.1
lance
mkuki
intiiriit
1.1
land
nchi
eemeet
3 . H I
landmark
alama ya mpaka
kiiwaateet
1.II
language
lugha
kuutiit
3.IV
lanyard
k i t a n i cha filimbi
cha shingoni
tapsiiniet
lap
paja
larva
(of bees)
la maji
(aarwaap-)keechiir
3w.
2.1
kubeesta
jana
9.II
5/3.1
isyaat
9.II
larynx
kikoromeo
noorookta
3.1
laryngitis
ugonjwa wa
kiroromeo
mookwek epn
3.1
lass
msichana
cheepta
last
mwisho
letuunet
1.II
latch
komeo
temeluutyet
6.ILL
latex
utomvu mweupe
maang'geet
2.1
lath
ufito,
teteiyv/aat
9.1
lather
povu la sabuni
pugaat
9.II
latrine
choo
kaapchoo Sw.
1.1
lattice
kimia
saaneet
2.1
laughter
cheko
raaryaat
1.II
law
sheria
ng'atuutyet
6.ILL
lawn
bustani
kook
3.ILL
lawyer
wakili
ogilyaat,
leather
ngozi
leave
idhini
leavings
masalio
wasa
iliyozuiwa
kuoza
(tyeepta) 1 0 . II:
Sw.
1.1
2.1
aanweet
-1 TT
kaatuugaanik
et>n
10
*i:t
185
leaven
chachu
mermeryaat
7.I1
leech
mruba
piinyiinyet
10.11
left
upande wi kushoto kaut'iam
3.1
length
urefu
kaainta
3.1
leopard
chui
cheeplang'geet
2.1
leprosy
ukoma
mogoontoosik epn 1 0 . 1 1
lesion
don da
mooeet
2.1
lesson
somo
kaaneetuutyet
6.Ill
lethargy
usingizi
syenuunet
1.II
letter
barua
parweet,
liar
mwongo
kiplembechweet
libation
sadaka ya
kumimina (divai e t c )
Sw.
kaanaktaeet
2.II
U.IV
1.II
1 .IV
library
maktaba
koapbuguusya ipn
lichen
ukoga
sasvp.qt
10.11
licking
kulamba
meeleet
1.II
lid
kifuniko
kerweet
2.II
rnaisha
sabeet
1.II
ligament
inshipa
meelteet
light
nuru
laabaaiyieet
1.II
( b r i g h t n e s s)
wangavu
kaaluuuuneet
1.II
lightning
umome
kaalyeleet/ileet
lightness
v/epesi
ususinta
3.1
likeness
mfanc
kergeeinta
3.1
limb(s)
maungo
rootyooniisyek
1.1
lime
chokaa
taartaaryet
line
mstari
lainiit,
lingerie
nguo za ndani
link
kiungo
rootyoonet
1.1
lintel
kizingiti
(maraguut-it)
1.1
lion
simba (durae)
ng'etunta
lip
mdomo
i r i r y a a t (aap
kuutitT
life
1
(living)
(kike)
10.11
Dng.
1.11/6.
10.11
1.1
mariinteet,Sw. 2 . 1
10.11
U.II
T h e i£n of C l a s s 7 . 1 with certain words ray not take the finel
/-u/.
The word is meaningful w i t h or without / - u / .
18*
liquid
naji
liquor
kileo
maiyweek
list
orodha
tetuutyet
6.Ill
literate
awezaye kusoma
na kuandika
kipsoom.aniaat
k. I l l
liitait,
1.1
litre
maji
pei
(n/adj)
9.1
em
9.1
kipimo cha painti
1.75
Eng.
litter
machela
sentuuk epn
liver
ini
kooiet
lizard
mjusi
8
a
j
c heeriing'iisyet 10.11
load/luggage
mzigo
mileet
loaf
mkate
magatyaat,
loan
mkopo
pesenta
lobe
(of e a r ) ndewe
sagaat
lock
(of h a i r )
kishungi
kipmiinychweet
2.II
lock
(padlock)
kufuli
kibuuliit,
1.1
locust
nzige
7.1
1.II
k. Ill
Sw.
5
(aap
iitit)9.II
Sw.
kipreng'enyit
1.1
subeneet
5
loin
e°s°
kiuno
suweet/suaanuutik
6.IV1
loin-cloth
doti
c heepkaayuuit
1.1
loneliness
ukiwa
sirireet
1.II
loophole
budi
sabibiyweet
2.II
lord(Bible)
Mungu
Cheeptaleel
1.1
log
louse
(of
(of body)
head)
chawa
utitiri
(larvae)
love
lowing
upendo
ralio
(wa ng'ombe)
lucern
lumbago
kerbesyeet
10.11
isiryaat
9. II
piinaakyet
10.11
chaamnyeet
1.II
kaauteet
1.II
intaabiibiit
1.1
maumivu ya viunoni mogoong'iaat
luminary (moon)
mwezi
1.1
araaweet
(star)
nyota
keecheeiyLaat
(sun)
jua
asiista
9.1
10.1
Although this word is put under C l a s s 6 . I V it has
own / - a n u u t / - a n u u t i k / s u f f i x e s .
3-1
its
1«7
lump
bonge
kaarurummutyet
6.Ill
lunacy
kichaa
iiyweek epn
9.1
lunch
chakula cha
adhuhuri
laanych,
1.1
lung
pafu
bwaaniaat
lust
ashiki, tamaa
mbaya
kaatainaanet
l.II
lustre
mng'aro
ng'aaraneet
l.II
lute)
lyre)
zeze
kibuganteet
2.1
machete
mundu
maaruut
l.III
machine
chombo
masiinit, Eng.
1.1
madman
majununi
kibiiyweet
2.II
madness
wa.zimu
iiywaat
9.1
maggot
funza
kuutyet
10.11
magic
uganga, uchawi
panit
8
magistrate
hekimu
chaach, Sw.
1.1
magnate
t a j i r i mkuu
magaryaat
9.1
magnet
sumaku
magi_neeti^t, Eng.
1.1
magnificence
uzuri, utukufu
karaaraninta
3-1
maid
mwanamwali
pergeiyiaat
1*.III
mail
barua za posta
paroonook(aap ooosta)
2.II
mai ze
mahindi
paantyaat
9-1
grain
mahindi
paantyaat
9.1
cob
gunzi
murutmguut
l.III
flour
unga wa mahindi
pusyaat
9-1
malaria
homa iletvayo
na mbu
eeseet
l.II
male
mume
mureneet
malefactor
nrwovu
kipyaiitweet
1J.IV
malice
uovu, ukorofi
yaiityeet
l.II
mallard
bata wa mwitu
kogoobeena
1.1
malt
kimea(cha pombe)
mermeryaat
7.1
Enp.
10.11
M
10.II/5
188
man
mwanamume
murenik
manliness
tabia ya kiume
murenateet
l.II
manslaughter
kuua irtu
rumiisyeet
l.II
mandate
amri, agizo
chanrtaaet
l.II
mandible
utaya
taagilgiilyet
mane
nywele za singa
suululweet
2.1
manger
hori
kaap-moiing1
hrl
mania
wazimu
iiywaat
9.1
manioc
muhogo
mogo, Sw.
1.1
manner
n j i a , jinsi
ooreet(ole)
3. Ill
manners
tabia
atebeet
l.II
map
ramani
meebit, Eng.
1.1
March
mwezi wa 3
kiptaamo
1.1
margin
ukingo, ubavu
taban
mark
d a l i l i , alama
siruutyet
siluutyet
6 . Ill
6 . Ill
market
biashara, soko
soogeet
l.II
marrow
ubongo
kuuntit
6.Ill
mart
gulio, soko
soogeet
l.II
mat
mkeka
mugeegeet, Sw.
2.1/1.II
match
kiberiti
k i b i r i t i i t , Sw.
l.l
mate
mwenzi, rafiki
choorweet
2.II
mathematics
hesabu
kaaiitoosyek
l.II
matriculation
mtiha.ni wa
kuingia
University
matiriikyuleesyen
Eng.
1.1
kiit/kiy
7.II
matter
10.11
10.11
10.11
mattress
godoro
koontooroit, Sw.
1.1
May
mwezi wa 5
maamuut
1.1
mead
kileo cha asali
kipkeetiinik epn
U.III
meal
mlo
amit
8
mealie
(see maize)
hindi
paanteek
9.1
measure
kipimo, kadiri
keruutyet
6.Ill
meat
nyama
peen(y)ta
9.II
medal
nishani
mintilait, Eng.
1.1
mediator
mpatanishi
kaachaamnyaaiintet 10. Ill
medicine
dawa
kerichaat
9. II
109
meet
mwindo
lageet
l.II
member
sehemu
kebeeberyaat
3.1
membrane
utando
paalaalyaat
U.II
memento
ukumbusho,
kumbukumbu
k Mbwaatuutyet
6.Ill
mendicant
mwombaji wa
riziki
saamiintet
menses
hedhi
suneet
l.II
menu
crodha ya chakula
(neniu) Eng.
i . m
merchant
mfanyi bia.shara
kipvasyaaraiintet
9.1
mercy
huruma> rehani
riirge
1.1
merit
ustahili
nyaaluneet
l.II
mesh
kimia
koonta
mess
udhia
kaaiimuutyet
6.Ill
messmate
mwenzi wa bia
paaguleita
3.1
messenger
tume, tarishi
kiiyaagiintet
metacarpus
kiganja cha mkono
kipyesit (euut)
1.1
metal
madini
karneet
2.1
metatarsus
kiganja cha mguu
kipyesit(keelta)
1.1
meteor
kimwondo
kecheeiyiaat
miscroscope
darubini ya
viini
tarubiiniit, Sw.
1.1
middle
kati
kweenuut
l.III
midge
usubi
soogooryet
10.11
midwife
mkunga
kaatuumiintet
10.Ill
might
uwezo
kiimnateet
l.II
mile
maili
maeeliit, Eng.
1.1
military
jeshi la askari
lugeet
1.1
milk
maziwa
cheega
milk-tooth
j i n a la kitoto
keeleek(che tai)
9. Ill
mill
kinu
kenuut
l.III
millstone
jiwe la kusagia
isyeet
2.II
purweet
2.II
1.1
millwheel
10.Ill
10.Ill
10.Ill
10.Ill
11
millepede
jongoo
chee jjkonp' rook
millet
mtama
moosong'iaat
millionaire
t a j i r i mkuu
tiririit(magaryaAt)
1.1
mind
a k i l i , dhamira
metit/kuuntit
3.11/6,
10.11
190
minister
waziri
ministaiyiaat Eng.
9.1
minute
dakika
minitiit Eng.
1.1
miracle
mwujiza
kwang'ng'uutyet
6.II
mire
matope
ng'atatyaat
9.II
mirror
kioo
cheepkeer-gee
1.1
misdemeanour
kosa
leeluutyet
6. Ill
miser
bahili
(kipng'ookyet)
5
miss
binti
cheeba/cheeptaap
mission
ujumbe
kaayaektaainateet
missis/Mrs.
bibi
neba(pl. cheba)
mist
ukungu
kibung'kweereet
2.1
mistress
b i b i , mwana
kobagaaryaat
l.I/l.III
mob
ghasia ya watu
sololeet
l.II
model
mfano
kaaraaruutyet
6.Ill
molar
gego
kipk^lmet
1.1
1
l.II
mole
fuko
puung uung'weet
lj.IV
moll vise
konokono
kaanyiitweet
-U.IV
moment
kitambo kidogo
kasar(kiiteen)
3.1
Monday
Jumatatu
cheemataatu
l.III
money
fedha, mali
rabiiyeet
U.III
mongrel
chotara
chot aaraiyiaat
U.III
monkey
nyani
mooseet
l.II
month
mwezi (muda)
araaweet
9-1
piiriirweet/
soosyaat
U.IV/10.II
mop
morass
bwawa
nyanyaweet
2.1
morn(morning)
asubuhi
kaaroon
1.1
moron
mpunguani
abusaneet
morrow
kesho
tuun (kaaroon)
1.1
morsel
mmego
kereeruutyet
6 . ill
mortar(see
mill)
kinu
kenuut
l.in
Moslem
Mwislamu
salaamuiintet Sw.
mosquito
mbu
imbu Sw.
moth
nondo
taaburbuuryet
mother
mama, mzazi
iyyioo/kaam
l.i/l.l
motherhood
umama
sigiisyeet
l.II
10.11
10.Ill
l.i
10.11
191
mount
kilima
tulweet
2.II
mountain
mlima
tulweet
2.II
mouse
panya radogo
murvnat
9.II
moustache
sharubu
taamneet(puuteek
"~pp kuutiit)
2'.I
mouth
kinywa
kuutiit
3. IV
mucilage
u t e , utomvu
maang*geet
2.1
mucus
kamasi
seberyact
7.1
mud(see mire)
matope
ng'atatyaat
9.II
mule
nyumbu
nyuumbuut Sw.
l.III
multitude
umati
chaang'inta
3.1
mumps
matumbitumbwi
kips£betit
1.1
murderer
mwuaji
ruuniintet
10:111
muscle
mnofu, musuli
meelteet
10.11
mushroom
uyoga
poobaat
9.11
music
ngoma
tyeenta
8
mute
bubu
kipmatwek
1.111
mutiny-
uasi
pistaaet
1.11
muttering
nung'uniko
kaang'unyng'uunyet
1.11
mutton
nyams ya kondoo
peenta-aap
keechiiryet
1.11
mystery-
fumbo
ung'uutyet
6.HI
myth
hadithi
atiintaaniaat
1,
ukucha,
siiyieet
2.1
2.
msumari
kipchumparyaat Sw.
7.1
jina
kaaineet
5
somo
paagarnn
1.1
nanny-goat
mbuzi jike
ng'aranryet
9.II
nap
usingizi kidogo
lyeltaaet
l.II
nape ,
kosi
kipmuutit
1.1
napkin it Eng.
1.1
l.II
10.11
nail
naJuL
name
namesake
napkin (baby's)
nation
taifa
pororyeet/aat
native
mzalia
sigeneet
natron
magadi
mfjgatit Sw.
10.11
1».III
192
nature
maumbile
iinteet
l.II
naught
hapene kitu
puch
1.1
nausea
uchefuchefu
kaanyilitet(aap
kee)
l.II
navel
kitovu
mugeet
l.II
neck
shingo
keatit
3.1
necklace
mkufu
sirim(n)ta
3.1
necromancy
uchawi, ulozi
paniisyeet
l.II
nectar
asali ya maua
kuumiik aap
taptook
nee
-a kuzaliwa
cheeba
need
haja
mageet
l.II
needle
sindano
sintaanuut Sw.
l.III
needlework
ushoni
nabiisveet
l.II
neighbour
jirani
(chiit-aap)
kookweet
3.Ill
uumaama
l.II
(mnyantaap)
saraamook
2.1
/
nephew
mcwa
nephritis
-
nest
kiota
kesit
2.II
net
wavu
kerogoreet
2.1
nettle
kiwawi
kimeeleet
5
ng'etuutik
6. Ill
neurasthenia
news
habari
logooi ipn
3.1
newspaper
gazeti
kaseetiit Eng.
1.1
nib
ncha ya kalemu
ya wino
n i i b i t Enp.
1.1
nick
pengo, pelezi
kereercheet
l.II
nickname
j i n a la kupanga
s a.laniaat
10.11
ng'waaneet
l.II
nicotine
/
niece
mpwa wa kike
tuupcheet
l.II
night
usiku
keemaaut
l.III
nightcap
kofia (ya usiku)
cheeokuuleet
nightfall
.iioni
lang'atuut
l.III
nightmare
jinamizi
kaarwaatiteet
l.II
nimbus
wingu la mvua
poolteet
nine
kenda, tisa
sagaal
5/1.II
10.11
l.III
193
5
nipple
titi
kiineet
nit
yai la chava
piinaakyet
10.11
nobody
si mtu
machii
S.O.
noise
mlio, sauti
cheeet, poleet
l.ll
nomenclature
majina
kaainuutik
6.Ill
nonsense
upuzi
puch
l.I
nook
pembe, kificho
suumuut
1.III
noose
tanii
mestet
2.II
north
kaskazini
(murat)kaatarm
3.1
nose
pua
seruut
U.V
U.v
nostril
rrrwanzi wa pua
(koontaap)seruut
.notch
pengo
seng'erteet
l.II
.notch
koleo
kaap-lootaneet
l.II
note
waraka
parweet Sw.
2.II
nothing
si kitu
ma/ma kiy
notion
wazo, fikira
1 . kaabwaatet
l.II
2 . kaabwaatuutyet
6.Ill
l.I
nought
si kitu
(ma k i y ) , puch
noun
jina la kitu
kaaineet
November
mwezi wa 11
kipsuunte
l.I
nucleus
k i i n i , chanzo
mugeet
l.II
nude
uchi, -tupu
churtaaet
l.II
nuisance
udhia, usumbuo
kaaimet
l.II
number
hesabu, idadi
kaaitet
l.II
numeral
tarakimu
siruutik
6.Ill
nurse
mlezi, aya
cheeplaakweet
2.1
nursery
chumba cha watoto itoogut(aap
wachanga
laakwa)
5/2.1
l.III
mwanamwali mzuri
pergeiyiaat
U.III
oath
kiapo
kaayaasyeet
l.II
object
kusudi
mageet
l.II
oblivion
usahaulifu
uutyaaet
l.II
obloquy
mashutumu
reenyeet
l.II
obsequies
maziko
tubiisyeet
l.II
nymph
0
If*
obstacle
kizuizi
teeruutvet
6.Til
obstetrics
ukunga
kaatuumseet
l.II
occasion
vakati
ka.sarta
3.1
Occident
mapharibi
ocean
bahari kuu
araaraita
3.1
ochre
ngeu
inp'paaryeet
2.1
octagon
k i t u chenye
pande nane
kebeeberweek 8
3.1
October
mwezi wa 10
ebeeso
1.1
odour
harufu
ng'uuuneet
l.II
oesophagus
umio wa chakula
siinta
3.1
offal
matumbo ya mnyapa
maaatinweek
3.Ill
office
utume
paiisyeet
l.II
offset
-a kulipa hasara
kaaperaanuutyet
6 . Ill
offshoot
kitawi
temeet
U.II
offspring
mzao
1. lopoiyiaat
2. laakweet
3. aarweet
9.1
2.1
9.1
oil
mafuta
mwaaita
U.I
old age
uzee
yoosinta
3.1
omen
ndege
tariit
onanism
punyeto
kiomenyit
1.1
one
-mo,i a
ageenr'ge
1.1
oneness
umoja
kipepeenp'pe
1.1
onion
kitunguu
ketuunp'puiyiaat
opener
kifunsmo
yaateiywaat
ophthalmia
ugonjwa wa macho
opponent
mtesi
kirintaaiintet
option
hiari
chameet
l.II
opulence
utajiri
maparnateet
l.II
oration
hotubfl
np'alaalet
l.II
orbit
mzunpuko
muuteet
l.II
orchard
shamba la matunda
keaplogoi ipn only
order
amri
np'atuutvet
6.Ill
ordure
samadi
np'atatvaat
9.II
orient
mashariki
koonp'asiis
3.1
orifice
kishimo
koonta
origin
asili
taauneet
(koonp'asiistaap
lanp'at)
(mnyantaap) koonyeek
10.11
• 7.1
9.1
9.1
10.Ill
10.Ill
l.II
195
ornament
pambo
taaeet
orphan
yatima
kibp-naniaat
ostler
saisi
saisvaat Eng.
ostrich
mbuni
imbuuniit Sw.
ounce
wakia
oonsiit Eng.
output
mappto
sigenik
outside
upande wa nje
pii/piiyuut
ovary
kifuko cha
mayai
rwaanta(ap.p maa
oven
jiko
ohenit Eng.
overalls
vazi la nje
kaaliifreet
overcoat
koti 1P nje
kabuutiit Eng.
overplus
baki
ng'etuunanik
owl
bundi
suururuut
ox
maksai
eeita
hewa
oksichen Eng.
hatua
kaakwauutyet
kifurushi
ratuutyet
tandiko la
farasi
taantigeet Sw.
packspddle
pad
mto mdogo
mutoit Sw.
paddock
kiwanda
patogit Enr.
padlock
kufuli
kibuuliit Sw.
padre
kasisi
patiryaat Eng.
paean
wimbo wa
ushindi
kaasereet
p ere
ukurpsa
peechit Fnp.
pail
ndoo
intooit Sw.
pain
uchungu
ng'waaninta
paint
rangi
raang'giik Sw.
painter
mpaka rangi
saaliintet
palate
kaa la kinvwa
ng'esyemta
pale
ufito
mireiywpp.t
pallet
godoro (ya
majpni)
koontooroit Sw.
pplm
kitanra(mkono)
rubeita
palsy
upooza
pootaneet
oxygen
epn
P
pace
packet
96
pan
kikaango
kipkeelit
l.I
pancake
andazi
maantaasi Sw.
U.II
pancreas
kongosho
kaagaataneet
10.11
pane
kioo
kilaasit Eng.
l.I
pang
mchomo
ng'waaninta
3.1
panoply-
deraya na
silaha
kariik(aap lugeet)
papa
baba
paaba ( ' S w . )
5
paper
knratasi
kartaasiit Sw.
l.I
paraffin
mafuta ya taa
mwaita(aap taait)
J».I
parallel
mfano
kaaraaguutyet
6 . Ill
paraphrase
elezo
arooruneet
l.II
pamsite(tick)
kimelea
parasol
mwavuli(wa ,iua ) paambuuliit Sw.
parcel
kifurushi
ratuutyet
6 . Ill
pardon
samaha
nyooeet(aap kaat)
l.II
parent
mzaa
siigiintet
Parliament
Funge
Paaliameen Eng.
l.I
parrot
kasuku
kasugu
l.III
part
sehemu
kebeeberyaat
3.1
participation
ushirika.
yamtaaet
l.II
particular
jambo moja
parturition
uzazi
tuumeet
l.II
passage
mpito
ooreet
3.Ill
pa.ssenper
abirie
kipruutaiyiaat
U.III
paste
wambi so
nyeweet
2.1
pasty
sambusa
sambuusa Sw.
U.III
Pastor
kasisi
pastaiyiaat Eng.
U.III
pasture
malisho
kaayagiisyeet
l.II
patch
kiraka
aakwaat
9.1
patella
pia ya goti
isyeet(»ap kuutunta)
2.II
pater
baba
paaba (?Sw.)
path
ki jia
ooreet
3.Ill
pathos
huruma
riir-ge
l.I
patriarch
babu
kwaanta.
l.I
patrimony
urithi
kaantiienik ej>n
patriot
apendaye nchi
yake
(e.g.)taalusyet t
Sw.
10.Ill
l.II
l.I
10.Ill
(n£ nin)
(ne chame eemeenyiin)
10.11
197
patron
mlinzi
riibiintet
patten
mta.lawenda
kweeyoosyek(aap
keetiik)
l.II
pattern
kielelezo
kaaraapuutyet
6. Ill
paunch
tumbo
maaeet
3.Ill
pauper
fukare
kibananiaat
2.1
pause
kituo
kaamuung'eita
3.1
paw
mafumba na
makucha
muguung'get
U.I
pay
ujira
melekta
3.1
pea
njegere
piinsi Eng.
peanut
njugu
inychukyaat Sw.
7.1
peace
amani
kaalyeet
l.II
peacock
tausi
kipsooivweet
U.IV
peak
kilele
waliit
5
peal(of thunder)
radi
10.Ill
10.1
6 .11/1.II
iileet/tuleet
pearl
lulu
luulu Sw.
1.1
pebble
changarawe
k jp-barfToiyieet
2.1
pedigree
ukoo
ooreet
3.Ill
peel
ganda
raalaalyaat
U.II
peep-hole
ufa (wa
kuchunpulia)
koonta(ne
kiititeeen) 1 0 . I l l
_
pen
kalamu(ya wino) peenit Eng.
1.1
pen
zizi
piiyuut
l.III
pencil
kalamu
peensolit Eng.
1.1
pendant
pete ya sikio,
kipuli
meeraiyiaat
U.II
penis
dhakari
1.
tariityet
2.
manyiseet
10.11
10.11
l.III
penthouse
kipenu
keteruut
people
watu
piik/chiita
pepper (red)
p i l i p i l i hoho
p i l i b i l i i k Sw.
perambulator
gari dogo la
watoto
kariit(aap laakwa)
per cent
kwa kila mip
perdition
kupotea milele
luseet
l.II
perfume
marashi
maraas Sw.
1.1
peril
hatari
ng'ooiyiaantiit
1.1
perimeter
mzingo
kimuutit
U.III
irr*
(een) pagal
11
10.1
l.II
l.III
\9*
period
kipindi
kasarta
3.1
peritonei™
kitambi cha
tumbo
paalaalyaat(aap
maaeetT"
1».II
person
mtu
chiita/riik
perspiration
.iasho
lupchpanik
pest
maradhi
mianta/mnyanta
3.1
pestle
mchi (wa
kutwangia)
aarwaap-keen
l.III
pet
kipenzi
chamaneet
petal
jani la ua
lenya ranpi
taapteet
2.1
petroleum
mafuta ya taa
mwaaita(aaT) tnait)
U.I
petrol
mafuta ya
motokaa
peterool Eng.
l.I
petticoat
nguo ya kike
ya ndani
cheer>-kaauuit (aap
ooriit)
2.1
pharmacy
duka (la dawa)
tuugeet(aap kericheek) l . I I
phial
kichupa
chuubait(ne kiiteen)
philosophy
elimu ya elimu
zote
ng'aamnateet(aap
ng'aamnatoosyek tugul) l . I I
phlegm
kohozi
1aalyaat
Photo
picha
piichait Eng.
phthisis
kifua kikuu
tegeet
physic
dawa
kerichaat
9-II
physique
umbo
poorta
3.1
piano
kinanda
piip.anoit Eng.
l.I
pick
sululu
suruuriit Sw.
l.I
picnic
mandari
igaarta
3.1
picture
taswira, sura
iitoonta
3.1
pie
sambusa
sambuusa Sw.
piece
sehemu
pcheuutyet
pier-glass
Pig
kioo cha ukuta- kiyoit(neemii inaat)
ni
ing'gurweet Sw.
nguruwe
pipeon
njiwa
1.
2.
pile
fungu
kpp ruruuguutyet
pile
nguzo
mtigeeniaat
10.11
pillar
nruzo
t£lo(ch)ita
10.11
(meat)
pillow(of wood) mzamilo
pilot
rubani
saaraaryet
masyeleleet
kunuurtereet
keetiintet
irr.
11
10.11
10.11
l.I
9.II
U .III/l.I
10.11
U .III/l.I
6.Ill
l.I
U.iv
10.11
l.II
6 . Ill
5
10.Ill
199
pimple
chinusi
ing'rosvaat
U.II
pin
kisumari
kateet
2.1
pineapple( fruit ) nanasi
nananaas Sw.
l.I
pinion
ubava
kapkancheet
5
pinnacle
upeo
waliit(waliisai)
5
pioneer
mtangulizi
kaantooiintet
pipe
rrrwanzi
saaiyieet
l.II
pique
chuki
suuryeet
l.II
pistol
basto]a
pastooiait Eng.
l.I
pit
chimbo
paluutyet
6 . Ill
pitch
lemi
laamit Sw.
l.I
pitch-dark
giza sana
uuriityeet
l.II
pitcher
mtunpi
tereet
U.II
pith
shaha
taagusyeet
T>ity
huruma
riir-ge
place
mahali
wuy
placente
kondo ya nyuma
porooweet
4. IV
plague
tauni
taauni Sw.
l.I
plain
tambarare
tiriiyta
3.1
plaint
kilio
r i i r e k , epn
9.II
plan
kusudi
tetuutyet
6 . Ill
plane
ran da
raantait Sw.
l.I
planet
sayari
keeche»iyiaat (ne do) 1 0 . 1
plant
mmea
miinuutyet
plantain, ( f r u i t ) ndizi
10.Ill
10.11
l.I
s.o.
6 . Ill
10.Ill
intiisyaat Sw.
l.I
saaniit Sw.
plate
sahani
platform
jukwan
platoon
askari 60
asigariik 60
play
mchezo
ureeryet
I.II
play-ground
kiwanja
kiwaanycheet Sw.
I.II
playing-cards
karata.
kirateek Sw. epn
9-1
plea
hoja
kaagaeipaaet
l.II
pleasure
ridhaa
paaibaaiyieet
l.II
pledge
ahadi
kaayaasyeet
l.II
plenty
maridhava
(wingi)
chaang'inta
3.1
plethora
winpi zaidi
chaang'inta
3.1
(ye kinp'alaalen)
Sw.
10.1
200
pleurisy
ugonjwa WP
mapafu
mnyanta(aap
bwaanik)
8
pliers
koleo
kanameita
3.1
plot
mtego, hila
mesteet
2.II
plough
jembe la
ng'ombe
mogoortbeet (aar eeiik)
5
plume
nyoyp
karaaryet
10.11
plunder
nyara
luuleniaat
10.11
plural
wingi
chaang'inta
plus
alama ( + )
teesiintet
10.Ill
ply
tabaka
kaaliigeniaat
10.11
nemoonia Eng.
1.1
pneumonia
3.1
pock
kovu ya ndui
cheesiru
1.1
pocket
mfuko
motogeet
l.II
pod
ganda
peerteet
10.11
point
ncha
waliit
5
poison
sumu
ng'waaneet
l.II
poke
kikumbo
ooktaaet
l.II
poker
kichocheo
ki
1.1
pole(for roof)
fito
chageiyisat
police
polisi
piliisyaat Eng.
1.1
policy
maongozi
kaasibuutvet
6 . Ill
poll
kichwa(kisogo)
kimuutit
1.1
pollen
mbelevele
pusyeek epn
9-1
polygamy
wake wengi
kwp rntu
kaasyaanet
l.II
pomp
urembo
lelesaanet
l.II
pond
kiziwp
tabaita
3.1
poniard
kisu
rootweet
2.1
pool
kiziwa
tabaita
3.1
population
W8tU
piik epn
porcelain
udongo mweurie
wa kufinvanga meneet(ne l e e l )
P-isurit
porcupine
nungu
cheepsweerereet
pore
kinyweleo
koonta
porosity
kupapa maji
kuuleet
porri dge
uji razito
roong'gooriik
port
bandari
paantaariit Sw.
10.1
11
l.II
1.1
10.11
l.II
epn
10.1
1.1
201
portent
kioja
ta.rteet
2.1
portiere
pazi." la
mlangoni
kitaambaeet Sw.
(aap kurgat)
2.1
portion
mgao
pcheuutyet
6.Ill
portmanteau
kasha la ngozi
la npuo
motopeet (aan
inp'goraiik)
l.II
poseur
mjifanya mremho cheesal-gee
1.1
position
cheo
toroornateet
l.II
of wood
mti
keetit
10.Ill
prop
nguzo
t <d1o( ch )ita
10.11
door post
mhimili
tugaatukyect
10.11
place
kituo
kaamuung'ei
1.1
post
posta
poosta Eng.
1.1
posterity
wazar wajao
laagok enn
2.1
postscript
nyongeza
tesuutyet
6 . Ill
posture
hali
atebeet
l.II
metal
kikopo
mugebeet Sw.
l.II
for cooking
(metal)
sufuria
saburyeet Sw.
l.II
earthen
chungu
tereet
h .11
large
junpu
looeet
3.Ill
smell
kijungu
taabeet
2.1
for tea
buli
piripeet i-w •
2.1
for coffee
mdila
piripeet
2.1
jug
mdumu
chaagit Enp.
1.1
pot-sherd
kigae
rokveet
2. II
potash
magadi
mapatit Sw.
1.1
potato
kiazi
piyaasyaat Sw.
U.III
potion
dawa va kunywa
kericheek(che kiyee)
9.II
poultice
dawa ya
kubandika
kericheek (che
kinupeen moc-eet)
9.II
pound
ratli
r a t i l i i t ^w.
1.1
post-
pot:-
money
p a u n i , ( S h . 2 0 / = ) s i l i n p ' ( 2 0 / = ) Enp.
1.1
poverty
umaskini
•nananta
8
•nowder
uvumbi
1.
2.
5.0
9-1
power
maml«0ta
kaamuupet
puiyweet
nusyeek
l.II
202
pox
uronjva wa upele siruunet
l.II
practice
desturi
naitaaet
l.II
prayer
sala
1.
2.
l.II
6.Ill
precept
usia
kaaneetuutyet
6. Ill
precipice
mtelemko
choorgooguutyet
6. Ill
precis
muhtasari
kaanwaagiitet
l.II
precursor
mtangulizi
kaantooiintet
10.Ill
predicament
mashaka
wuuinta
preface
dibaji
kaantoounik epn
10.Ill
prefect
msimamizi
toonoonchiniintet
10.Ill
premonition
maonyo
1. wiseet
l.II
2.
l.II
saaeet
saauutyet
araageneet
3.1
prepuce
zunga
iriryaat
fc.n
prerogative
haki
imanit(aap chii)
I.I
prescience
busara
keereet(aan taa.i)
l.n
present
tuzo
koonunootvaat
press
shinikizo
chiileet
l.n
prestige
heshima
teegista
3.1
prevision
kuona mbele
keereet(aan taai)
l.II
prey
mawindo
paranik e^n
price
bei
aalyeet
l.n
pride
majivuno
meenateet
I.II
priest
kasisi
patiryaat Eng.
i.i
prime
mwanzo
taauneet
I.II
principal
mkuu
(ne oo)
prison
gereza
cheela Eng.
i.i
prisoner
mahabusu
mabuusyaat Sw.
i.i
privilege
nafuu
kaatvaaknateet
prize
zawadi
koonunnotyaat
problem
matatizo
kaayiimuutyet
6.ILL
profile
sura(kwa
upande)
iitoonta
3.1
profit
uchumi
niitunaniaat
programme
taratibu
tetuutik enn
6. Ill
project
azimio
tetuutyet
6.ILL
proletariat
watu(wa vivi
hivi)
piich inn
U/10.II
10.11
4/10.II
10.11
11 -
203
proof
mathibitisho
kaabaarunet
l.II
prop
mhimili
tiieiywaat
9.1
prophet
nabii
maaootyaat
10.11
proprietor
mwenyewe
chiicheba
S.O.
propulsion
msukumo
toortaaet
l.II
prostitute
kahaba
cheepkeleesyaat
U.III
protagonist
mwonpozi
kaantooiintet
protein
10.Ill
•nrotiin Eng.
l.I
protuberance
mbenuko
rauguulinta
3.1
nrovender
malisho
suusweek(aap tuuga)
9.1
proverb
methali
karaaguutyet
6.Ill
province
shughuli
paiisyeet(aap chii)
l.II
mkoa
probins Eng.
l.I
prow
rubeti
tegeet(aap tereet)
prowess
ujasiri
utaatyeet
proxy
badala
(ne kata)
psalm
zaburi
sabuuri Sw.
l.I
Ptomaine
sumu za mboga
zilizooza
ng'waaneet
l.II
puberty
ubalehe
pubes
mavuzi
•nuuteek(aap kulgul)
9.1
public
W(?tU
eemeet
3.Ill
puddle
kidimbwi
taambooiyaat
U.II
puff
kishindo
(cha pumzi)
kaabuuset
l.II
•cull
npuvu ya kuvuta
kaanineet
l.II
pulse
p i ? 0 la moyo
(pireet-aa-n muruulelta).
pulse
nafaka
(tuguuk che uu) peek
pumpkin(fruit)
bopa
moong'geet
punch
tindo
chaamaniaat
10.11
puncture
kitundu
koonta
10 . I I I
pup
mtoto(wa mbwa)
aarweet(ng'ookta)
9.1
pupa(of bees)
jana
isyaet
9.II
pupil
mwanafunzi
taarusyaat
9. II
purple
rangi va
zambarau
saleiywaat(ne a i i s )
9-1
purse
kifuko
motogeet
l.II
pus
usaha
puruuruteek epn
9.II
territory
10.11
l.II
(keela raaiywa)
9.1
2.1
204
pustule
kipele
kochaat
9.II
patiisyaat Bng.
U.III
chatu
masweetiit
l.I
quack
ayari
kiplembechweet
U.IV
quagmire
bvawa
nyaanyaaweet
2.1
quality
tabia
piiteet
qualm
mashaka
kaaiimuutyet
6.Ill
quantity
kiasi
teeniitunet
l.II
quarantine
karantini
karantiit Eng.
l.I
quarter
robo
kebeeberta(aap U)
3.1
quarters
fcituo
kaapmuung'ei
l.I
queen
malkia
quest
upelelezi
kineet
l.II
question
svali
teebuutyet
6. Ill
quid
mshuku
tumateet(aap kutiit)
l.I
quiet
utulivu
siisineet(aap kee)
l.II
quinine
kvinini
kwiniin Enp.
l.I
quinsy
j i p u la kooni
oontiiryet(aap
mookweek)
9.II
puttees
python
£
1 .11/3.1
(neba) laitooryaat
U.III
quittance
stakabadhi
r i s i i t Eng.
l.I
quiver
podo
mootyet
2.1
quorum
hesabu ya kanuni kvooram Eng.
l.I
R
rabbit
sungura
kipleekweet
2.1
rabies
kalab
iiyveek(aap
ng'oogiik)
9.1
pororyaat
l.II
poleet(serit)
l.II
race
taifa
racket
radio
simu ya he wan i
siimoit(aap kooriista)
Sv.
l.I
rafter
kombamoyo
chagaiyiaat
rag
kitambaa
kitaambaeet Sw.
rail
papi
paambaaniaat
rain
nvua
roopta
10.1
2.1
10.11
3.1
205
rainbow
upindi wa mvua
cheeokuuinaaba.ar cnn
raincloud
gbubari
poolteet
raincoat
koti la mvua
kootiit(a.ap roopta)
Fnr.
l.I
l.I
10.11
raindrop
tone la mvua
peiyiaat
9.1
rainfall
mvua
roopta
3.1
rainwater
ma.ji ya mvua
r>eek( aap roopta)
9.1
rake
(jembe)
kibagoieet
2.1
ram
kondoo dume
meeng'git
10.11
ramD
ulaphai
ng'aalseet
l.II
rancour
ukali
koolp-oolyeet
l.II
rank
cheo
toroorna.teet
l.II
rash
vipele
siruunet
l.II
rat
panya
muryaat
9.II
rate
ravendo
paanta
3.1
ravine
bonde
cheepng'eeisuut
l.III
razor
wembe
eembeit Sw.
l.I
reader
msomaji
kipsooraniaat iio.
U.III
realm
ufalme
pauunateet
l.II
reason
akili
ng'aamnateet
l.II
rebate
upunguo
poosuutvet
6. Ill
rebel
rnwasi
pistaaiintet
10.Ill
receptacle
mfuko
mabugeet Sw.
l.II
recess
livu
liip/rusa Eng./Sw.
recital
masimulizi
ng' alaalet-
l.II
recruit
askari mpya
kurutyaat Eng.
9.1
rectum
mkundu
kimestoweet
5
red
wekundu
piriirinta
3.1
reed
mrija
rogoreet
l.II
refrain
kiitikio
koras Eng.
l.I
refuse
takataka
chaabuuk Sw. enn
7.1
regime
utawala
pauunateet
l.II
regiment
kundi la askari
rechimeen
region
nchi
eemeet
register
daftari
richista
rein
hatamu
tamuiinik Sw. enn
U.III
reins
mnfigo
saraamook
2.1
Eng.
l.III/l.II
l.I
3.Ill
Eng.
epn
l.I
206
relict
mjane
mosogeet
religion
dini
tiiniit
Sw.
l.I
relish
kitoweo
suuteek
epn
9.II
reluctance
kutokubali
yeesya-et
l.II
remedy
dawa
kerichaat
9.II
remnant
sazo
n g'etuun an i aat
remorse
majuto
siguunet
renegade
mtoro/haini
mweeiintet
10.Ill
renown
sifa
kaalaasunet
l.II
repletion
shibe
oiiyiang'et
l.II
replica
nakili
kobi
l.I
reprisal
kisasi
kaa.geraanet
republic
j amhuri
chaamuuuuri
research
uchunguzi
kiniisyeet
residue
shinda
keneniaat
10.11
respect
heshima
teegista
3.1
respite
pumziko
kaamuunp'et
l.II
rest
salio
ng'etuunanik
rest
pumziko
kaamuung'et
l.II
resting-place
kituo
kaapmuung'ei
l.I
restaurant
mkahawa
magaaweet
l.II
result
tokeo
mang'uunanik
resume
ufunisho
kaanwaagiitet
retail
rejareja
reechareecha
retinue
wafuasi
kaasibik
reunion
mkutano
tuuiyieet
l.II
reverie
ndoto
kearwaatiteet
l.II
revue
mchezo wa ngoma
tyeenta
8
reward
zawadi
koonunootva.at
6. I I
rheumatism
jongo
mogocng'iaat
l.I
ribbon
utepe
aanweet
2.1
rice (cooked)
wali
mucheeleek
riches
mali
magarnateet
l.II
rick
chungu ya
majani
rwaang'uut
l.III
ridge
mgongo
rocteet
l.II
in gardening
tuta
sageek
9.II
of hills
mgongo
rooteet
l.II
l.II
10.11
l.II
Eng.
l.II
Sw.
l.I
l.II
epn
Sw.
enn
10.11
10.11
l.I
Sw.
enn
Sw.
l.I
10.Ill
9-1
107
ridicule
mzaha
keeng'geeniet
l.II
rift
ufa
kereercheet
l.II
rigor
tetemeko
pootaneet
l.II
rim
ukinpo
tabanta
3.1
rime
umande(ulioganda) rewaat/reuut
rind
ganda
peerteet
ring
pete
peteit
riot
msukosuko
pistaaet
l.II
risk
hatari
ng'ooiyiaantiit
l.I
rite
kanuni ya dini
kaasibuutyet
6 . Ill
river
mto
eineet
l.II
road
njia
ooreet
3.Ill
rock
mwamba
rwaantaneet
l.II
rod
ufito
teteiywaat
9.1
rogue
mjanja
ng'aaliintet
roof
paa
•DPrgaguut
l.III
room
chumba
tiluutyet
6.Ill
orofa
tabootet
l».l
root
mzizi
tiigiityaat
rope
kamba
rogoeet
l.II
route
njia
ooreet
3.HI
routine
desturi
piitoon isn
3.1
rover
mhamishi
cheebweentaat
row
safu
lainiit
rubber
mpira
imbiireet
rubbish
takataka
chaabuuk
rubble
kifusi
tutuieek
9.1
ruck
kikunjo
aruhg'uutvet
6.Ill
ruddle
ngeu
ing'gaaryeet
2.1
ruffian
mjeuri
ing'geelelyaat
rug
zulia ndogo
nene
aakwaa.t
9.1
ruin
uharibifu
ng'emeet
l.II
rule
amri
ng'atuutyet
6 . Ill
ruler
mtawale
pp.uuniinteet
rumour
mnonp'ono
mwaaeet
l.II
rump
tako(la mnyama)
letuut
l.III
upper
-/I.Ill
10 .11
l.I
Sw.
10.Ill
10.11
Eng.
Sw.
Sw.
-
l.I
2.1
7.1
10.11
10.Ill
208
r
rung
kipandio
tyeguutyet
rupee
rupia
rabiieet
rust
kutu
kaarwaatiteet
l.II
rut
mfuo
kereercheet
l.II
rut
nyege(ya
wanyama
mageet(aap kirgit)
l.II
Jumamosi
chee(p)mamoos
l.I
Jumapili
chee(p)maambiili Sw .
sack
gunia
kunuyeet
sacrament
sakramenti
saparameenti
saddle
tandiko
taantiigeet
salad
saladi
sal at it
salary
mshahara
melekta
saliva
mate/ute
ng'uleek
salt
chumbi/munyu
c huumb i ik / muunyaat
sample
mfano
kaaraaguutvet
6.Ill
sand
mchanga
ng'aaineet
2.1
funza
kuutyet
sandal
kiatu
kweeiyiaat
sap
utomvu
riiriitaanik epn
10.11
sapling
mti mchanga
ng' aarng'aaryet
10.11
sash
mlan go wa diri- ( e . g . ) kirkubuit
sha la kuinuka
na kushuka
Saturday-
Jumamosi
chee(p)mamoos
sauce
mchuzi
sausage
nyama ndani
ya nyama
suuteek
uulanik
savanna
•pori
meleeweet
l.II
savour
ladha
chamuunet
l.II
saw
msumeno
kipsumeenoit
sawdust
unga wa mbao
puiyweet
scale
kipimio
keruutyet
6.Ill
scalp
ngozi ya kichwa
iriryaat
U.II
scapula
mtulinga
mailing'gootyet
6.II
scar
kovu
peeruutyet
6. Ill
6.Ill
U.III
Sw.
q
o
Sabbath
sand-flea
Sw.
l.I
2.1
Eng.
•
Sw.
Eng.
l.I
5
l.I
3.1
epn
9.II
10.1/9.II
10.11
l.II
l.I
l.I
9.1
epn
epn
U.I
Sw.
l.I
S.O.
209
scarlet
wekundu
uiriirinta
3.1
scent
harufu
ng'uulineet
l.II
school
chuo
suguulit
1.1
science
Ujuzi
siktaaet
l.II
scissors
makasi
magasit
scone
mkate mdogo
sigoonsiit
scoop
kombe
taguluutyet
scorpion
nge
kaaramnyet(?)
scout
mcelelezi
iskautyaat
scrag(neck)
sehemu ya shingo nrulunychuut
yenye fupa
I . Ill
scrap
kombo
kereeruutyet
6.Ill
screw
parafu jo
saamooiy1
U.III
scrafula
ugonjwa wa
ng'ulyeelet
matezi shingokipsebetit
ni
P.O.
scrotum
korodani
kiinaiik
5
scud
ukungu
kibxpg' kweereet
2.1
scum
povu
pugaat
9-II
scut
mkia mfupi
a d j . si in
scythe
nundu mkubwa
maaruut
l.III
sea
hahari
araaraita
3.1
seam
mshono
nabuutyet
6 . Ill
seamstress
mshonaji(mke)
naabiintet
season
wakati, majira
k as art a
3.1
seat
kiti
ng'echereet
2.1
second( sunnorter)
msaidizi
taaretiintet
section
fungu
kebeeberyaat
3.1
sediment
chicha
michikchikyaat
9.II
seer
nabii
maootyaat
seed
punje
keswaat
seeker
mtafiti
saamiintet
segment
mkato
tiluutyet
6. I l l
self
nafsi
kee/gee
1.1
selfishness
choyo
ng'ooknateet
l.II
semen
shahawa
kaaseeraanik epn
U.I
semsem
mafuta ya uto
kuuto
1.1
wa hakika
Sw.
1.1
Eng.
1.1
6.Ill
Fnn.
epn
10.11
9.1
2.1
-
10.Ill
10 . I I I
10.11
9.1
Sw.
10.Ill
no
sentinel
mlinzi
riibiintet
September
mwezi wa 9
puureet
1.1
sepulchre
kaburi
kireeriit
1.1
sequel
matokeo
mang'uunanik epn
U.I
seraglio
harimu
kaaptiiryaang'
l.III
serf
mtumwa
ootwaapiintet
sergeant
sajini
sachin
sermon
hotuba
amtaaet
l.II
serpent
nyoka
intaareet
2.1
servitude
utumwa
mutwaarnateet
l.II
settler
mjaji
uuiiniintet
U.III
seven
saba
tisap
l.III
severance
utenganaji
kaabeesyeet
l.II
sewing-machine
cherahani
cheeraanyit Sw.
1.1
male sex
uume
muren
10.11
female sex
uke
kwaany
10.Ill
Eng.
10.Ill
10.Ill
1.1
sex: -
sexual organs mboo/kuma
shade
manyiseet/mopoleet
io.IIA>II
uvuli
uurweet
uvuli(mtu)
taamirmiiryet
wano
kibiryaat
U.II
missile
mshale
kinchaabeet
2.1
chimney
dohani
saaiyieet^"
l.II
shambles
machinjo
soogeet
l.II
shank
mpini
keetit/euut
shard
gae
rokyeet
shamener
noleo
liteita
sheath
ala
choopeet
l.II
sheep
kondoo
keechiiryet
9.II
sheet
shukp
ang'geet
2.II
shelter
kimbilio
yumuutvet
6. Ill
shepherd
mchunga
mestowaat
9.1
shield
ngao
loong'eet
l.II
shin
muundi
aita(inn
ship
meli
meeliit
shirt
shati
syaatiit
shoe
kiatu
kweeiyiaat^/kweeeet
shadow
shaft
2.II
10.11
10.III/U.V
2.II
3.1
aiisai)
Sw.
Eng.
5
1.1
1.1
l.II
"^There is a stronp / y / glide in / i y i / combination. C f . crystal.
211
shooting-star
kirwondo
keecheeiyiaat
shop
duka
tuugeet
shoulder
bega
puuita
shower
manyunyu
cheenerereet
shred
kichane
petaniaat
sickness
ugonjwa
mnyanta
8
sickle
mundu
maaruut
l.III
signature
sahihi
seiin
silk
hariri
aririit Sw.
1.1
silt
matope
ng'atatyaat
9.II
sin
dhambi
teng'gekta
8
sirloin
sarara
kipkaraaryet
5
sisal
mkonge/katani
mogcong'geet
sister
dada
sister-in-law wifi
10.1
l.II
'3.1
l.II
10.11
isn/esn Eng.
Sw.
( h i s ) cheenkaam
paamuru
1.1
2.1
1.1
1.111/3.I
six
sita
la
l.III
skeleton
gofu la rrrtu
kebeeng'gereet
l.II
skill
ustadi
utaatyeet
l.II
skin
ngozi
iriryaat
U.II
skirt
marinda
c heepkaayuuit
1.1
skull
fuu 1P kichwa
teerta
3.1
sky-
mbingu
poolteet
slate
kibao
sileetit
slattern
mwanamke mchafu
cheesurgach
slave
mtumwa
mutwaariintet
sleep
usingizi
ruaanta/rwaanta
3.1
sleeve
mkono wa vazi
kuusta
3.1
slice
cheche/sehemu
kebeeberyaet
3.1
slime
tope la kunata
meneet
l.II
slope
mtelemko
choortaauutyet
6 . Ill
slot
tundu jembamba
koonta
10.Ill
sloven
mvivu
chaariireneet
10.11
smack
utamu/ladh?
chamchameiyweek epn
9.1
smear
mpako
maaleet
l.II
smith
mhunzi
kiitaanp'iintet
smoke
moshi
iyieet
10.11
Eng.
1.1
1.1
10.Ill
10.Ill
2.II
212
snail
koa
kirrnyeleguut
l.III
snake
nyoka
intaareet
2.1
snare
mtego
mesteet
2.II
snout
pua(ya mnyama)
seruut
U.V
snuff
ugolo
cheepkiichuut
l.I
soap
sabuni
sabuniit Sw.
l.I
sobriquet
msimbo
salaniaat
sock
sigisyaat
soda - water
soot a
10.11
Enrr.
U.III
En ft.
l.I
udongo
ng'uung'unyeek epn
9.H
nchi
eemeet
3.Ill
solace
faraja
kaagaaigaaet
l.II
sole
wayo
keeltebeesyet
2.1
somebody
mtu
chiita
something
kitu
k i i t esn, tugun inn
son
mwana
weeriit
10.Ill
song
wimbo
tyenta
3.1
soot
masizi
muiveiweek
sorcerer
mlozi
paaniintet
sorceress
mlozi(wa kike)
cheebusurvaat
U.II
sorcery
ulozi
paniisyeet
l.II
sore
kidonda
mooeet
2.1
sorghum
mtama
moosoonr'iaat
sot
mlevi
kimaiyiaat
U.III
soul
roho
muguulelta
3.1
sound
sauti/mshindo
che'eet
l.II
soup
mchuzi
suuteek
south
kusini
murat-taai
space
nafasi
kasarta
3.1
span
urefu
kaainta
3.1
spanner
koleo
subaanait
spark
kimeta
kaatyek
spate
furiko
kwarkwaraneet
l.II
spear
mkuki
ng'otrt
3.1
speck
doa
tisyeet
2.1
speed
mbio
chaaktaaet
l.II
spendthrift
nrnonda m.ali
seeriintet
10.Ill
soil
country-
11
epn
7.II
9.1
10.Ill
epn
10.11
9.II
-
Eng.
epn
l.I
9.1
213
sperm
shahavp
kaaseeraanik epn
sphe re
mviringo/duara
mereeng'get
U.I
spider
buibui
kiprorogeet
l.II
spindle
pia
kateet
2.1
spine
uti wa rgongo
rooteet
l.II
spirit
mzimu
aaiintet
spittle
mate
ng'uleek epn
9.II
spleen
venpu
nwaakta
3.1
splinter
kichane
petaniaat
spoil
mawindo
p^ranik
epn
10.11
spoil
nyara
lutJ.enik epn
10.11
sponsor
mdhamini
toonoonychiniintet
10.Ill
spoon
kijiko
kechiigeet
spoor
nyayo za mnyama
mereentuut
l.III
snorran
mfuko wa ngozi
motogeet
l.II
sport
mchezo
ureeryeet
l.II
spouse
mchumba
tilyeet
2.II
sprain
teguko
puluguutyet
6.Ill
sprocket
jino la gurudumu keelteet, keglat inn
spur
mwiba
kateet
2.1
sputum
kohozi
laalyaat
9.II
spy
nroelelezi
seegeiintet
stack
chunpu(kuni,
majani)
k aa ruruuguuty et
6. Ill
staff
fimbo
kirokta
3.1
stage
jukwaa
chukwaait Sw.
stake
npuzo
keetit
stalk
bua
moopchaat
9.1
stamina
uthabiti
kiimnateet
l.II
star
nyota
keecheeiyiaat
starch
wanga
pusyeek
station
kituo
ketesyeet
statue
sanamu
kiminit
stave
kipandio
keetit
steam
mvuke
iyyieet
steer
ngomba dume
eeita
stem
bua
moopchaat
9.1
stench
mnuko
ng'uuiineet
l.II
10.11
10.I/10.III
10.11
Sw.
5
9. Ill
10.Ill
10.Ill
10.1
9.1
Eng.
l.II
1.1
10.Ill
2.II
10.Ill
214
step
hatua
kaakwapuutyet
6.Ill
sterility
kuwa tasp.
socneneet
l.II
sternum
mfuDP. ki fuflixi
tepeet
6.1
stick
ufito
keetit
10.Ill
stigina
alama ya aibu
sipokyaat
U.II
stile
ngazi
mopoteet
l.II
stimulus
kitamanisho
twaaiintet
sting
kichoiri
uuteet
l.II
stitch
ungo
kineet
l.II
stomach
tumbo
mp.aeet
3.Ill
stomacher
sidiria
siintiriia
stone
jiwe
koita
3.1
stool
kiti
ng'echereet
2.1
store
ghala
chaageet
l.II
storey-
orofa
koroba
10.Ill
Sw.
Sw.
l.I
l.I
1
U.IV
stork
koronpo
cheepkuung kurweet
story
hadithi
atiintaaniaat
stove
jiko
istoobit
strain
uchovu
ng'etuutik
strand
ncha
saguutyet/waliit
stranger
mgeni
taantet
9.1
strap
ugwe
aanweet
2.1
stratagem
hila
kaaweelweelet
l.II
straw
majani makpvu
sagaat
9-II
stream
kijito
segeneniaat
l.I
strength
npuvu
kiimnateet
l.II
stress
mkazo
kaapiilet
l.II
string
uzi
iineet
5
stroke
pigo
maasuutyet
6. Ill
structure
muundo
iinteet (rare pi)
l.II
riipuutyet
6. Ill
stumbling-block kikwpzo
Eng.
epn
enn
10.11
l.I
6 . Ill
6 .111/5
U.II
stump
kishiku
unugeenik
style
jinsi
kaauuiitet
suburb
kiunga
tab an
10. II
suds
povu la sabuni
•pugapt
9-II
suet
shahamu ya nyama suunteet/suunet irn
sugar
sukari
sugp.ruuk Sw. epn
l.II
6.1
7.1
115
supp.r-cfi.ne
nuwa
miwaiyieat Sw.
9.1
suit
kisua
suutiit
l.I
suite
jamii ya vyumba
kaavaamenik
sulphur
kiberiti
k i b i i r i t i i t Sw.
l.I
stun
jumla
tesuutik
6. Ill
summary
muhtasp.ri
kaanwaapiitet
l.II
summer
kiangazi
kemeuut
l.III
sun
jua
asiista
3.1
sunlight
mwangaza wa jua
iluuunet
l.II
sunshine
mwanpa wa jua
kaaluuiinet
l.II
supplement
maonpezo
teseet/te suutyet
supporter
msaidizi
taaretiintet
surface
upande wa nje
paraguut
l.III
surfeit
shibe
piiyienta.
3.1
surplus
ziada(zidisho)
siirtaaanik
surprise
mshangao
kwenp'eet
l.II
surveillance
usimamizi
toonoonychinet
l.II
surveying
kadirisho
marareet
l.II
swamp
bwawa
nyaanyaaweet
2.1
swarm
kundi
kibuuteiyieet
U.III
sweat
j asho
lupchaanik
sweater
fulana
sweetait
sweepings
takataka
kaabuugenik epn
sweet
halua
swiit
swine
nguruwe
inp'purweet Sw.
U.IV
swoon
kuzirai
taanwet
l.II
sword
upenga
rootweet
2.1
symbol
dalili/ishara
kaaraaruutik
symposium
karainu
igaartp
synagogue
kanisa la
Kivahudi
sijiagopit
syphilis
kaswende
taganeet
2.1
syringe
bomba ndopo
sirinychit Eng.
l.I
syrup
asali
kuumnyaat
Eng.
epn
10.11
1.II/6.III
10.Ill
epn
epn
10.11
10.11
l.I
Fng.
10.11
l.I
Eng.
epn
6. I l l
3.1
Eng.
l.I
10.Ill
216
T
table
meza
raeeseet Sw.
l.II
taboo
mwiko
kiruutyet
6 . m
tact
husara
wutaatycet
l.II
tactics
maari fa
kaaweelweelet
l.II
tadpole
Riluwiluwi
kaanviitweet
U.IV
tail
mkia
kaatuutyet
5
tailor
mshoni
naabiintet
tale
kisa
arooruutyet
6.Ill
talent
majaliwa
keluutyet
6.Ill
tallow
mafuta
koreylniaat
tally-ho
10.Ill
10.11
ee-hoivio
talon
ufarcnc
Sllalyaat
U.II
tang
ladha kali
ng'waaninta
3.1
tank
tangi
taang'giit Sw.
l.I
tantrum
hamaki
kaaliilet
l.II
tap-root
mzizi mkubwa
tiigiityaat(ne oo)
tape
kigwe
tapsiiniet
tapeworm
tegu
meetyaat
tar
lami
laarnit Sw.
target
shabaha
liing'anuutyet
tartar
ukoga
michikchikyaat
9.II
task
kazi
paiisyeet
l.II
tassel
kishada
song'onyeet
l.II
tatters
nguo mbovumbovu
maaraareenik
U.II
tattoo
chanjo
watuutyet
tavern
duka la mvinyo
kaa(p)maiywa
tax
ushuru
aisuruut
tegis
taxi
10.11
2.1
10.1
l.I
Sw.
6. Ill
6. I l l
s.o.1
l.III
Sw.
l.I
Fnp.
10.1
tea
chai
chaaiik
Sw.
team
kikoa
sirityeet
l.II
teat
chuchu ya ziwa
kiineet
5
technique
u fundi
musaaknateet
l.II
telegram
simu
siimoit
l.I
telescope
darubini
tarubiiniit
Sw.
Sw.
^The meaning is singular but the drink is ITO in sense
and form.
l.I
217
temerity
UShUPPVTJ
nyipaanateet
tempest
kimbungr
cheep-viichwiichet
temple
hekalu, kanisa
kanjiseet
tenant
mpanra.ii
kaapoombcniintet Sw . U.II
tendon
ukano
meelteet
tenet
madhehebu
kaasibuutyet
6.Ill
tenor
maelekeo
takchiinet(a*p kee)
l.II
tent
hema
eemait
1.1
term
muda
kasarta
3.1
terminus
kituo
kaabaachiitet
l.II
termagant
mvanamke mkorofi cheepmagilaal
termite
mchwa
taaiyiaat
kumbikumbi
koong'aiyiaat
9.1
test
jaribio
yoomuutyet
6. Ill
testament
wosia
kaavaami suutvet
testicle
kende
mupuiyiaat
tetanus
pepo punda
kaapcheeyuube
1.1
text
uye
soomanuutyet Sw.
6.Ill
texture
umbo
iinteet
theft
wibaji
choorseet
l.II
theory
kubahatisha
takchiinet
l.II
the saurus
kusanyiko
kaayumaniaat
10.11
thief
mwivi
chooriintet
10 . I I I
thiph
pa J a
kubeesta
thinp
kitu
kiit/tupuuk
7.II
thirst
kiu
melelta
8
thirteen
thelatashara
tarn an ak somok
thirty
thelathini
sosorr
l.III
thonp
ukpnda
aanweet
2.1
thorax
kifua
tepeet
6.1
thorn
mwiba
kateet
2.1
thoupht
fikira
kaabweatuutvet
6.Ill
thousand
elfu
^ b p t
l.III
thrall
utumwa
oosyeet
thread
uzi
uusiit
three
tatu
somok
l.III
thrift
uwekevu
kentaaet
l.II
throat
koo
mookta
3.1
(winged)
Sw.
l.II
10.11
l.II
10.11
Sw.
1.1
10.Ill
S.0.
Ill
10.1
(l.II)
3.I/U
Sv.
l.II
Sv.
1.1
270
throe
uchungu
ng'waaninta
3.1
thud
mshindo
cheget
l.II
thumb
kidole cha
gumba
moorneet(ne oo)
2.1
thunder
radi
tuleet(aap iileet) 1 . 1 1 ( 6 .
Thursday
Alhamisi
kaasiit(aan 4) Sw.
1.1
thyroid
dundumio
ng'ulyeelook(aan
mookta)
2.1
tiara
taji
naaryeet
2.1
tibia
goko
a i ( s )ta.( kaaweet)
5
tic
mtetemo wa liso
iweeniet
10.11
tick
kupe
1.
2.
10.11
10.11
ticket
tikiti
tigitiit
tier
safu
kaaliigeniaat
mtoto wa kasha
tirooit(aap meeseet) 1 . 1
timber
mbao
paagoiyiaat
time
wakati
ka.sarta
tin
mkebe
mugebeet
tincture
dawa ya ma.ji
kericheek(che nei)
9.II
epn
tint
rangi
saleiyweek
tin
ncha
wal i_i t (waliisaiik)
tip
bakshishi
parsisiit
tithe
zaka zaka
sataga
title
an wan i
aanwaani
toad
chura
moororoochet
tobacco
tumbako
tumateet
to-day
leo
ra(peetuuni)
toe
kidole cha mguu
moorneet(keelta)
2.1
toil
wavu
mesteet
2.II
tomato
nyanya
nyaanyaat
tomb
kaburi
kireeriit
1.1
to-morrow
kesho
kaaroon
1.1
ton
ratli
tone
sauti
tuugeet
l.II
tongs
koleo
kanameita
3.1
till
tongue
(drawer)
ulirai
2,2k0
kerbesyeet
taaluusyet
1.1
5.II
Sw.
U.lll
3.1
Sw.
l.II
9.1
1.1
Sw.
1.1
Sw.
ratiliit
1
Fng.
ng eljrepta
1.1
10.11
1.1
Sw.
Sw.
S .0.
10.Ill
1.1
8
219
to-night
usiku huu
lang'at (ra)
l.III
tonsil
kitu cha kooni
kilinyit
l.I
tooth
jino
keelta
9.Ill
top
,iuu
pa.rak
l.III
torch
mwenge
toochit
torque
mkufu
sirimta
torrent
mvo
torso
kiwiliwili
kebeeng'gereet
l.II
tortoise
kobe
cheepkoigocheet
U.iv
total
jumla
kaayaamet
l.II
totem
tambiko
tyaanta
tour
utalii
soitaaet
towel
kitambaa
tauloit
town
mji
inganaseet
2.1
trachea
umio la pumzi
cheebororeet
l.TI
track
njia
ooreet
3.Ill
trade
biashara
kochoochereet
l.II
tradition
mazoeo
piiteet
l.II
trail
nyayo
mereentuut
l.III
traitor
msaliti
ng'wektaaiintet
transfiguration ugeuko
Eng.
l.I
3.1
(•peek aar>) muguunp'
S.O.
1 0 . Ill
l.II
l.I
Eng.
10.Ill
waleet
l.II
transom
kizingiti(cha
(juu)
maraguut
l.I
trap
mtego
mesteet
2. II
trash
takataka
tagate p^
tray-
sahani
aooita
3.1
treachery
udanganyifu
keniisyeet
l.II
treason
riaasi
pistaaet
l.II
tree
mti
keetit
trench
handaki
kereercheet
l.II
trepidation
tetemeko
nootaneet
l.II
tribe
kibila
pororyeet
l.II
tribute
ushuru
aisuruut
trick
hi la
trifle
jambo hafifu
nyaraneet
trinity
utfitu
kaapsomoguuk
tripe
mat umbo(nyama)
aputaanik
l.I
Sw.
10.Ill
l.III
Sw.
10.11
epn
epn
l.III
10.11
220
triumph
shangwe
paibachiinet
troll
zimwi
aai intet
10.1
trombone
tarunbeta
iryageet
2.1
trophy-
kumbukumbu
k aabwaatuutyet
6.Ill
trough
kihori
maiing'get
fc.I
trousers
suruali
surwaaliit
l.I
trowel
mwiko
seegeetyet
2.1
truant
mtoro
mweeiintet
trumpet
tarumbeta
turumbeetiit
truncheon
kirungu
ruung1 guut
l.III
trunk
shina
tegeet
6.1
truss
fungu
ratuutyet
6.Ill
tsetse-fly
ribung'o
kaapke gocnycheet
2.1
tube
immnzi
rogoreet
l.II
tuber
kinundu cha
mwea
kukyeet
2.II
k i f u a kikuu
tiibii
Eng.
l.I
Tuesday
Jumanne
kaasiit(aap aieeng')
l.I
tuft
kishada
ratuutyet
6. Ill
tuition
mafundisho
kaaneetiicyeet
l.II
tumbrel
gari
cheemuguung'
l.I
tumult
phasia
poleet
l.II
tumulus
chungu
keebukweet
k . IV
tune
sa.uti
tuugeet
l.II
turban
kilemba
kilembait
turkey
bata mzinga
cheebagilgil
turmeric
manjano
sookyaat
turmoil
udhia
kaeimet
l.II
turpitude
ubaya
yaaityeet
l.II
turret
kinara
kiplaleit
l.I
turtle
kasa
cheer,koi gocheet
5
turtle
hue.
masyeleleet
2.1
tusk
j i n o , pembe
keelteet/kuuineet
tussore
lasi
laasit
twaddle
upuzi
taang'gooita
twelve
thenashara
tsman ak aieeng'
twenty
ishirini
tiotem
tuberculosis
l.II
10.Ill
Eng.
Sw.
l.I
l.I
l.I
10.11
Sw.
9. H I / 5
l.I
10.11
l.II
2j21
twig
kitawi
temeet
U.II
twilight(dawn)
mapambazuko
charuunet
l.II
twin
pacha
sarameek epn
9.II
twine
uzi
iineet
5
two
mbili
aieeng'
l.III
type
mfano
kergeeinta
3.1
typhoon
kimbunga
cheebwiichwiichet
tyrant
mdhalimu
kipyaiitweet
li.iv
ubiquity
kuonea pote
yamuunet
l.II
udder
kiwele
muruung'guut
l.III
ulcer
don da
mooeet
2.1
ulna
mfupa kati ya
kiko na kiwiko
waleelta
3.1
umbrage
manunguniko
kaanvanyeet
l.II
umbrella
mwavuli
paambuuliit Fw.
l.I
umpire
mwamuzi
kaaoo^aaiintet
unction
kupaka mafuta
kaaiilet
underclothes
nguo za ndani
ing'goraiik(aap oriit)5
underdog
mtu asiye na
bahati
10.11
U
•
10 . I I I
l.II
!ne matinye)
kelchiinet
l.II
undergrowth
magugu
e.g.
cheemasai
underling
mdogo(wa cheo)
sasaniaat
under-shirt
fulana
bulaneet Sw.
2.1
underwear
nguo za ndani
ing'goraiik
5
underwood
magugu
isaanteet
S.O.
10.11
underworld
jehanamu
aaiik epn
10.I/10.III
union
mwungano
tuuiyieet
l.II
unit
k i t u kimoja
ageeng'ge
l.I
universe
ulimwengu
ng'wany
upheaval
mageuzi
waleet
l.II
upkeep
haraja
riibeet
l.II
uproar
makelele
poleet
l.II
ixp shot
matokeo
mang' uunanik
•upside
upande wa juu
parak
urethra
mshipa wa mkojo
tiigiityaat
l.III
isn
epn
10.11
l.III
10.11
222
urine
mkojc
soposeek epn
9.II
use
matuirizi
pait
8
usher
bavabu
taagiintet
10.Ill
usurper
mla rib8
reebiintet
10.Ill
usury
riba
rebiisyeet
l.II
utensil
chomto
k i i t ne kibaiisyeen
uterus
mji wa miroba
rwaantaapmaa
S.O.
uvula
kidatatonge
kilinyit
l.I
vagabond
mhuni
cheepweentaat
vagi na
kuma
raogoleet
l.II
vale/valley
bonde
teembweet
2.II
valediction
bwiani
kaaberuuret
l.II
value
thamani
kaamanuutyet
6. I l l
valve
kilango
koonta
10.Ill
vandal
mharabu
weegiintet
10.Ill
vapour
rrvuke
iyyieet/ivieet
2.II
variety
tofauti
peesyeet
l.II
veal
nyama(ndama)
peenta
9.II
vegetable
mboga
ing'kwa at(ing'gui,
ipn)
9.1
l.I
V
Sw.
S.O.
vehicle
pari
kariit
vein
mshipa(vena)
tiigiityaat
velocity
mbio
ng'waeek/labateet
vendee
mnunuzi
aaliintet
10.Ill
vendor
mchuuzi
altaaiintet
10.Ill
veneration
ustahifu
kaagaanviteet
l.II
vengeance
kisasi
kiing'waan
l.I
venom
sumu
ng'waaneet
l.II
vent
tundu
koonta
verandah
baraza(ya
nyumba)
keteruut
l.III
verdict
maairuzi
tileet
l.II
verge
ukingo
inaat
l.III
verification
thibitisho
kaamajiiitet
l.II
verity
kweli
iman
l.I
10.11
9.1/1.II
10.Ill
22)
vermicide
dawa(ya minyoo)
e . g . kiboopaanr'ik
epn
10.Ill
vernacular
kienyeji
kipkaa
R.O.
vertex
kilele
valiit
5
vertigo
kizunguzungu
kaayaaye t (aap
metitT
l.II
6.Ill
vesicle
kilengelenge
k* abulbuuluutvet
vessel
chombo
taagiintete (taach)
vest
fulana
peestiit
vestige
sazo/baki
ng'etuunaniaat
veto
katazo
yeesyaaet
vicar
kasisi
taaretiintet
vice
uoungufu
yaaiityeet
l.II
vicinity
ujirani
kookvaanatet
l.II
vicissitudes
mageuzi
valuutik
6. H I
victor
mshindi
kaabeliintet
vigilance
uangali fu
kasuunet
1.11
vileness
uovu
yaaiityeet
l.II
village
ki.jiji
kookweet
3.ill
villain
mlaghai
k ipyaiitweet
U.iv
vine
mzabibu
saabiibu
1.1
violin
fidla
cheepkeseem
1.1
viper
nyoka(wa sumu)
munyweet
2.1
virgin
bikira
pergeeiyiaat
U.III
virtue
vema
mnyeeinta
3.1
visage
us0/sura
iitoonta
3.1
Eng.
l.I
10.11
l.II
10.III
epn
10.ill
Sw.
koj-ootiik
viscera
10.Ill
enn
10.1
l.II
visit
maemki zi
kaagatyeet
vitriol
mrututu
muurtuutiit
vivacity
uchangamfu
paaibaiyieet
l.II
vocabulary
kamusi
np'^leek
9.II
vocation
welekevu
kuurseet
l.II
voice
sauti
tuugeet
l.II
volcano
'volkeno'
poolgeeno
volition
hiari
chemeet
l.II
volume
ukubwa
woointa
3.1
volunteer
mchagua
leweniintet
Sw.
Eng.
l.I
l.I
10.Ill
224
voodoo
uchawi
T>aniisyeet
l.II
vote
kura
kuura
1.1
vow
nadhiri
kaayaasyeet
vulture
tai
motoonta
wag
mtikiso
kaasaksaaget
l.II
waggery
uchekeshi
kaamiilet
l.II
wage
ujira/mshahara
melekta
3.1
waif
mkiwa
kimeta
1.1
waist
kiunoni
suweet^/suwaar,uutik
6. Ill''"
waiter
mtumishi
kibaityaat
U.III
wake
kukeshea maiti
ruchiinet
l.II
wale
rntai
peeruutyet
walk
mwendo
paanta
3.1
wall
ukuta/kitalu
in aat
l.III
wand
ufito/fimbo
kirokta
3.1
want
kipunguo
poosuutvet
6. I l l
war
vita/kondo
lugeet
l.II
wa.rder
mlinzi
riibiintet
10.Ill
warlock
mchawi
paaniintet
U.III
warmth
joto
nurgeeiyieet
l.II
warrant
sababu/haki
imanit.
1.1
warren
nyumba ya sungu- kaapipleegooi
wart
sugu/dutu
kalmatyeet
warthog
nigi?
puteita
10.1
wasp
namna ya nyigu
kaaramnyet
10.11
waster
mharibi fu
weegiintet
10.Ill
wa.ter
maji
peek
water-closet
chooni
kaap-choo
waterfall
anguko la ma,ii
asuruurvet
1.1
wateriness
haliya majimaji
peiyieantiit
1.1
water-mill
gurudumu la maji regereet
fw.
1.1
10 . I I I
W
10.11
ipn
2.1/10.II
epn
9.1
^w.
s word has -anuut/-anuutik ipn/epn. There is no
other word in this E . S . K . N . having these suffixes.
Here it is grouped with -uut/-uutik suffixes.
1.1
l.II
225
wax
nta
temenieet
5
way
njia
ooreet
3.Ill
weakness
udhai fu
chaariirnateet
l.II
wealth
uta.jiri
magamateet
l.II
weapon
silaha
karneet
weariness
uchovu
ng'etuutik
weather
tabia ya hewa
koorii sta
wedding-dower
mahari
kaanyook
Wednesday
Jumatano
kaasiit(aan 3)
weed
kwekwe
isaanteet
week
juma
wiipiit
weevil
10.Ill
epn
10.11
3.1
epn
2.1
1.1
S.O.
Eng.
-
1.1
10.11
suusurvaat
welcome
makarihisho
taageet
l.II
welfare
usitawi
perurta
3.1
well
kisima
keriing'pet
h.l
west
magharibi
koong'asiist-aap
lang'at
wet-nurse
mama wa kunvonya ne kireerye
wheat
npano
unpr'ganuuk
wheel
gurudumu
wiilit
-
Sw. epn
Eng.
1
7.1
1.1
whelp
mtoto wa umbwa
aarweet(n g ookt a)
9.1
whetstone
kinoo
liteite
3.1
whey
mtindi
masacheek
whiff
harufu
np'uuuneet
l.II
while
muda
k^sart^
3.1
whine
mlio
pooteet
l.II
whip
mjeledi
kipchaaritiit
1.1
whirl
mzunruko
muuteet
l.II
whisk
panpuso
uuseet
l.II
whiskers
sharafa
puuteek(aap kuutiit) 9 . 1
whistle
filimbi
siirimbiit
whole
jumla
komuguul
whooping cough
kifaduro
cheebagitkit
1.1
whore
kahaba
cheemulpaiyiaat
U.III
why
sababu
amuun
egn
Sw.
9.1
1.1
-
(1.1)
"'"Initial tone in Kip is shorter than the normal short low
tones.
226
widow
mjane(mke)
mosortet
l.II
width
up ana
tebeesinta
3.1
wife
mke/ahali
osooty^nt
10.11
wile
hila/ujanja
np'aamkeinateet
l.II
will
kusudi/nia
kaamuupet
l.II
winner
mshindi
kaabeliintet
wind
upepo
kooriista
window
dirisha
tiriisyeet
wine
divai
poropeek
wine;
bawa
kapkapcheet
winter
inijir» -rn bn-idi wiintft
wire
uzi wa madini
waayaiyiaat
wisdom
hekima
nc'aamnateet
l.II
wish
matakwa
mageet
l.II
wisp
kichopa
ratuutyet
6.Ill
wit
mchekeshi
kaamiiliintet
10.Ill
mwanamke mchawi
cheebusuryaat
U.ll
witness
shahidi
paaooryaat
U.III
wizard
mchawi/mlozi
paaniintet
10.Ill
woe
ms iba
mnyat
woman
mwanamke
kwaanta
womb
tumbo la uzazi
rwaant-aap m^a
wood
mti
keetit
woodpecker
kipogota
kintiltilyeet
2.1
wool
manyoya
puuteek
9-1
word
neno
np'alyaat
9.II
work
kazi
worker
mfanya kazi
kibaityaat
U.III
world
ulimwenpu
np'wantuut
(I.III:
worm
nyunpunyungu
kuutyet
10.11
worry-
ndhia
kaaiimetAaaiinuut1.II/6.]
yet
worship
ibada
saeeet
wort
topwa
kiinp'aaranik
worth
thamani
kaamanuutyet
6. Ill
wound
jeraha
mooeet
2.1
wrapper
shali
witch
(f. )
10.Ill
3.1
Sw.
epn
2.1
9.II
5
l.I
Fnp.
Fnp.
S.O.
(pait)/paiisyeet
U.III
-
10.Ill
-
10.Ill
l.II
l.II
10.11
227
wrath
hasira
kiing'waanit
l.I
wreck
mvunjiko
weguutyet
6.Ill
wretch
fukara
kibananiaat
2.1
wrinkle
shauri la kufaa
kaatigaa.net
l.II
wrist
kiwiko
k ipyes i_t
l.I
writer
mwandishi
siiriintet
wrong
mabaya
vaiitwaagik
yam
k i a z i kikuu
pi aasyaat
yard
yadi
yaatiit
yarn
kitani
kaaleetuutyet
6. Ill
yaws
buba
year
mwaka
kenyiit
l.I
yeast
hamira/chachu
mermeryaat
7.1
yesterday
jana
amut
(l.I)
yield
zao
sigeniaat
10.11
yoke
nira
chogit
yolk
k i i n i cha yai
young
mtoto
laakweet
2.1
youth
ujana
ming'inateet
l.II
zebra
punda milia
laitigo
l.I
zero
sifuri
puchwa
l.I
zest
bidii
utaatyeet
l.II
zone
ukanda
komosta_
3.1
10.Ill
epn
8
Y
a.
Eng.
En*.
iii
I.I
l.I
Z
228
B I B L I O G R A P H Y
Tucker, A . N . and Bryan, M.A.: four. Classification in
Kalenjin:__Nandi-Kinsipis (renrint
from AFRICAN LANGUAGE STUDIES V), 196U.
Tucker, A . N . and Mpaayei, J . T . : A "aasai Grammar vith
Vocabulary Longman, Green and Co.,
London, 1955.
Ashton, E . O . :
Swahili Grammar; Longman, 15th Impr., 1970.
Barr, L . I .
A Course in Lugbara: E . A . L . B . , 1965.
:
Morris, H.R. and Kirwan, B.E.F.:ft Runyankore Grammar;
E . A . L . B . (Revised Edition), 1972.
Eroomfield, G.W.-.Sarufi ya Kiswahili; The Sheldon
Press, London (Reprinted): 1970.
F e i , Mario:
Invitation_to Linguistics; George Allen
h Unwin Ltd., London, 1965.
P i k e , Kenneth L. :Phonetics, An Arbor: The University of
Michigan Press (13th printing), 1972.
Gimson, A . C . :
An Introduction to_ the Pronunciation of
Fnglish, Edward Arnold (Publishers)Ltd.,
London (Reprinted), 1965.
Greenberg, Joseph H. : The Languages of Africa;
Indiana
University, Bloomington, (3rd Edition), 1970.
Armstrong, L . E . : The Phonetic and Tonal Structure of Kikuyu;
O . U . P . , 191*0.
Stewart, .T.M.:
Tongue__Fpot Position in Akan Vowel Harmony;
Fhonetical 16: 185-20U, 1967.
Antell, Stephen A. and others: Nilo-Sahara Vowel Harmony
from the Vantage Point of Kalenjin;
Graduate Centre C . U . N . Y . , (mimeo) 1973-1*Savage, G . A . R . :
The Essentials of Lwo(Acoli); E . A . L . B . , 1956.
Jespersen, Otto: The Philosophy of Grammar;. George Allen
*<. Unwin Ltd. London, 192k.
229
Carnap, Rudolf:
The Logical Syntax of Language;
Routledge h Kegan Paul L t d . , London
(15th impression), 1959-
Ogden, C . K . and Richards, I . A . : The Meaning of Meaning;
Foutledge & Kegan Paul Ltd. London (10th
edition), i960.
Havakava, S . I . :
Language in Thought and Action; George
Allen & Unwin L t d . , London (2nd impression),
1959.
Ng'eleecheei,
Charles A . :
Kalenjin-Kalenjin Dictionary
(mimeographed).
Toveett, Taaitta:Kaaleenychiin Vowel Category Indicators
(mimeographed), 197^.
P e i , Mario:
Dictionary of Linruistics; Peter Owen
Limited" London, I 9 6 0 .
Abraham, R . C . :
Dictionary of Modern Yoruba; University
of London Press Ltd. (2nd impression),
1970.
Benson, T . G .
(Editor):
Kikuyu-English Dictionary:. Oxford
At the Clarendon Press, 196U.
NAIROBI
INST, OF AFKICAN STUDIES
bNivERSir; o r
LIBRARY